Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2

Copyright © 2009 by Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored ina retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, withoutprior written permission of the publisher.© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/426/2009.Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.Kode file IP2_BING8B_PG09.

Penyusun: Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani; Editor: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan,Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: [email protected] Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: [email protected]

iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2 iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2

Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.

Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi

Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar.Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks,tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar.

Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi pesertadidik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluanguntuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik.

Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika pesertadidik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya denganmenata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik.

Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulisdalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapakdemi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajartadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidikuntuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak adayang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh.

Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitasterbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan?Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatanpembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitaspembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, pesertadidik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dankemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, ataumengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagaifenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas.

Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagaisarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangunpemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain.Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa.

Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR jugamemberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatumateri. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokusbelajar peserta didik tetap terjaga.

Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihanyang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yanglazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soaltersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti.

Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawanperangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkanposisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna.

Klaten, Desember 2009

Penyusun

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untukKeseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Semester 2

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.

Keterangan:1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.3. Cara menghitung:

a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahunb. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit

4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikankesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiappeserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.

5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45,5–50,5

Mata Pelajaran AlokasiWaktu

Minggu EfektifPer Semester

Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester

(jam pembelajaran)

Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester

(menit)

Jumlah JamPer Semester(@ 60 menit)

KomponenAlokasiWaktu

Minggu EfektifPer Tahun

Ajaran

Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun

(jam pembelajaran)

Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun

(menit)

Jumlah JamPer Tahun

(@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran

1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

2. PendidikanKewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

8. Seni Budaya danKeterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

9. PendidikanJasmani, Olahraga,dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

vPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2

Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah

Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi DasarMata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)

Kelas VIII, Semester 2

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

7.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta,memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, dan meminta, memberidan mengingkari informasi, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/menerima/menolak sesuatu

7.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta,memberi persetujuan, merespon pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara,mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, dan mengawali, memperpanjang,dan menutup percakapan telepon

8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secaraakurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar,dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuknarrative dan recount

9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasalisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekatyang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi,menolak barang, meminta, memberi dan mengingkari informasi, meminta, memberi, danmenolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/menerima/menolak sesuatu

9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasalisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekatyang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespon pernyataan,memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutuppercakapan, serta mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon

10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar

10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragambahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungansekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative

11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentukrecount dan narrative dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitandengan lingkungan sekitar

11.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancardan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar

11.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat,lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentukrecount dan narrative

12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar

12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar berbentuk recount dan narrative

Mendengarkan7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan

transaksional dan interpersonalpendek sederhana untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar

8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisanfungsional dan monolog pendeksederhana berbentuk narrative danrecount untuk berinteraksi denganlingkungan sekitar

Berbicara9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam

percakapan transaksional daninterpersonal lisan pendek sederhanauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungansekitar

10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam tekslisan fungsional dan monolog pendeksederhana berbentuk recount, dannarrative untuk berinteraksi denganlingkungan sekitar

Membaca11. Memahami makna dalam esei

pendek sederhana berbentukrecount, dan narrative untuk ber-interaksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

Menulis12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks

tulis fungsional dan esei pendeksederhana berbentuk recount dannarrative untuk berinteraksi denganlingkungan sekitar

vi Kegiatan Tatap Mukavi Daftar Isi

SILABUS 1– 34

– Unit 1 Narratives– Unit 2 Recounts– Unit 3 Narratives– Unit 4 Recounts

UNIT 1 Narratives 35– 80

– Asking for, Giving, Declining Opinions– Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Things– Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Help– Genre: Narrative– The Simple Past Tense with ‘Regular Verbs’– Announcements and Brochures

UNIT 2 Recounts 81–132

– Opening, Extending and Closing a Telephone Call– Showing Attention– Genre: Recount– Modals– Short News and Letters

Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester 133–144

UNIT 3 Narratives 145–196

– Asking for, Giving and Denying Information– Starting, Maintaining and Ending a Conversation– Genre: Narrative– The Past Continuous Tense– Little Jokes and E-mails

UNIT 4 Recounts 197–252

– Asking for, Giving and Refusing to Give Agreement– Responding to a Statement– Genre: Recount– Direct and Indirect Speech– Spoken and Written Notices

Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas 253–265

Daftar Pustaka 266

1PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2

SIL

AB

US

Un

it 1

Nar

rati

ves

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VIII

/2M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:1

Gen

re:

Nar

rativ

eS

tan

dar

Ko

mp

eten

si:

Men

den

gar

kan

7.M

emah

ami

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an t

ran

saks

ion

al d

an i

nte

rper

son

al s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an t

erd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

2 4

0'7.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

trans

aksi

onal

(to g

et th

ings

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

emin

ta,

mem

beri

,m

enol

ak ja

sa,

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,

men

olak

bara

ng, d

anm

emin

ta,

mem

beri

dan

men

ging

kari

info

rmas

i,m

emin

ta,

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

t un

gkap

anm

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

jasa

,m

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

pend

apat

, se

rta

mem

inta

,m

enaw

arka

n,m

embe

ri, d

anm

enol

ak b

aran

g/se

suat

u.

•M

ampu

ber

eaks

iat

au m

eres

pons

deng

an b

enar

terh

adap

tin

dak

tutu

r: m

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

jasa

,m

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

pend

apat

, se

rta

mem

inta

,m

enaw

arka

n,m

embe

ri, d

anm

enol

ak b

aran

g/se

suat

u.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 2–

4.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1.M

emah

ami

perc

akap

an d

anbe

rbag

ai u

ngka

pan

mem

inta

, m

embe

ri,da

n m

enol

ak ja

sa,

mem

inta

, m

embe

ri,da

n m

enol

akpe

ndap

at,

sert

am

emin

ta,

men

awar

kan,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

bara

ng/s

esua

tu.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i yan

gbe

rkai

tan

deng

anun

gkap

an y

ang

diba

has.

3.M

elen

gkap

i tek

spe

rcak

apan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an-

perc

akap

an p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g di

alog

.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Fill

inth

e bl

anks

bas

edon

the

conv

ersa

tion

you

have

hea

rd.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e di

alog

in T

ask

A.

2 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•Te

s tu

lis•

Pili

han

gand

a•

List

en to

you

rte

ache

r. C

hoos

eA

, B, C

or

D fo

rth

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.

mem

beri

dan

men

olak

pend

apat

, dan

men

awar

kan/

men

erim

a/m

enol

akse

suat

u.

5.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n8.

Mem

aham

i mak

na

dal

am te

ks li

san

fun

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k na

rrat

ive

dan

reco

untu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

anlin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 13

, 14.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'•

Teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek:

peng

umum

an(a

nnou

ncem

ents

).

1.M

enyi

mak

con

toh

peng

umum

an li

san

bese

rta

penj

elas

anny

a.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i yan

gbe

rkai

tan

deng

anpe

ngum

uman

dan

bros

ur.

3.M

elen

gkap

i tek

spe

ngum

uman

berd

asar

kan

peng

umum

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

peng

umum

an p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

slis

an f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

sed

erha

nabe

rben

tuk

peng

umum

anse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi d

alam

kont

eks

kehi

dupa

nse

hari-

hari.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•R

ead

the

text

.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Fill

inth

e bl

anks

base

d on

the

anno

unce

men

tyo

u ha

ve h

eard

.

•A

nsw

er th

efo

llow

ing

ques

tions

base

d on

the

text

in T

ask

A.

8.1

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

8.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at

dala

mm

onol

ogpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

narr

ativ

eda

nre

coun

t.

5.M

emah

ami c

onto

hm

onol

ogna

rrat

ive

dan

penj

elas

anny

a.

6.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i yan

gbe

rkai

tan

deng

an t

eks

narr

ativ

e.

7.M

emba

ca k

ata-

kata

yang

ter

sedi

a, la

lum

enga

rtik

anny

a.

8.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sna

rrat

ive

lisan

berd

asar

kan

mon

olog

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru

9.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

nm

onol

og y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•Is

ian

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

ead

the

follo

win

gm

onol

og.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•R

ead

the

follo

win

gw

ords

. Fin

d th

eir

mea

ning

s.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e te

xt b

ased

on

wha

t you

hav

ehe

ard.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Cho

ose

A, B

, C o

r D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 6,

9.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•M

onol

og n

arra

tive.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait t

opik

yan

gdi

pilih

.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pen

dek

sede

rhan

a da

lam

wac

ana

berb

entu

kna

rrat

ive

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a.

2 4

0'


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a9.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al li

san

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 5.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'9.

1 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

trans

aksi

onal

(to g

et th

ings

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

an m

eng-

guna

kan

raga

mba

hasa

lisa

nse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar, d

anbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at y

ang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,

men

olak

jasa

,m

emin

ta,

mem

beri

,m

enol

akba

rang

, dan

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri da

nm

engi

ngka

riin

form

asi,

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri d

anm

enol

akpe

ndap

at, d

anm

enaw

arka

n/m

ener

ima/

men

olak

sesu

atu

.

•P

erca

kapa

ntr

ansa

ksio

nal d

anin

terp

erso

nal

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri, d

anm

enol

ak ja

sa,

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri, d

anm

enol

akpe

ndap

at,

sert

am

emin

ta,

men

awar

kan,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

bar

ang/

sesu

atu.

1.M

emah

ami

perc

akap

an,

lalu

men

entu

kan

kalim

atpe

rnya

taan

yan

gte

rsed

ia b

enar

ata

usa

lah.

2.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n pe

tunj

ukya

ng t

erse

dia,

lalu

mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

ter

sebu

t.

3.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng t

erse

dia,

lalu

mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

g te

lah

dibu

at.

•M

ampu

mel

akuk

anbe

rbag

ai t

inda

ktu

tur

dala

m w

acan

alis

an t

rans

aksi

onal

/in

terp

erso

nal

sepe

rti:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri, d

anm

enol

ak ja

sa,

mem

inta

, m

embe

ri,da

n m

enol

akpe

ndap

at,

sert

am

emin

ta,

men

awar

kan,

mem

beri,

dan

men

olak

bar

ang/

sesu

atu.

•M

ampu

men

gem

bang

kan

wac

ana

tran

saks

iona

l/in

terp

erso

nal

pend

ek m

enja

dise

buah

obr

olan

atau

inte

raks

iona

lya

ng le

bih

panj

ang.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•R

ead

the

dial

og.

Are

the

follo

win

gst

atem

ents

tru

e(T

) or

fals

e (F

)?C

orre

ct th

e fa

lse

ones

.

•M

ake

a di

alog

base

d on

the

guid

elin

e.

•M

ake

dial

ogs

base

d on

the

follo

win

gsi

tuat

ions

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a10

.M

eng

un

gka

pka

n m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 14

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 10

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1 4

0'

2 4

0'

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

k:pe

ngum

uman

.

•M

onol

og n

arra

tive.

1.M

embu

atpe

ngum

uman

berd

asar

kan

situ

asi

yang

ter

sedi

a.

2.M

embu

atpe

ngum

uman

ten

tang

hila

ngny

a at

audi

tem

ukan

nya

sesu

atu.

3.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sde

ngan

kat

a-ka

tada

lam

kot

ak y

ang

tepa

t.

4.M

ence

ritak

an k

emba

lite

ks p

ada

kegi

atan

sebe

lum

nya

deng

anka

limat

mas

ing-

mas

ing.

5.M

elak

ukan

mon

olog

narr

ativ

e be

rdas

arka

nga

mba

r ya

ng t

erse

dia.

•M

ampu

men

gung

kapk

anm

akna

gag

asan

dala

m b

entu

kpe

ngum

uman

lisa

nse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

ampu

mel

akuk

anm

onol

og d

alam

wac

ana

berb

entu

kna

rrat

ive

deng

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•C

reat

e an

anno

unce

men

tba

sed

on th

efo

llow

ing

situ

atio

n.

•C

reat

e an

anno

unce

men

tab

out a

lost

or

foun

d th

ing.

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

with

the

corr

ect

wor

ds fr

om th

ebo

x.

•R

etel

l the

text

inTa

sk A

usi

ng y

our

own

wor

ds.

•Te

ll a

stor

y ba

sed

on t

he fo

llow

ing

serie

s of

pic

ture

s.

10.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

10.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

reco

unt

dan

narr

ativ

e.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

11.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

ese

i p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

1 4

0'

4 4

0'

11.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dal

amte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

11.1

Mem

baca

nyar

ing

berm

akna

tek

sfu

ngsi

onal

dan

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

abe

rben

tuk

reco

unt

dan

narr

ativ

ede

ngan

ucap

an,

teka

nan,

dan

into

nasi

yan

gbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek:

bros

ur (

broc

hure

).

•Te

ks n

arra

tive.

•T

he s

impl

e pa

stte

nse

deng

anre

gula

r ve

rbs.

•M

ampu

mem

baca

nyar

ing

seca

rabe

rmak

na w

acan

ape

ndek

sed

erha

na.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

sfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

k br

osur

deng

an b

enar

.

•M

ampu

men

gide

ntifi

kasi

mak

na g

agas

an(id

easi

onal

) da

nin

form

asi f

aktu

alda

lam

teks

, m

ain

idea

s,su

ppor

ting

idea

s,de

tails

.

•M

engi

dent

ifika

sila

ngka

h-la

ngka

hre

torik

a da

lam

wac

ana

narr

ativ

e.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 13

,15

–16.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 7–

8,11

–12.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1.M

emah

ami c

onto

hbr

osur

dan

penj

elas

anny

a.

2.M

emba

ca k

ata-

kata

yang

ter

sedi

a, la

lum

enca

ri ar

tinya

.

3.M

elen

gkap

i bro

sur

deng

an k

ata-

kata

dala

m k

otak

yan

gse

suai

.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

bros

urpa

da k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

5.M

emah

ami c

onto

hte

ksna

rrat

ive

tulis

dan

penj

elas

anny

a.

6.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

ben

ar a

tau

sala

h be

rdas

arka

nte

ks y

ang

ters

edia

.

7.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

n te

ksya

ng t

erse

dia.

8.M

emah

ami c

onto

h da

npe

njel

asan

ten

tang

the

sim

ple

past

ten

sede

ngan

regu

lar

verb

s.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s tu

lis

• T

es tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on te

s

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on te

s

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

n

•Is

ian

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•R

ead

the

wor

ds.

Fin

d th

em

eani

ngs

of th

ew

ords

in y

our

dict

iona

ry.

•F

ill in

the

blan

ksw

ith th

e co

rrec

tw

ords

from

the

box.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e te

xt in

Task

B.

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•R

ead

the

text

.A

re t

he fo

llow

ing

stat

emen

ts t

rue

(T)

or fa

lse

(F)

base

d on

the

text

? C

orre

ct th

efa

lse

ones

.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.

•R

ead

the

sent

ence

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

11.3

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

mes

ei p

ende

kse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r da

lam

teks

ber

bent

ukre

coun

tda

nna

rrat

ive.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis12

.M

eng

un

gka

pka

n m

akn

a d

alam

teks

tulis

fun

gsi

on

al d

an e

sei p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

anlin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 16

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 12

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1 4

0'

1 4

0'

12.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

bent

uk te

kstu

lis f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

,da

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

12.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

anla

ngka

hre

torik

a da

lam

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

,da

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at d

alam

teks

ber

bent

ukre

coun

t da

nna

rrat

ive.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek: b

rosu

r(b

roch

ure)

.

•Te

ks n

arra

tive.

1.M

embu

at b

rosu

rbe

rdas

arka

n sa

lah

satu

topi

k ya

ngte

rsed

ia.

2.M

embu

at b

rosu

rde

ngan

top

ik b

ebas

.

3.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sde

ngan

men

guba

hka

ta-k

ata

dala

mku

rung

men

jadi

ben

tuk

past

.

4.M

elan

jutk

an t

eks

narr

ativ

e de

ngan

kalim

at s

endi

ri,de

ngan

men

ggun

akan

kata

-kat

a ya

ngte

rsed

ia.

5.M

enul

is t

eks

narr

ativ

ete

ntan

g bi

nata

ng a

tau

dise

but

fabe

l.

•M

ampu

men

ulis

berb

agai

tek

s un

tuk

kom

unik

asi s

ehar

i-ha

ri se

pert

i br

osur

deng

an b

enar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

ampu

men

ulis

berb

agai

tek

ste

ruta

ma

yang

berb

entu

kna

rrat

ive

deng

an la

ngka

hre

torik

a da

n st

rukt

urte

ks y

ang

bena

rda

n be

rter

ima.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•Is

ian

•E

sai

•E

sai

•C

reat

e a

broc

hure

base

d on

one

of

the

follo

win

gto

pics

.

•C

reat

ea

broc

hure

. You

may

cho

ose

your

own

topi

c.

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

usin

g th

e w

ords

inbr

acke

ts. C

hang

eth

e w

ords

into

past

.

•C

ontin

ue t

hest

ory

of “

The

Ugl

yD

uckl

ing”

in T

ask

A u

sing

you

r ow

nw

ords

. You

may

use

the

follo

win

gke

ywor

ds.

•W

rite

a na

rrat

ive

abou

t an

imal

s.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 2

Rec

ou

nts

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VIII

/2M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:2

Gen

re:

Rec

ount

Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n7.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

per

caka

pan

tra

nsa

ksio

nal

dan

in

terp

erso

nal

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3 4

0'7.

2 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

emin

ta,

mem

beri

pers

etuj

uan,

mer

espo

nspe

rnya

taan

,m

emb

eri

per

hat

ian

terh

adap

pem

bic

ara,

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

dan

men

utup

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

tun

gkap

an:

–m

embe

ripe

rhat

ian

terh

adap

pem

bica

ra,

dan

–m

enga

wal

i,m

empe

rpan

jang

,se

rta

men

utup

perc

akap

ante

lepo

n.

•M

ampu

ber

eaks

iat

au m

eres

pons

deng

an b

enar

terh

adap

tin

dak

tutu

r:–

mem

beri

perh

atia

nte

rhad

appe

mbi

cara

, da

n–

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

sert

a m

enut

uppe

rcak

apan

tele

pon.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 22

,24

–25.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri be

rbag

aiun

gkap

an y

ang

ada

dibu

ku.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

tent

ang

mat

eri d

i uni

tse

belu

mny

a.

3.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

ter

sedi

a te

ntan

gpe

rcak

apan

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

4.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

5.M

enyi

mak

per

caka

pan

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru,

lalu

mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yang

tep

at.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g di

alog

s.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

The

n,an

swer

the

ques

tions

bel

ow.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e di

alog

s ba

sed

on w

hat y

ou h

ave

hear

d.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Cor

rect

A, B

, C o

r D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.

10 Silabus Unit 2 Recounts

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

perc

akap

an,

dan

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

dan

men

utup

per

caka

pan

tele

pon

.

Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n8.

Mem

aham

i mak

na

dal

am te

ks li

san

fun

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k na

rrat

ive

dan

reco

unt u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

anlin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 32

,33

–34.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

g

2 4

0'•

Teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

k be

rita

pend

ek (

shor

tne

ws)

.

1.M

empe

laja

ri te

kspe

ndek

: ber

ita.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i.

3.M

enyi

mak

ber

ita y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru d

anm

enye

butk

an t

opik

dari

berit

a te

rseb

ut.

4.M

elen

gkap

i tek

s so

alde

ngan

kat

a-ka

tabe

rdas

arka

n te

ks y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

slis

an f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

ber

itase

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi d

alam

kont

eks

kehi

dupa

nse

hari-

hari.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Is

ian

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

elow

oral

ly.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Wha

tdo

es h

e/sh

e te

llyo

u ab

out?

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e fo

llow

ing

text

base

d on

wha

tyo

u ha

ve h

eard

.

8.1

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

8.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r da

lam

teks

ber

bent

ukna

rrat

ive

dan

reco

unt.

•M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

deng

anto

pik

yang

dip

ilih.

5.M

empe

laja

ri m

onol

ogre

coun

t.

6.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

tent

ang

mat

eri d

i uni

tse

belu

mny

a.

7.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sbe

rdas

arka

n m

onol

ogya

ng d

ibac

akan

gur

u.

8.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

ben

arat

au s

alah

berd

asar

kan

mon

olog

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

9.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

bena

r be

rdas

arka

nm

onol

og y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pen

dek

sede

rhan

a se

cara

akur

at, l

anca

r, da

nbe

rter

ima

dala

mte

ksre

coun

t.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

ead

the

follo

win

gm

onol

og.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e te

xt b

elow

base

d on

wha

tyo

u ha

ve h

eard

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Are

the

follo

win

gsta

tem

ents

true

(T

) or

fals

e(F

) ba

sed

on w

hat

you

have

hea

rd?

Cor

rect

the

fals

eon

es.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Cho

ose

A,

B, C

or

D fo

r th

eco

rrec

t ans

wer

.

3 4

0're

leva

n.•

Buk

u P

RB

ahas

aIn

ggris

SM

P/

MT

s V

IIIB

Inta

n P

ariw

ara

hal.

26,

28–2

9.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a9.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al li

san

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 25

–26.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

3 4

0'9.

2 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

trans

aksi

onal

(to g

et th

ings

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

an m

eng-

guna

kan

raga

mba

hasa

lisa

nse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at y

ang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ripe

rset

ujua

n,m

eres

pons

pern

yata

an,

mem

beri

perh

atia

nte

rhad

appe

mbi

cara

,m

enga

wal

i,m

empe

rpan

jang

,da

n m

enut

uppe

rcak

apan

,se

rta

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

dan

men

utup

perc

akap

ante

lepo

n.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

lya

ng m

emua

tun

gkap

an:

–m

embe

ripe

rhat

ian

terh

adap

pem

bica

ra,

dan

–m

enga

wal

i,m

empe

rpan

jang

,se

rta

men

utup

perc

akap

ante

lepo

n.

1.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

den

gan

kata

-kat

a ya

ngte

rsed

ia.

2.M

enyu

sun

kalim

at-

kalim

at a

cak

men

jadi

perc

akap

an y

ang

tepa

t.

3.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

i,la

lu m

empe

raga

kan

perc

akap

an t

erse

but.

•M

ampu

mel

akuk

anbe

rbag

ai t

inda

ktu

tur

dala

m w

acan

alis

an t

rans

aksi

onal

/in

terp

erso

nal y

ang

mem

uat

ungk

apan

:–

mem

beri

perh

atia

nte

rhad

appe

mbi

cara

, da

n–

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

sert

a m

enut

uppe

rcak

apan

tele

pon.

•M

ampu

men

gem

bang

kan

wac

ana

tran

saks

iona

l/in

terp

erso

nal

pend

ek m

enja

dise

buah

obr

olan

atau

inte

raks

iona

lya

ng le

bih

panj

ang.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Is

ian

•M

enyu

sun

kalim

atac

ak

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

og w

ith t

hepr

oper

wor

dsfr

om th

e bo

x.

•In

pai

rs, p

ut th

ese

nten

ces

in th

eco

rrec

t ord

er to

mak

e a

good

tele

phon

e ta

lk.

•C

reat

e di

alog

sba

sed

on th

esi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a10

.M

eng

un

gka

pka

n m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 34

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 29

–30.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'

3 4

0'

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

berit

ape

ndek

(sh

ort

new

s).

•M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

•K

ata,

fras

a, a

tau

kalim

at y

ang

terk

ait t

opik

yan

gdi

pilih

.

1.M

enya

mpa

ikan

ber

itate

rhan

gat

seca

ra li

san

di d

epan

kel

as.

2.M

enya

mpa

ikan

ber

itate

rhan

gat

yang

dide

ngar

dar

i TV

ata

ura

dio.

3.M

emba

ca te

ks y

ang

ada,

lalu

men

entu

kan

gaga

san

utam

a te

ks.

4.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sru

mpa

ng d

enga

n ka

ta-

kata

yan

g te

rsed

ia.

5.M

ence

ritak

an k

emba

lite

ks p

ada

kegi

atan

sebe

lum

nya

deng

anka

ta-k

ata

send

iri.

6.M

elak

ukan

mon

olog

tent

ang

libur

an y

ang

pern

ah d

iala

mi.

•M

ampu

men

gung

kapk

anm

akna

mon

olog

dala

m b

entu

k be

rita

deng

an r

agam

baha

sa li

san

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

ampu

mel

akuk

anm

onol

og d

alam

tek

sbe

rben

tuk

reco

unt

deng

an r

agam

baha

sa li

san

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•W

hat i

s th

e ho

tis

sue

toda

y?D

eliv

er th

e ne

ws

befo

re th

e cl

ass.

•Li

sten

to n

ews

prog

ram

s on

TV

or r

adio

. Ret

ell

one

of th

ein

tere

stin

g ne

ws

usin

g yo

ur o

wn

wor

ds.

•R

ead

the

text

alou

d. W

hat i

s it

abou

t?

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

belo

w w

ith th

ew

ords

from

the

box.

•R

etel

l the

text

inTa

sk B

from

the

poin

t of v

iew

of

the

writ

er’s

frie

nd.

•Te

ll a

mem

orab

leva

catio

n yo

u ha

veev

er h

ad.

10.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

10.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

reco

untd

anna

rrat

ive.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

11.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

ese

i p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

2 4

0'

3 4

0'

11.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dal

amte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

11.1

Mem

baca

nyar

ing

berm

akna

tek

sfu

ngsi

onal

dan

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

abe

rben

tuk

reco

untd

anna

rrat

ive

deng

anuc

apan

,te

kana

n da

nin

tona

si y

ang

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

11.3

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

mes

ei p

ende

kse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

k su

rat.

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•K

ata,

fras

a, a

tau

kalim

at y

ang

terk

ait

tem

a.

•M

ampu

mem

baca

nyar

ing

seca

rabe

rmak

na w

acan

ape

ndek

sed

erha

na.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

stu

lis f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

: sur

atde

ngan

ben

ar.

•M

ampu

men

gide

ntifi

kasi

mak

na g

agas

an(id

easi

onal

) da

nin

form

asi f

aktu

alda

lam

teks

, m

ain

idea

s, s

uppo

rtin

gid

eas,

det

ails

.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 33

,34

–35.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 26

–28,

30–3

1.

1.M

empe

laja

ri te

ksfu

ngsi

onal

ber

bent

uksu

rat

prib

adi.

2.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sru

mpa

ngm

engg

unak

an k

ata-

kata

yan

g te

rsed

ia.

3.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

nte

ks p

ada

kegi

atan

sebe

lum

nya.

4.M

emba

ca d

anm

emah

ami t

eks

berb

entu

kre

coun

t.

5.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri m

odal

.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Is

ian

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•C

ompl

ete

the

lette

r w

ith th

eco

rrec

t wor

dsfr

om th

e bo

x.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g di

alog

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•Ta

taba

hasa

yan

gte

rkai

t, ya

itum

odal

.

6.M

emba

ca n

yarin

g te

ksde

ngan

lafa

l yan

gbe

nar.

7.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

teks

ters

ebut

.

8.M

engi

dent

ifika

sist

rukt

ur te

ks p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

9.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

nte

ks y

ang

ada

10.

Mel

engk

api k

alim

at-

kalim

at s

oal d

enga

nm

odal

yan

g te

pat.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

sre

coun

t de

ngan

bena

r.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Id

entif

ikas

i

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Is

ian

•R

ead

the

text

alou

d. A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns t

hat

follo

w.

•Id

entif

y th

est

ruct

ure

of th

ete

xt in

Tas

k A

.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

erba

sed

on th

e te

xt.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

suita

ble

mod

als.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r da

lam

teks

ber

bent

ukre

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

e.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis12

.M

eng

un

gka

pka

n m

akn

a d

alam

teks

tulis

fun

gsi

on

al d

an e

sei p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

anlin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 35

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 32

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'

2 4

0'

12.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

bent

uk te

kstu

lis f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

,da

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

12.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

anla

ngka

hre

torik

a da

lam

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

berb

entu

kre

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

e.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

sura

t.

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

1.M

enul

is s

urat

kep

ada

tem

an d

enga

n to

pik

send

iri.

2.M

enuk

arka

n su

rat

yang

tel

ah d

itulis

nya

deng

an s

urat

tem

anny

a, la

lu m

enul

issu

rat

bala

san.

3.M

enyu

sun

para

graf

-pa

ragr

af a

cak

men

jadi

teks

yan

g ru

ntut

.

4.M

enul

is t

eks

reco

unt

tent

ang

peng

alam

anya

ng p

ribad

inya

.

•M

ampu

men

ulis

berb

agai

tek

s un

tuk

kom

unik

asi s

ehar

i-ha

ri se

pert

i sur

atde

ngan

ben

ar d

anbe

rter

ima.

•M

ampu

men

ulis

berb

agai

tek

ste

ruta

ma

yang

berb

entu

kre

coun

tde

ngan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dan

stru

ktur

teks

yan

g be

nar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•M

enyu

sun

para

graf

acak

•E

sai

•W

rite

a le

tter

toyo

ur fr

iend

. You

may

cho

ose

your

own

topi

c.

•E

xcha

nge

the

lette

r yo

u ha

vew

ritte

n in

Tas

k A

with

you

r fr

iend

’s.

Ask

you

r fr

iend

tore

ply

it.

•R

earr

ange

the

follo

win

gpa

ragr

aphs

into

the

corr

ect o

rder

.

•W

rite

your

ow

npe

rson

alex

perie

nce.

Min

dth

e st

ruct

ure

ofth

e te

xt.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 3 N

arratives

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/M

Ts . . .

Ke

la

s/S

em

es

te

r:

VIII/2

Mata P

elajaran

:B

ah

asa In

gg

ris

Un

it

:3

Ge

nre

:N

arra

tiv

e

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

7.

Me

ma

ha

mi m

ak

na

d

ala

m p

erc

ak

ap

an

tra

ns

ak

sio

na

l d

an

in

te

rp

ers

on

al lis

an

p

en

de

k s

ed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

te

ra

ks

i d

en

ga

n lin

gk

un

ga

n

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

2

40'

7.1 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

inta,

me

mb

eri,

menolak jasa,

mem

inta,

me

mb

eri,

menolak

barang, dan

mem

in

ta,

mem

beri, d

an

men

gin

gkari

in

fo

rm

asi,

•P

ercakapan-

percakapan

transaksional dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

untuk:

–m

em

inta,

mem

beri,

mengingkari

inform

asi,

–m

engaw

ali,

mem

perpanjang,

dan m

enutup

percakapan.

•M

am

pu bereaksi

atau m

erespons

dengan benar

terhadap tindak

tu

tu

r:

–m

em

inta,

mem

beri,

mengingkari

inform

asi,

–m

engaw

ali,

me

mp

erp

an

ja

ng

,

dan m

enutup

percakapan.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIB

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 46–47

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1.

Mem

baca dan

mem

pelajari ungkapan-

ungkapan yang

tersedia.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan

pengalam

an sisw

a.

3.

Menyim

ak percakapan

yang dibacakan guru,

kem

udian m

enjaw

ab

pertanyaan.

4.

Mendengarkan

percakapan yang

dibacakan guru sam

bil

melengkapi

percakapan, kem

udian

mem

peragakan

percakapan itu.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•U

njuk kerja

•R

ead the

follow

ing dialog.

•A

nsw

er the

follow

ing

questions.

•Listen to your

teacher. T

hen,

answ

er the

questions.

•C

om

plete the

follow

ing dialog

based on w

hat

you have heard.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

mem

inta,

mem

beri, dan

menolak

pendapat, dan

menaw

arkan/

me

ne

rim

a/

menolak

sesuatu.

7.2 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

interpersonal

(bersosialisasi)

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinter-aksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

inta,

mem

beri,

persetujuan,

merespons

pernyataan,

mem

beri

perhatian

terhadap

pem

bicara,

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perpanjang,

dan

m

en

utu

p

percakap

an

,

dan m

engaw

ali,

mem

perpanjang,

dan m

enutup

percakapan

telepon.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

8.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

teks lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

m

on

olo

g p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k n

arrative d

an

reco

un

t u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

8.1 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

sekitar.

1.

Mem

baca joke

berbentuk lisan dan

me

mp

ela

ja

ri

penjelasannya.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

sesuai dengan

pengalam

an.

3.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat untuk setiap

pertanyaan.

4.

Menentukan apakah

pernyataan yang

tersedia benar atau

salah berdasarkan

teks yang telah

didengar.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•M

enjodoh-

kan

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•R

ead the

follow

ing text.

•A

nsw

er the

questions below

.

•Y

our teacher is

going to read you

som

e questions.

Write dow

n the

questions. T

hen,

choose the best

answ

er from

the

box to each

question.

• Listen to your

teacher. A

re the

follow

ing

statem

ents true

(T

) or false (F

)

based on the text

you have heard?

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•Teks lisan

fungsional

pendek: joke.

•M

am

pu m

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks

lisan fungsional

pendek sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi dalam

konteks kehidupan

se

ha

ri-h

ari,

berbentuk joke.

1

40'

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 57, 58.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.


5.

Mem

baca m

onolog

dan m

em

pelajari

penjelasan yang

tersedia.

6.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasar pengalam

an.

7.

Menyim

ak guru

mem

bacakan teks dan

menentukan topik teks

tersebut.

8.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan teks

yang telah didengar

pada kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

9.

Mem

ilih pilihan

jaw

aban yang tepat

berdasarkan teks

yang telah didengar.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•R

ead the

follow

ing

monolog.

•A

nsw

er the

follow

ing

questions.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

hat

does he/she tell

you about?

•A

nsw

er the

questions based

on the text you

have heard in

Task A

.

•Listen to your

teacher. C

hoose

A, B

, C

or D

for

the correct

answ

er.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•M

onolog narrative.

•K

osakata yang

terkait dengan

topik yang dipakai.

8.2 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

monolog

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

narrative dan

recount.

•M

erespons m

akna

yang terdapat

dalam

m

onolog

narrative pendek

sederhana secara

akurat, lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a.

3

40'

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 49, 52.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

9.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

p

ercakap

an

tran

saksio

nal d

an

in

terp

erso

nal lisan

p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

9.1 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

interpersonal

(bersosialisasi)

pendek

sederhana

dengan m

eng-

gunakan ragam

bahasa lisan

secara akurat,

lancar dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

inta,

mem

beri,

menolak jasa,

mem

inta,

mem

beri,

menolak

barang,

mem

in

ta,

mem

beri, d

an

men

gin

gkari

in

fo

rm

asi,

mem

inta,

mem

beri, dan

menolak

pendapat, dan

menaw

arkan/

menerim

a/

menolak

sesuatu.

1.

Menyusun kalim

at-

kalim

at acak m

enjadi

percakapan yang

tepat.

2.

Mem

buat percakapan

sesuai dengan situasi

yang tersedia, lalu

mem

peragakannya di

kelas.

3.

Mem

buat percakapan

berdasarkan situasi.

4.

Mem

buat percakapan

berdasarkan gam

bar,

lalu m

em

peragakan-

nya di kelas.

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

aw

al

•

Unjuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•P

ut the follow

ing

sentences in the

correct order to

get good dialogs.

•W

ork in pairs. D

o

the instructions.

•M

ake dialogs

based on the

follow

ing

situations.

•M

ake dialogs

based on the

pictures.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•P

ercakapan-

percakapan

transaksional dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

yang m

em

uat

ungkapan

–m

em

inta,

mem

beri,

mengingkari

inform

asi,

–m

engaw

ali,

mem

perpanja

ng,

dan m

enutup

percakapan.

•M

am

pu m

elakukan

berbagai tindak

tutur dalam

w

acana

lisan transaksional/

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

seperti:

–m

em

inta,

mem

beri,

mengingkari

inform

asi,

–m

engaw

ali,

me

mp

erp

an

ja

ng

,

dan m

enutup

percakapan.

2

40'

•B

uku P

R

Bahasa

Inggris S

MA

/

MA

V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 48.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

9.2 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

inta,

me

mb

eri

persetujuan,

merespons

pernyataan,

me

mb

eri

perhatian

terhadap

pem

bicara,

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perpanjang,

dan

m

en

utu

p

percakap

an

,

se

rta

mengaw

ali,

mem

perpanja

ng,

dan m

enutup

percakapan

telepon.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

10.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

m

on

olo

g p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k reco

un

t d

an

n

arrative u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

10.1 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

bentuk teks

lisan fungsional

pendek

sederhana

dengan m

eng-

gunakan ragam

bahasa lisan

secara akurat,

lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

sekitar.

10.2 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

monolog

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

recount dan

narrative.

1.

Melengkapi teks

dengan m

enggunakan

kata-kata dari dalam

kotak.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan teks pada

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

3.

Mencari hum

or-hum

or

singkat dari internet

atau sum

ber-sum

ber

lain dan m

enceritakan-

nya.

4.

Menyusun paragraf-

paragraf acak m

enjadi

teks yang runtut.

5.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan teks pada

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Isian

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•U

njuk kerja

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

acak

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•C

om

plete the text

with, the w

ords

from

the box.

•A

nsw

er the

questions based

on the text in Task

A.

•F

ind a little joke

on the Internet, in

a m

agazine or

new

spaper. Tell

the joke to your

friends.

•P

ut the follow

ing

sentences in the

correct order to

get a good text.

•A

nsw

er the

questions based

on the text in Task

A.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•Teks lisan

fungsional

pendek: joke.

• M

onolog

narrative.

•M

am

pu

mengungkapkan

makna gagasan

dalam

bentuk little

joke dengan ragam

bahasa lisan secara

akurat, lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•M

am

pu m

elakukan

monolog dalam

wacana berbentuk

narrative dengan

ragam

bahasa lisan

secara akurat,

lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

2

40'

•B

uku P

R

Bahasa

Inggris S

MA

/

MA

V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 59.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MA

/

MA

V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 53.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•

Work in groups of

four. Look at the

pictures below

.

Deliver a story

based on the

pictures using

your ow

n w

ords.

•Tell your friend a

narrative you like.

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

6.

Menceritakan sebuah

cerita naratif berdasar

gam

bar.

7.

Menceritakan sebuah

cerita naratif yang

disukai.

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

mb

ac

a

11.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

esei p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k reco

un

t d

an

n

arrative u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MA

/

MA

V

IIIB

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 59-60.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'

11.2 M

erespons

makna dalam

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

•Teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: e-m

ail.

1.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i em

ail dan

penjelasan yang

tersedia.

2.

Mem

baca em

ail yang

tersedia kem

udian

menjaw

ab pertanyaan.

3.

Menyusun kalim

at-

kalim

at acak m

enjadi

em

ail yang runtut.

4.

Menentukan apakah

pernyataan-

pernyataan yang

tersedia benar atau

salah berdasarkan

em

ail yang telah

dibaca.

•M

em

baca nyaring

secara berm

akna

wacana pendek

sederhana.

•M

erespons m

akna

yang terdapat

dalam

teks

fungsional pendek

berbentuk em

ail

dengan benar.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

acak

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•R

ead the

follow

ing text.

•R

ead the em

ail

below

. T

hen,

answ

er the

questions.

•P

ut the follow

ing

sentences in the

correct order to

get a good em

ail.

•A

re the follow

ing

statem

ents true

(T

) or false (F

)

based on the

em

ail?


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MA

/

MA

V

IIIB

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 50–51,

54–56.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

3

40'

11.1 M

em

baca

nyaring ber-

makna teks

fungsional dan

esei pendek

sederhana

berbentuk

recount dan

narrative

pendek dengan

ucapan,

tekanan dan

intonasi yang

berterim

a yang

berkaitan

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

11.3

Merespons

makna dan

langkah

retorika dalam

esei pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar dan

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

reco

un

t dan

narrative.

•Teks narrative.

•T

he past

continuous tense.

5.

Mem

baca teks dan

dan m

em

pelajari

penjelasan yang

tersedia.

6.

Mem

baca percakapan

dan m

em

pelajari

penjelasan the past

continuous tense.

7.

Melengkapi teks

menggunakan kata-

kata dari dalam

kotak.

8.

Menentukan apakah

pernyataan-

pernyataan yang

tersedia benar atau

salah berdasarkan

teks yang telah

dibaca.

9.

Mem

buat kalim

at

menggunakan gam

bar

dan kata-kata kunci

yang tersedia.

10.

Menyusun paragraf-

paragraf acak m

enjadi

teks yang runtut.

11.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan

teks yang telah

dibaca.

•M

am

pu

mengidentifikasi

makna gagasan

(ideasional) dan

inform

asi faktual

dalam

teks, m

ain

ideas, supporting

ideas, details.

•M

am

pu m

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks

berbentuk narrative

dengan benar.

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•Isian

•P

ernyatan

benar/salah

•U

raian

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

acak

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•R

ead the

follow

ing text.

•R

ead the

follow

ing

sentences.

•C

om

plete the text

using the w

ords

from

the box.

•A

re the follow

ing

statem

ents true

(T

) or false based

on the text in Task

A? C

orrect the

false ones.

•M

ake sentences

based on the

pictures and the

words available

below

. U

se the

past continuous

tense form

.

•P

ut the follow

ing

sentences in the

correct order to

get a good text.

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

or D

for the

correct answ

er.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Men

ulis

12.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

esei p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k reco

un

t d

an

n

arrative u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

12.1 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

bentuk teks tulis

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

dengan m

eng-

gunakan ragam

bahasa tulis

secara akurat,

lancar dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

12.2 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dan

langkah retorika

dalam

esei

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk ber-

interaksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

rcount dan

narrative.

•Teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: em

ail.

•Teks narrative.

1.

Menulis e-m

ail

berdasar situasi.

2.

Menulis jaw

aban e-

mail tem

an.

3.

Menulis e-m

ail

menggunakan topik

yang dipilih sendiri.

4.

Menulis cerita naratif

berdasarkan gam

bar

dan kata-kata kunci

yang tersedia.

5.

Menulis cerita naratif

menggunakan topik

yang dipilih.

•M

am

pu m

enulis

berbagai teks untuk

kom

unikasi sehari-

hari seperti e-m

ail

dengan benar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•M

am

pu m

enulis

berbagai teks

terutam

a yang

berbentuk narrative

dengan langkah

retorika dan struktur

teks yang benar

dan berterim

a.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

•U

raian

•U

raian

•E

sai

•E

sai

•W

rite an em

ail

based on the

situation below

.

•E

xchange your

e-m

ail w

ith

a friend. W

rite

a reply for the e-

mail.

•W

rite an e-m

ail.

You m

ay choose

your ow

n topic.

•Look and the

pictures. W

rite

a story based on

the pictures and

the cue w

ords.

•W

rite a narrative.

You m

ay choose

your ow

n topic.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

2

40'

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 60.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIB

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 56–57.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 4

Rec

ou

nts

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VIII

/2M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:4

Gen

re:

Rec

ount

Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n7.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

per

caka

pan

tra

nsa

ksio

nal

dan

in

terp

erso

nal

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3 4

0'7.

2 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

em

inta

,m

em

be

rip

ers

etu

jua

n,

me

res

po

ns

per

nya

taan

,m

embe

ripe

rhat

ian

terh

adap

pem

bica

ra,

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

dan

men

utup

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

tun

gkap

an:

–m

emin

ta,

mem

-be

ri pe

rset

u-ju

an,

dan

–m

eres

pons

pern

yata

an.

•M

ampu

ber

eaks

iat

au m

eres

pons

deng

an b

enar

terh

adap

tin

dak

tutu

r:–

mem

inta

,m

embe

ripe

rset

ujua

n, d

an–

mer

espo

nspe

rnya

taan

.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 66

–68.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri be

rbag

aiun

gkap

an y

ang

ada

dibu

ku.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

tent

ang

mat

eri d

i uni

tse

belu

mny

a.

3.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

soa

lbe

nar/

sala

hbe

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gte

lah

dipe

rden

gark

an.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

tela

h di

perd

enga

rkan

.

5.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

soa

l.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wa

ba

nsi

ngka

t

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•Ja

wa

ba

nsi

ngka

t

•P

ilihan

gand

a

•Lo

ok a

t th

epi

ctur

e an

d re

adth

e di

alog

.•

Rea

d th

efo

llow

ing

dial

og.

•A

nsw

er

the

ques

tions

ora

lly.

•Li

sten

to

your

teac

her.

Dec

ide

whe

ther

the

stat

emen

ts a

retr

ue (

T)

or f

alse

(F).

Cor

rect

the

fals

e on

es.

•Li

sten

to

your

teac

her.

Ans

wer

the

ques

tions

be

low

.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

an

swe

r.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n8.

Mem

aham

i mak

na

dal

am te

ks li

san

fun

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k na

rrat

ive

dan

reco

unt u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

anlin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 78

–79.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1 4

0'•

Teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

kno

tice.

1.

Mem

pela

jari

teks

pend

ek:

notic

e.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i.

3.

Men

yim

ak n

otic

eya

ngdi

baca

kan

guru

dan

men

ulis

nya.

4.

Mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

gte

pat

berd

asar

kan

teks

yan

gdi

perd

enga

rkan

.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

slis

an f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

ber

bent

ukno

tice

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi d

alam

kont

eks

kehi

dupa

nse

hari

-har

i.

•N

on t

es

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Ja

wa

ba

nsi

ngka

t

•P

ilihan

gand

a

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•A

nsw

er

the

follo

win

gqu

estio

ns.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Writ

edo

wn

the

notic

esyo

u ha

ve j

ust

hear

d.

•Li

sten

to

your

teac

her.

Cho

ose

A,

B,

C o

r D

for

the

corr

ect

an

swe

r.

8.1

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

8.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r da

lam

teks

ber

bent

ukna

rrat

ive

dan

reco

unt.

5.

Mem

pela

jari

mon

olog

reco

un

t.

6.

Men

jaw

abpe

rtan

yaan

ten

tang

mat

eri d

i uni

tse

belu

mny

a.

7.

Men

gam

ati g

amba

rda

n m

ende

ngar

kan

teks

mon

olog

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

,sa

mbi

l men

cata

t hal

-ha

l yan

g di

angg

appe

ntin

g.8

.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

teks

yang

tel

ah d

ibac

akan

guru

pada

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

9.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

nte

ks y

ang

dipe

rden

gark

an.

10.

Mel

engk

api t

eks

berd

asar

kan

mon

olog

yang

tel

ah d

ibac

akan

guru

.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pen

dek

sede

rhan

a se

cara

akur

at, l

anca

r, da

nbe

rter

ima

dala

mte

ksre

coun

t.

•N

on t

es

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wa

ba

nsi

ngka

t

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•P

ilihan

gand

a

•is

ian

•R

ead

the

follo

win

gm

onol

og.

•A

nsw

er

the

ques

tions

.

•Lo

ok a

t th

epi

ctur

e an

d lis

ten

to y

our

teac

her.

The

n, a

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on w

hat

you

have

hear

d.

•Li

sten

to

your

teac

her

and

choo

se A

, B

, C

or

D f

or t

he c

orre

cta

nsw

er.

•Lo

ok a

t th

epi

ctur

e an

d lis

ten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

e th

e te

xtba

sed

on w

hat

you

have

hea

rd.

3 4

0'•

Buk

u P

RB

ahas

aIn

ggris

SM

P/

MT

s V

IIIB

Inta

n P

ariw

ara

hal.

69–7

0,72

–74.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

deng

anto

pik

yang

dip

ilih.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a9.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al li

san

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 68

–69.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'9.

2 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

trans

aksi

onal

(to g

et th

ings

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

an m

eng-

guna

kan

raga

mba

hasa

lisa

nse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at y

ang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

me

min

ta,

me

mb

eri

per

setu

juan

,m

ere

sp

on

sp

ern

yata

an,

mem

beri

perh

atia

nte

rhad

appe

mbi

cara

,m

enga

wal

i,m

empe

rpan

jang

,da

n m

enut

uppe

rcak

apan

,se

rta

men

gaw

ali,

mem

perp

anja

ng,

dan

men

utup

perc

akap

ante

lepo

n.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

lya

ng m

emua

tun

gkap

an:

–m

emin

ta, m

em-

beri

pers

etu-

juan

, da

n–

mer

espo

nspe

rnya

taan

.

1.S

ecar

a be

rpas

anga

n,m

emer

anka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

g ad

a.

2.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

soa

lde

ngan

kat

a-ka

taya

ng s

esua

i.

3.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng a

da,

lalu

mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

ter

sebu

t.

•M

ampu

mel

akuk

anbe

rbag

ai t

inda

ktu

tur

dala

m w

acan

alis

an t

rans

aksi

onal

/in

terp

erso

nal y

ang

mem

uat u

ngka

pan:

–m

emin

ta, m

em-

beri

pers

etu-

juan

, da

n–

mer

espo

nspe

rnya

taan

.

•M

ampu

men

gem

bang

kan

wac

ana

tran

saks

iona

l/in

terp

erso

nal

pend

ek m

enja

dise

buah

obr

olan

atau

inte

raks

iona

lya

ng le

bih

panj

ang.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•S

tep

forw

ard

with

you

rpa

rtne

r. P

erfo

rmth

e di

alog

bel

ow.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

og w

ith t

hep

rop

er

wo

rds

from

the

box

.

•C

reat

e di

alog

sba

sed

on th

esi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.

Per

form

the

dial

ogs.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a10

.M

eng

un

gka

pka

n m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 79

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 74

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

3 4

0'

3 4

0'

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

notic

e.

•M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

•K

ata,

fras

a, a

tau

kalim

at y

ang

terk

ait t

opik

yan

gdi

pilih

.

1.M

emba

ca n

yarin

gno

tice

yang

ter

sedi

ase

cara

ber

gant

ian.

2.S

ecar

a be

rpas

anga

n,m

elak

ukan

tany

aja

wab

ber

dasa

rkan

notic

eya

ng a

da p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

3.M

enya

mpa

ikan

not

ice

berd

asar

kan

situ

asi

yag

tela

h di

sedi

akan

dala

m b

uku.

4.M

enya

mpa

ikan

mon

olog

yan

g ad

a di

buku

sec

ara

berg

antia

n.

5.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

mon

olog

pada

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

6.M

enga

mat

i gam

bar

toko

h ya

ng t

elah

dise

diak

an d

anm

enca

ri in

form

asi

tent

ang

toko

hte

rseb

ut.

Lalu

, se

cara

berp

asan

gan

mel

akuk

an ta

nya

jaw

ab b

erda

sark

anin

form

asi

yang

tel

ahdi

pero

leh.

•M

ampu

men

gung

kapk

anm

akna

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

kno

tice

deng

an r

agam

baha

sa l

isan

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima.

•M

ampu

mel

akuk

anm

onol

og d

alam

tek

sbe

rben

tuk

reco

unt

deng

an r

agam

baha

sa li

san

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Ja

wa

ba

nsi

ngka

t

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•S

ay t

he n

otic

esbe

low

alo

ud.

Do

itin

tur

ns.

•W

ork

in p

airs

.A

sk a

nd a

nsw

erqu

estio

ns a

bout

the

notic

es in

Task

A.

•U

nder

stan

d th

esi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.

Del

iver

spo

ken

notic

es b

ased

on

them

.

•D

eliv

er t

hem

onol

og b

elow

in

turn

s.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

elow

base

d on

the

mon

olog

in T

ask

A.

•Lo

ok a

t th

epi

ctur

es a

nd f

ind

refe

renc

es a

bout

the

peop

le in

the

pict

ures

. A

sk a

nda

nsw

er

ques

tions

abo

uton

e of

the

m.

Look

at t

he e

xam

ple.

10.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

10.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

reco

untd

anna

rrat

ive.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

11.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

ese

i p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

1 4

0'

4 4

0'

11.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dal

amte

ks t

ulis

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

11.1

Mem

baca

nyar

ing

berm

akna

tek

sfu

ngsi

onal

dan

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

abe

rben

tuk

reco

unt

dan

na

rra

tive

deng

anuc

apan

,te

kana

n da

nin

tona

si y

ang

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

•Te

ks t

ulis

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

notic

e(w

ritt

en).

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•K

ata,

fra

sa,

atau

kalim

at y

ang

terk

ait t

ema.

•Ta

taba

hasa

yan

gte

rkai

t, ya

itu d

irect

and

indi

rect

spe

ech

.

•M

ampu

mem

baca

nyar

ing

seca

rabe

rmak

na w

acan

ape

ndek

sed

erha

na.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

stu

lis f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

:no

tice

deng

an b

enar

.

•M

ampu

men

gide

ntifi

kasi

mak

na g

agas

an(id

easi

onal

) da

nin

form

asi

fakt

ual

dala

m t

eks,

mai

nid

eas,

sup

port

ing

idea

s, d

etai

ls.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

sre

coun

t de

ngan

bena

r.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 80

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 70

–72,

75–7

7.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

ne-

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1.

Mem

pela

jari

teks

tulis

fung

sion

al b

erbe

ntuk

no

tice

.

2.

Mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

gte

pat

berd

asar

kan

teks

yan

g ad

a.

3.

Mel

engk

api

notic

eru

mpa

ng d

enga

n ka

ta-

kata

yan

g te

rsed

ia.

4.

Men

yusu

n ke

mba

lika

ta-k

ata

yang

disu

sun

seca

ra a

cak

men

jadi

notic

eya

ngbe

rmak

na.

5.

Mem

baca

dan

mem

aham

i tek

sbe

rben

tuk

reco

unt.

6.

Mem

baca

dan

mem

pela

jari

dire

ctda

nin

dir

ect

sp

ee

ch.

7.

Mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

gte

pat

berd

asar

kan

teks

yan

g ad

a

8.

Men

entu

kan

pern

yata

an b

enar

/sa

lah

berd

asar

kan

teks

yan

g ad

a, la

lum

embe

tulk

anpe

rnya

taan

yan

gsa

lah.

•N

on t

es

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on t

es

•N

on t

es

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•P

ilihan

gand

a

•Is

ian

•M

enyu

sun

kata

aca

k

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•P

ilihan

gand

a

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

an

swe

r.

•C

ompl

ete

the

notic

es w

ith t

hep

rop

er

wo

rds

from

the

box

.

•A

rran

ge t

hew

ords

int

o go

odno

tices

.

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt.

Stu

dy t

hest

ruct

ure

of t

hete

xt.

•Lo

ok a

t th

epi

ctur

es a

ndre

ad t

hese

nte

nce

s.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

an

swe

r.

•R

ead

the

text

.D

ecid

e w

heth

erth

e st

atem

ents

that

fol

low

are

true

(T

) or

fal

se(F

). C

orre

ct t

hefa

lse

ones

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

9.M

emba

ca d

anm

emah

ami k

alim

at-

kalim

at la

ngsu

ng y

ang

ada,

lalu

men

guba

hnya

men

jadi

kalim

at ta

k la

ngsu

ng.

•Te

s tu

lis•

Ura

ian

•R

ead

and

chan

geth

e st

atem

ents

belo

w i

nto

indi

rect

spe

ech.

11.3

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

mes

ei p

ende

kse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

reco

unt

dan

narr

ativ

e.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis12

.M

eng

un

gka

pka

n m

akn

a d

alam

teks

tulis

fun

gsi

on

al d

an e

sei p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k re

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

eu

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

anlin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 81

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

BIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 77

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1 4

0'

2 4

0'

12.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

bent

uk te

kstu

lis f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

,da

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

12.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

anla

ngka

hre

torik

a da

lam

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

berb

entu

kre

coun

tdan

narr

ativ

e.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

notic

etu

lis.

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

1.M

enul

is n

otic

ebe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng t

elah

dite

ntuk

an.

2.M

enyu

sun

kalim

at-

kalim

at a

cak

men

jadi

teks

yan

g ru

ntut

dan

berm

akna

.

3.M

enul

is t

eks

reco

unt

tent

ang

peng

alam

anse

seo

ran

g.

4.M

enul

is li

ma

kalim

atla

ngsu

ng d

enga

nbe

nar.

5.M

enul

is k

emba

li lim

aka

limat

lang

sung

yan

gdi

buat

tem

an m

enja

dika

limat

tida

k la

ngsu

ngde

ngan

ben

ar.

•M

ampu

men

ulis

berb

agai

tek

s un

tuk

kom

unik

asi s

ehar

i-ha

ri se

pert

i no

tice

(writ

ten)

den

gan

bena

r da

nbe

rter

ima.

•M

ampu

men

ulis

berb

agai

tek

ste

ruta

ma

yang

berb

entu

kre

coun

tde

ngan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dan

stru

ktur

teks

yan

g be

nar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Ja

wa

ba

nsi

ngka

t

•M

enyu

sun

kalim

at a

cak

•E

sai

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•W

rite

notic

esba

sed

on t

hesi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.

•R

earr

ange

the

sent

ence

s in

to a

good

tex

t. R

ead

your

wor

k al

oud.

•W

rite

abou

tso

meo

ne’s

expe

rien

ce.

Sha

re y

our

wor

kw

ith t

he c

lass

.

•W

rite

five

sent

ence

s in

dire

ct s

peec

h.

•E

xcha

nge

your

wor

k in

Tas

k C

with

you

r fr

iend

’s.

Rew

rite

his/

her

sent

ence

s in

toin

dire

ct s

peec

h.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men


Objectives:

At the end of this unit youwill be able to:● ask for, give and decline

opinions,● ask for, give, offer and

refuse things,● ask for, give, offer and

refuse help,● deliver spoken

announcements,● deliver stories using spoken

English,● write brochures,● create written narratives,

and● use the simple past tense

with ‘regular verbs’correctly.

Have you ever heard or read the story of a lion and a mouse?What do you think of it? According to you, is it interesting? Why doyou think so? You know, it is a kind of fable. Fables are stories aboutanimals. They depict human stories and usually contain moral values.You will learn more about fables in this unit. Just enjoy reading them.

36 UNIT 1 Narratives

1.1 Expressions

Asking for, Giving, Declining Opinions

Read the following dialog.

Boy : Mom, what do you think of my watch?Woman : Wow! I think it’s very nice. Who bought you the watch?Boy : I bought it myself. I’ve saved some of my pocket money to buy it.Woman : Nice son!

The sentence “Mom, what do you think of my watch?” is an expression to ask for an opinion.Meanwhile, the sentence “I think it’s very nice.” is an expression to give an opinion.

The following are other sentences used to ask for, give and decline opinions.

Asking for Opinions

● What’s your opinion aboutmy problem?

● What’s your idea?● What do you feel . . .?● Do you think it is O.K.

if I call him?● Do you have any idea?

Giving Opinions

● I think . . . .

● In my opinion, . . . .● We had better . . . .● I think so.

● To my mind, . . . .

Declining Opinions

● I don’t think it’s a good idea.

● Sorry, I don’t have one.● I have different opinions.● I don’t think so. In my view,

. . . .● I disagree with your idea.


Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Things

Read the following dialog.Rio : Here is an ice cream for you.Dendi : No, thanks. I’ve got flu.Rio : Oh, sorry. I don’t know about it.Dendi : Never mind.

The sentence “Here is an ice cream for you.” isan expression to give something.Meanwhile, the sentence “No, thanks.” isan expression to refuse something.

Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Help

Read the following dialog.Boy : Where are you going, Ma’am?Old woman : I am going to the drugstore across

the street.Boy : Let me help you cross this street.Old woman : Thank you. You’re really a nice boy.

The sentence “Let me help you cross thisstreet.” is an expression to give help.

The following are some expressions to ask for, give, offer and refuse things.

Asking for Things

● Can I have a bit?● Is it O.K. if I . . . ?● May I have one?● May I try it on?

Giving Things

● Sure. Here you are.● Please do so.● Please serve yourself.● Certainly.

Offering Things

● Do you want candies?● Here are some apples for you.● Will you have some cakes?● Would you like some bananas?

Refusing Things

● Thank you for your offer, but I don’twant to.

● No, thanks.● No need to bother, thanks.


Asking for Help

● Can you help me, please?● Could you do me a favor, please?● Could you possibly help me?● Would you be willing to help me?● Could I possibly ask you to help me?

Giving Help

● Let me help you.● I’ll do it for you.● Let me give you my hand.● I’d like to help you.● I’d be happy to help you.

Offering Help

● Do you need any help?● Do you need a hand?● Can I help?● Can I do anything to help?● May I help you?

Refusing Help

● No, thank you.● Don’t bother yourself. Thanks.● That’s very kind, but I can manage myself.● That’s very kind of you, but I don’t think it’s

necessary.● No, you don’t need to.

Answer the following questions.

1. What is your opinion about your school?Contoh jawaban: I think it’s the best school in my town. Most of the students here are

creative and smart.2. Have you ever asked for something special to your parents? What did you ask for?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. I asked for a birthday gift.3. Have you ever asked for help? In what occasions do you usually ask for help?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. I usually ask for help if I face difficulties, like lifting somethingheavy.

A. Listen to your teacher.Fill in the blanks based on the conversation you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Lala : Look at the (1) peacock! What do you think of it?Rangga : Wow, . . . it’s very beautiful!Lala : Yeah. I think it is the most beautiful (2) animal in this zoo.Rangga : By the way, what about its cage?Lala : I think it’s (3) clean enough. However, it should be larger.Rangga : I think so. Moreover, it’s better if the (4) zookeeper puts a couple of peacocks in one

cage. It will prevent them from (5) loneliness.Lala : You’re right.

The following are other sentences used to ask for, give, offer and refuse help.


B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.

1. What is the dialog about?Jawaban: It’s about a peacock and its cage.

2. Where does the dialog possibly take place?Jawaban: In a zoo.

3. What is Lala’s opinion about the peacock’s cage?Jawaban: It is clean enough, but it should be larger.

4. Lala said, “I think it is the most beautiful animal in this zoo.”What does it mean?Jawaban: She is giving her opinion.

5. Why does Rangga suggest that the zookeeper put a couple of peacocks in a cage?Jawaban: To prevent the peacocks from loneliness.

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. cage = sangkar2. zookeeper = petugas kebun binatang3. loneliness = kesepian4. peacock = burung merak5. to prevent = mencegah

Variasi:

Listen to your teacher.Answer the following questions based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Mouse : What happened to you, Lion?Lion : I was trapped by a hunter. He tied me onto this tree. Could you help me untie this

rope, Mouse?Mouse : Sure, I’ll help you.Lion : Thanks. But . . . how will you help me?Mouse : I will gnaw the rope and let you free.Lion : Thank you very much.Mouse : You’re welcome.

1. Who are speaking in the dialog?Jawaban: A lion and a mouse.

2. What happened to the lion?Jawaban: He was tied onto a tree by a hunter.

3. What does the lion ask for the mouse to do?Jawaban: To untie the rope and let him free.

4. The mouse said, “Sure, I’ll help you.”What does it mean?Jawaban: He is giving help.

5. How would the mouse free the lion?Jawaban: By gnawing the rope.


C. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.Fairuz : Have you seen a film entitled ‘Emak

Ingin Naik Haji’?Tania : Yes, I have.Fairuz : Do you think it is good?Tania : Sure. I think it’s very good and

interesting. It depicts a son’saffection for his mother.

Fairuz : You’re right. The son really loveshis mother and tries hard to fulfillhis mother’s dream.

Tania : What a good son!

1. What are the speakers talking about?A. A movie. B. A novel.C. A comic. D. A short story.Jawaban: APercakapan tersebut membicarakantentang sebuah film (a movie). Hal itudiketahui dari isi keseluruhan percakapanserta kalimat awal Fairuz ”Have you seena film entitled ‘Emak Ingin Naik Haji’?”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

2. Why does Tania think that the thing isgood?A. It depicts a boy’s dream to reach

happiness.B. It shows a boy’s dream when he

grows up.C. It depicts a boy’s dedication to his

grandma.D. It depicts a boy’s affection for his

mother.Jawaban: DSaat Fairuz menanyakan pendapat Taniatentang film tersebut, Tania menjawab,”I think it’s very good and interesting. Itdepicts a son’s affection for his mother.”.Jadi, menurut Tania film itu menarik karenamenggambarkan kasih sayang anak laki-laki kepada ibunya. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:This dialog is for questions 3 to 5.Vino : Could you take me the dictionary,

please?Rafika : Sure. Here it is. Anyway, what are

you doing, Vino?Vino : I am translating an English text into

Indonesian.Rafika : Do you need any help?Vino : No, thanks. I’ll try to do it myself.

3. What thing does Vino need?A. A textbook.B. An English book.C. A dictionary.D. A storybook.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut Vino berkata,”Could you take me the dictionary,please?”. Jadi, yang diperlukan Vinoadalah sebuah kamus (a dictionary).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

4. Why does Vino need the thing?A. To translate an Indonesian text into

English.B. To translate an English text into

Indonesian.C. To write an English composition.D. To help Rafika do her homework.Jawaban: BVino memerlukan kamus untukmenerjemahkan teks berbahasa Inggrismenjadi teks berbahasa Indonesia. Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat Vino ”I am translatingan English text into Indonesian.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah.

5. Rafika said, “Do you need any help?”What does it mean?A. She is offering help.B. She is giving help.C. She is asking for something.D. She is giving something.Jawaban: AKalimat Rafika tersebut artinya ”Apakahkamu memerlukan bantuan?”. Kalimattersebut merupakan ungkapan menawar-kan bantuan (offering help). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan ungkapan yang tepat.


A. Read the dialog.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F)?Correct the false ones.

Mr. Gerry : Hello! Is it Perdana Clinic?Receptionist : Yes.Mr. Gerry : May I talk to doctor Setyawan?Receptionist : Sure. Hold on a moment, please.Dr. Setyawan : Hello! Setyawan speaking here.Mr. Gerry : Good morning, doctor Setyawan. I am Gerry. I live at Jalan Kartika number 7. My father

is seriously ill. He needs immediate treatment. Could you come here to treat him, please?Dr. Setyawan : Sorry, I am unable to leave my clinic at this time. You will have to bring the patient

to my clinic.Mr. Gerry : The condition of the patient is very serious. He can’t be moved to your clinic.Dr. Setyawan : O.K. I am coming. Immediately, send someone to pick me up.Mr. Gerry : Thank you, doctor.

Adapted from: October 25, 2009 <http://wabsenglish.blogspot.com/search/label/Conversation%20Practice%20%3A%20Part%202>

Statements:1. ______ The conversation happens face to face.2. ______ The doctor is working in a big hospital.3. ______ Mr. Gerry’s father is seriously ill.4. ______ Mr. Gerry asks the doctor to treat his father at home.5. ______ The doctor is not willing to come to Mr. Gerry’s house finally.

Jawaban:1. F (The dialog happens by phone.)2. F (He is working in his clinic.)3. T4. T5. F (Finally, he is willing to come to Mr. Gerry’s house and asks Mr. Gerry to send someone to

pick him up.)

Variasi:

A. Find the words in Task A which have similar meanings to the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to speak = to talk 2. sick = ill3. quick = immediate 4. to carry = to bring5. to deliver = to send

B. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a good dialog.Kalimat-kalimat soal yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Mrs. Aditya : O, come on. Please have your breakfast. It won’t take a long time.

Rendy : Really? O, gosh. My watch is broken. It has stricken seven o’clock already.O.K. I’ll have breakfast now. Thanks, Mom.

Mrs. Aditya : Hey, where are you going? Here are fried rice and a glass of milk for you.

36

1


B. Make a dialog based on the guideline.

Prita Ferdy

tells Ferdy that she will buy a computer.

tells her confusion whether she shouldbuy a laptop or a desktop computer.

tells Ferdy that she has a different opinionfrom her parents and asks for Ferdy’s opinion.

asks why.

feels happy to hear it.

asks why.

tells that he prefers a laptop.

tells that a laptop is practical and handy.

agrees with Ferdy’s opinion.

Contoh jawaban:Prita : Ferdy, I want to buy a computer.Ferdy : That’s great!Prita : However, I am confused whether I should buy a laptop or a desktop computer.Ferdy : Why?Prita : I prefer a laptop to a desktop computer. However, my parents have a different opinion.

They suggest that I buy a desktop computer. What do you think?Ferdy : Both of them have their own advantages and disadvantages. However, you’d better buy

a laptop.Prita : Why?Ferdy : You know, laptop is compact and small. It is practical and handy.Prita : You’re right. I agree with you.

Rendy : But . . . I have been late, Mom.

Mrs. Aditya : You’re welcome.

Rendy : Sorry, Mom. I’m in a hurry. I don’t have time for breakfast.

Mrs. Aditya : Who said so? You still have one hour before the class starts.

C. Answer the questions based on the proper dialog in Task B.1. Who are talking in the dialog?

Jawaban: A mother and her son.2. Where does the dialog happen?

Jawaban: At home.3. When does the dialog happen?

Jawaban: In the morning.4. What does Mrs. Aditya serve?

Jawaban: Fried rice and milk.5. Why doesn’t Rendy want to have breakfast?

Jawaban: Because he is in a hurry. He thinks that he has already been late.

4

72

5


C. Make dialogs based on the following situations.

1. Your father wants to buy a bicycle for you. He is confused whether he should buy a new bicycleor a secondhand one. Your uncle has offered his old bicycle to your father. It was used by Andre,your cousin. Your father asks for your opinion about it. How would the conversation go?

2. Your shoes are old and broken. You ask your mother to buy you new shoes. How would theconversation go?

3. Your sister is busy watering the flowers in the garden. You offer to help her. How would theconversation go?

Contoh jawaban:1. Your father : Harry, I want to buy a bicycle for you.

You : Really, Dad? That would be very nice.Your father : Yeah. Do you think that we should buy a new or a secondhand one?You : I think we had better buy a new one, Dad.Your father : You’re right. However, your uncle has offered me his bicycle. He wants to buy

a new one. You know, your uncle always takes good care of his bicycle.You : You’re right. You may take it, Dad.

2. You : Mom, look at my shoes! They are broken.Your mother : I see, dear.You : Will you buy me a new pair, please?Your mother : Sure. Let’s go to a shoe store this afternoon.You : Great! Thanks, Mom.

3. You : You look very busy.Your sister : Yeah. I have to water all these flowers. I don’t want them to wilt.You : You’re right. They need enough water. Do you need any help?Your sister : Sure, thanks. I’d be very happy. You can water the flowers over there.You : O.K.

Spoken Text

1.2 Genre

Read the following monolog.Have you heard the story of a tiger and a hare? Now, let me tell you the story.Once upon a time there lived a tiger named Blind Fury. He was the king of the forest. He

ordered that each day an animal should be brought to him as his prey. Of course, it made thenumber of animals decrease. Therefore, the animals held a council to solve the problem.

Can you guess what the result of the animals’ meeting is? Well, a hare named Tiny Tricksaid that he had an idea to get rid of Blind Furry. The idea was that Tiny Trick would come attwelve; although, the usual breakfast of Blind Fury was nine.


The next day, Tiny Trick arrived at Blind Fury’s cave at twelve. Blind Fury was angry athim. He asked why Tiny Trick came late. Did you know what Tiny Trick’s answer was? Hereplied that there was another king like Blind Fury in the well that asked him to be his prey.Luckily, Tiny Trick could escape from him and met Blind Fury.

Blind Fury was very anxious to see the king. That was why, he asked Tiny Trick to showhim the king. Happily, Tiny Trick led Blind Fury to the well.

Arriving at the well, Blind Fury found his own shadow in it. He thought it was another tigerwho would be his rival. He leapt into the well and was drowned. The animals were happy andthey praised Tiny Trick as their hero.

Adapted from: November 16, 2009 <http://oaks.nvg.org/ifab67.html#ape>

The text above is a narrative in spoken form or monolog. It is an example of fables(imaginative stories about animals), i.e. a tiger and a hare.

Written Text

Read the following text.The Tiger and the Hare

Orientation

A tiger named Blind Fury became the king of a forest. He madea law that every day an animal should appease his hunger by fallinga prey to him. At this rate, in the course of a few months, a greatnumber of animals had been eaten up; the beasts that remainedheld a council.

A hare among them, named Tiny Trick, observed, “I havea stratagem whereby I can get rid of Blind Fury if you would let metake my chance with him tomorrow.”

They agreed. The usual breakfast hour of Blind Fury was nine;but Tiny Trick trudged on, and came to him at twelve.

Complication

“Hullo, you impudent little wretch! What keeps you so long fromour presence?” said Blind Fury.

“May it please, Your Majesty,” said Tiny Trick, “in a well by theroad I have traveled there is another king like your majesty. He saidI should not go without appeasing his hunger. It was with difficultyI could obtain permission of him to see your majesty for a momentand return.”

“Lead the way to the well,” said Blind Fury.“Yes, Your Majesty,” said Tiny Trick.

Resolution

When Blind Fury came to the well, he found his own shadowreflected in it, and, fancying that it was another tiger, a rival, leaptinto it and was drowned. The beasts of the forest praised Tiny Trickas the savior of the state.

It happens that little folks did great things for the public good.

Source: November 16, 2009 <http://oaks.nvg.org/ifab67.html#ape>


The text is a fable. It is a kind of narratives, and it is in written form.

According to Wikipedia, a fable is a story that features animals, plants, inanimate objectsor forces of nature which are anthropomorphized (given human qualities). It illustratesa moral lesson (a “moral”), which may at the end be expressed explicitly in a pithy maxim.It also provides opportunities to laugh at human folly when it supplies examples ofbehaviors to be avoided rather than emulated.

The structure of a narrative, including a fable, is:● orientation,● complication,● resolution.

Grammar Section

The Simple Past Tense with ‘Regular Verbs’

Read the following sentence.

Mrs. Handoko and his son talked about a television program last night.

The sentence above uses the simple past tense with a regular verb.

You use the simple past tense:1. To talk about events, actions or situations which occurred in the past and are finished

now.Examples:● Delia phoned me a moment ago.● I met Zaskia last week.

2. To talk about past habits.Examples:● Father smoked some cigarettes a day till he gave up.● I liked swimming in the river when I was a child.

You can use some adverbs of time in the simple past tense, i.e. yesterday, last . . ., . . . ago,this morning, etc.


There are two forms of verbs which are used in the simple past tense, i.e. regular verbs andirregular verbs. Now, you will learn regular verbs.Regular verbs are verbs that form their past tense by adding -d or -ed to the base form.

The following are the rules of changing verb bases into regular verbs.


1. Do you like reading fables? Why/why not?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Because they are entertaining and I can learn something from

the stories.2. What is your favorite fable? Why do you like it?

Contoh jawaban: The story of a lion and a mouse. I like it because it shows us that a littlecreature can do something to help a big one.

A. Read the following words.Find their meanings.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. hawk = burung elang 2. acquaintance = kenalan3. intent = maksud 4. mischief = kenakalan, kejahatan5. tightly = dengan kencang 6. meadow = padang rumput7. brink = pinggir, tepi 8. to suffocate = mencekik, menyebabkan9. to pounce = menerkam, mati lemas

menyambar 10. talon = kuku, cakar

Verb Ending in . . .

-e

consonant + -y

one vowel + one consonant(but not -w or -y)

anything else, including -w

How to Make the Simple Past

add -d

change -y to -i, then add -ed

double the consonant, thenadd -ed

add -ed

Examples

live liveddate dated

try triedcry cried

tap tappedcommit committed

boil boiledhand handedshow showed


B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Have you ever heard a story of a mouse, a frog and a hawk? Now, let me tell you the story.A mouse, that always lived on the land, by an (1) unlucky chance formed an intimate

acquaintance with a frog. The frog lived for the most part in the (2) water. The frog was one dayintent on (3) mischief. He bound the foot of the mouse tightly to his own.

Thus joined together, the frog first of all led the mouse to the (4) meadow where they wereaccustomed to find their food. After this, he (5) gradually led him towards the pool in which helived. When he reached the brink, he suddenly jumped in, (6) dragging the mouse with him.

The frog enjoyed the water (7) amazingly, and swam croaking about, as if he had donea good deed. The unhappy mouse was soon suffocated by the water. His dead body (8) floatedabout on the surface, tied to the foot of the frog. A hawk observed it. He pounced upon it with histalons and carried it aloft. You know, the frog was still (9) fastened to the leg of the mouse.Because of this, he was also carried off a prisoner, and was eaten by the (10) hawk.

Adapted from: November 8, 2009 <http://www.ivyjoy.com/fables/mousefroghawk.html>

Variasi:

A. Find the words in Task B which are the opposite meanings to the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. fortunate >< unlucky 2. loosely >< tightly3. bad >< good 4. glad >< unhappy5. to separate >< to join

B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B.1. What is the monolog about?

Jawaban: A frog’s mischief to his friend, a mouse.2. Who formed an intimate acquaintance?

Jawaban: A frog and a mouse.3. Where did the mouse live?

Jawaban: On the land.4. What did the frog do to the mouse’s foot?

Jawaban: He bound the mouse’s foot tightly to his own.5. Where did the frog and the mouse usually find their food?

Jawaban: On a meadow.6. What did the frog do after bringing the mouse to the meadow?

Jawaban: He gradually led the mouse towards the pool in which he lived.7. What did the frog do when he reached the pool brink?

Jawaban: He suddenly jumped in.8. How did the mouse die?

Jawaban: He was suffocated by the water.9. What happened to the frog finally?

Jawaban: He was also carried off a prisoner, and was eaten by a hawk.10. What can you learn from the story?

Jawaban: Someone’s mischief can harm himself/herself and others.



Teks yang dibacakan guru:This text is for questions 1 and 2.

There were once two roosters thatfought over a hen. The one that won thefight left with the hen, while the one that losthid in the bushes. The rooster that wonjumped on top of a wall and crowed withpride.

Just then an eagle swooped down andsnatched up the proud little rooster. However,the one who had hid in the bushes was safefrom the eagle.

Source: November 8, 2009 <http://fables.suite101.com/article.cfm/aesops_fables>

1. What did the winner get?A. A rooster. B. A hen.C. An eagle. D. Bushes.Jawaban: BDalam monolog terdapat kalimat-kalimat”There were once two roosters that foughtover a hen. The one that won the fight leftwith the hen, while the one that lost hid inthe bushes.”. Jadi, pemenang pertarungantersebut akan mendapatkan seekor ayambetina (a hen). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) merupakan hewan yangbertarung, (C) merupakan hewan yangmemangsa ayam jantan yang menang,dan (D) merupakan tempat bersembunyihewan yang kalah bertarung.

2. What finally happened to the winner?A. It hid in the bushes.B. It jumped into the river.C. It was killed by a giant.D. It was killed by an eagle.Jawaban: DAyam jago yang memenangkanpertarungan akhirnya dimangsa seekorrajawali. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat”Just then an eagle swooped down andsnatched up the proud little rooster.”. Frasa’the proud little rooster’ dalam kalimat inimengacu kepada ayam jantan yangmenjadi pemenang.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:This text is for questions 3 to 5.

Now, let me tell you the story ofa scorpion and a ladybug.

A scorpion befriended a ladybug whobecame a loyal companion to him. One daythe ladybug struggled to cross a challengingand dangerous river. The scorpion offered totake her to the other side on his back. Hehad come to care for her and promised hewould never harm her.

However, after they crossed the riversafely, the scorpion allowed his tail to dipupon her with its venomous sting. As shelay in greatest pain, she said, “. . . but, youpromised . . . why?”

He shrugged and said, sadly, “Becauseit is my nature.”

Adapted from: November 8, 2009<http://aesopfables.com/cgi/

aesop1.cgi?4&TheScorpionandtheLadybug>

3. When did the scorpion help the ladybug?A. When she looked for food.B. When she was in pain.C. When she crossed the river.D. When she was hungry.Jawaban: CKalajengking membantu kumbang kecilsaat kumbang kecil tersebut menyeberangisungai. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat-kalimat ”One day the ladybug struggled tocross a challenging and dangerous river.The scorpion offered to take her to theother side on his back.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi monolog.

4. What did the scorpion promise the ladybug?A. He would never harm her.B. He would never leave her.C. He would be her loyal husband.D. He would not forget her.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”He hadcome to care for her and promised he wouldnever harm her.”. Jadi, kalajengking tersebutberjanji untuk menjaga kumbang keciltersebut dan berjanji tidak akan mencelaka-kannya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi monolog.


5. What did the scorpion do to the ladybug atlast?A. He got married to her.B. The scorpion stung her.C. The scorpion taught her to swim.D. The scorpion took home.Jawaban: BMeskipun kalajengking telah berjanjibahwa ia tidak akan mencelakakan

kumbang kecil, akhirnya kalajengkingtersebut menyengat kumbang keciltersebut dengan bisanya. Hal itu diketahuidari kalimat ”However, after they crossedthe river safely, the scorpion allowed histail to dip upon her with its venomoussting.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi monolog.

A. Complete the text with the correct words from the box.

a. water b. shell c. safely d. eyese. clever f. success g. foolish h. drowni. Chief j. idea

Why Turtles Live in Water

Turtles used to live on the land, they say, until the time a (1) ________ turtle was caught bysome hunters. They brought him to their village and placed the turtle before the (2) ________, whosaid, “How shall we cook him?”

“You’ll have to kill me first,” said the turtle, “and take me out of this (3) ________.”“We’ll break your shell with sticks,” they said.“That’ll never work,” said the turtle, “Why don’t you throw me in the water and (4) ________

me?!”“Excellent (5) ________,” said the Chief. They took the turtle to the river and threw him into the

(6) ________ to drown him.They were congratulating themselves on their (7) ________ in drowning the turtle when two

little green (8) ________ poked up in the water and the laughing turtle said, “Don’t get thosecooking pots out too fast, (9) ________ people!”

As he swam away, he said, “I think I’ll spend most of my time from now on, (10) ________ inthe water.”

It has been that way ever since!Source: September 15, 2009 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/nutshell/stories/whyturtles.html>

Jawaban:1. e 2. i 3. b 4. h 5. j 6. a 7. f 8. d 9. g 10. c

Variasi:

Find the words in Task A which have similar meanings to the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. smart = clever 2. to carry = to bring3. to put = to place 4. good = excellent5. opinion = idea 6. chairperson = chief7. small = little 8. quickly = fast9. stupid = foolish 10. to waste = to spend


B. Retell the text in Task A using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:Did you know the story why turtles live in water? Let me tell you about it.Once upon a time turtles lived on land. One day some hunters caught a clever turtle and they

brought the turtle to their chief as a present for him. However, the chief wondered how to cook it.The turtle heard the conversation between the chief and the hunters. Suddenly, he had

an idea. He said that they should kill him first and took him out of his shell. They agreed with theidea. Then, they told him that they would break his shell with sticks.

The turtle replied that it was useless. He suggested an idea that they should throw him in thewater and drowned him. Guess what! They agreed with the idea. They didn’t know that the turtlecould swim in the river.

As soon as the people threw him into the water, he swam away and said that it was better tolive in the water because it was safe. Ever since, turtles live in the water.

C. Tell a story based on the following series of pictures.

Contoh jawaban:Did you know the story of a deer and grapes? Now, let me tell you about it.One hot day, there was a deer walking along the hill. He came upon a grape tree. There he

found a bunch of fresh grapes hanging from a high branch.“Those grapes must be tasty,” he thought to himself.Then, he tried to reach them. However, he did not get high enough.He stood on his hind legs and tried again. He almost got high enough this time, but not quite.

He tried and tried, again and again, but just couldn’t get high enough to grab the grapes.Finally, he gave up. He decided to leave the grapes. As he walked away, he put his nose in the

air and said, “I am sure those grapes are sour.”Adapted from: November 18, 2009 <http://www.bedtime.com/html/fox_and_grapes.html>

1

3

2

4


A. Read the text.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text?Correct the false ones.

The Singer and the Dolphin

Arion was one of the most famous singers in the ancient world. On one occasion he wonan important festival in Sicily, and as his prize he received so many jewels and golden cups that hewas obliged to hire a ship to carry them all home to Corinth.

Unfortunately, this huge treasure made the sailors very jealous, and in order to have it forthemselves, they attacked the singer and were about to throw him overboard.

Arion did not put up a struggle; instead he asked only that he was allowed to sing one lastsong. His wish was granted and the sailors were so enchanted by his voice that they were hardlyaware of what happened next. At the first notes of his song, a dolphin swam alongside, attracted bythe beautiful music. Immediately, Arion jumped overboard onto the dolphin’s back and was carriedback across the sea.

When the ship finally reached port in Corinth, the wicked sailors began to tell everyone thatthere had been a storm, during which the famous singer had been lost at sea. They were struckdumb with amazement; however, when Arion arrived with a company of soldiers to arrest them.

In memory of this event, a statue of a young man on the back of a dolphin was erected in theport of Corinth. This statue is still there today.

Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Statements:1. ______ Arion was a famous sailor.2. ______ Arion received jewels and silver cups as his prize in Sicily festival.3. ______ The sailors were happy when they knew Arion got huge treasure.4. ______ The sailors attacked Arion.5. ______ Arion fought with the sailors.6. ______ Arion asked the sailors to let him sing a last song.7. ______ The sailors were interested in Arion’s songs.8. ______ Arion jumped onto a dolphin’s back.9. ______ The sailors told everyone that Arion had been lost in the sea.

10. ______ There is a statue of a young man and a ship in the port of Corinth.

Jawaban:1. F (He was a famous singer.)2. F (He received jewels and golden cups, not silver cups.)3. F (They were jealous when they knew Arion’s huge treasure.)4. T5. F (He didn’t put up a struggle, which means he didn’t fight.)6. T7. T8. T9. T

10. F (The statue in the port of Corinth is a young man on the back of a dolphin.)


Variasi:

A. Find the words in Task A which have opposite meanings to the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. unknown >< famous 2. modern >< ancient3. to lose >< to win 4. moral >< wicked5. to give >< to receive 6. small >< huge7. to answer >< to ask 8. to prohibit >< to allow9. to set free >< to arrest 10. to leave >< to arrive

B. Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to make a good text.Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

So the wretched donkey stumbled on. But after a short distance, he stopped again,bleary-eyed, his tongue hanging out.

“Please, please listen! If you don’t help me, I’ll never reach market alive.” But withouteven a glance, the horse haughtily replied, “Rubbish! Come on, you’ll manage this time too!”But this time, after a few tottering steps, the donkey dropped dead to the ground. Thedonkey’s master, who had lingered to pick mushrooms, ran up when he saw the animal fall.

5

“I’d have done better to help the donkey when he was alive,” said the horse to himself.“A little more weight wouldn’t have done me any harm. Now, I’m frightened of collapsingmyself under a double load!” But feeling sorry too late did nothing to lighten his load.

7

“I can’t go much further!” moaned the donkey. “I’m much weaker today! I can hardlystand and unless I can get rid of some of this weight, I won’t be able to go on. Couldn’t youtake some of my load?”

3

Once upon a time an old carter kept a horse and a donkey in the same stable. He wasequally fond of both his animals, but as he used the horse to pull his trap, he gave it betterfood and more attention than he did to the donkey. However, the donkey, knowing he wasnot so precious as his stable mate, ate straw instead of corn and hay, without complaining.

1

When the horse heard this, he looked the donkey up and down in disdain, for he consideredhimself much superior, and said, “Our master gave you the heavy load because he knows thatdonkeys are beasts of burden. Their loads ought to be heavier than those of noble horses!”

4

“Poor thing!” he said. “He served me well for so many years. His load must have beentoo heavy.”

Then, he turned to the horse, “Come here! You’ll have to carry your companion’s loadtoo now!” And he hoisted the donkey’s sacks onto the horse’s back.

6

Even when both animals carried sacks to market, the donkey’s was the heavier load, for thecarter did not want to overwork his noble horse; though, he had no such feelings about the donkey.

As time went by, the horse grew more handsome and robust, while the donkey becamethin and weak. One day, on their way to market, the donkey was carrying his usual heavyload, while the horse had only two lightweight sacks tied to the saddle.

2

Source: November 8, 2009 <http://www.fablestable.co.za/site/awdep.asp?dealer=5721&depnum=10188>


C. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

Jawaban:1. c 2. k 3. e 4. i 5. h 6. a 7. d 8. j 9. b 10. f

D. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.1. What animals did the carter keep?

Jawaban: A horse and a donkey.2. Where did the carter put his animals?

Jawaban: In the same stable.3. How did the carter treat his animals?

Jawaban: He was equally fond of both his animals, but as he used the horse to pull his trap,he gave it better food and more attention than he did to the donkey.

4. What happened to the animals as a result of the carter’s treatment?Jawaban: As time went by, the horse grew more handsome and robust, while the donkey

became thin and weak.5. What did the horse do when the donkey complained about his burden along the journey?

Jawaban: He didn’t pay attention to the donkey’s condition. He just looked the donkey upand down in disdain for he considered himself much superior.

6. What happened to the donkey finally?Jawaban: He dropped dead to the ground.

7. What did the horse have to do finally?Jawaban: He had to carry the donkey’s load.

8. What can you learn from the story?Jawaban: We should not feel more superior than others and we should not be selfish.

9. “. . ., he gave it better food . . . .” (Paragraph 1)What does the word ‘it’ refer to?Jawaban: The horse.

10. “. . . the horse haughtily replied, . . . .”What does the word ‘haughtily’ have a similar meaning to?Jawaban: Arrogantly.

A

1. stable2. straw3. hay4. robust5. to moan6. disdain7. wretched8. bleary-eyed9. tottering

10. to linger

B

a. penghinaan, hinab. yang berjalan terhuyung-huyungc. kandangd. malang/siale. rumput keringf. tertinggalg. penarik keretah. mengeluh/merintihi. tegapj. bermata muramk. jerami


B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

The Peacock and the Tortoise

On a cloudy day, a peacock was dancingon a lawn by the side of a lake. A tortoise, inthe lake, addressed the peacock thus said,“Sir Peacock, how I should like to be with youdancing there!”

“Sir Tortoise,” said the peacock, “I do notthink you would be safe if you were to leavethe water, and to come to dance with me.Further, your short legs and heavy appearancewould not enable you to cut a good figure atdancing.”

“I see,” said the tortoise, “you are veryproud of your fine feathers and gait; but youmust remember, that my shell is also asbeautifully colored; and that was my gait;though, not so quick and graceful, is yet slowand steady.”

The peacock replied, “I am very sorry tohave displeased you, Sir Tortoise; but, if youwish to come and dance with me, unmindful ofthe danger of leaving the water, you arewelcome.”

The tortoise came out of the lake, andstood by the side of the peacock, in his ownawkward manner; and the two were preparingto dance together. Just then a hunter, who waspassing by the pond, observing the scene,approached the animals. The peacock flew upa tree, and safely perched on its top; but thetortoise, before he could reach the pond, waslaid on his back and killed by the hunter.

The peacock cried mournfully, “SirTortoise, you now see how dangerous it is toget into difficulties from which we cannot easilyescape.”

Source: November 8, 2009 <http://www.mainlesson.com/display.php?author=raju&book=fables&story=tortoise>

1. How was the day?A. It was cloudy.B. It was sunny.C. It was very cold.D. It was very hot.Jawaban: AJawaban dapat diketahui dari kalimatpertama paragraf satu ”On a cloudy day,a peacock was dancing on a lawn by the

side of a lake.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

2. What did the peacock do on the lawn?A. He sang a song.B. He took a nap.C. He danced.D. He played a game.Jawaban: CYang dilakukan burung merak di padangrumput adalah menari (he danced). Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat pertama paragrafsatu ”On a cloudy day, a peacock wasdancing on a lawn by the side of a lake.”.

3. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the text?A. The tortoise wanted to dance with the

peacock.B. The peacock had nice feathers.C. The tortoise was killed by a hunter.D. The peacock didn’t care for the

tortoise’s safety.Jawaban: DDalam teks tersebut diceritakan bahwaburung merak enggan menari dengankura-kura. Hal itu disebabkan olehkekhawatiran burung merak ataskeselamatan kura-kura. Hal itu diketahuidari kalimat pertama paragraf dua, yaitu”’Sir Tortoise,’ said the peacock, ’I do notthink you would be safe if you were toleave the water, and to come to dance withme. . . .’” dan kalimat pada paragraf empat”The peacock replied, ’I am very sorry tohave displeased you, Sir Tortoise; but,if you wish to come and dance with me,unmindful of the danger of leaving thewater, you are welcome.”’. Jadi, burungmerak sebenarnya sangat peduli padakeamanan kura-kura. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isiteks; (A) sesuai dengan kalimat keduaparagraf pertama, (B) sesuai dengankalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan(C) sesuai dengan kalimat terakhirparagraf lima.


4. “. . . how I should like to be with youdancing there!” (Paragraph 1)What does the word ‘there’ refer to?A. In a lake. B. On a lawn.C. On a tree. D. In a field.Jawaban: BKata ’there’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu kepada ’on a lawn’. Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat sebelumnya”On a cloudy day, a peacock was dancingon a lawn by the side of a lake.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat.

5. “. . . your fine feathers and gait; . . . .”(Paragraph 3)What does the word ‘gait’ mean?A. The way of walking.B. The way of speaking.C. The way of communicating.D. The way of learning.Jawaban: AKata ’gait’ artinya cara berjalan (the way ofwalking). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(B) artinya cara berbicara, (C) artinya caraberkomunikasi, dan (D) artinya carabelajar.

Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, gurudapat memberi tambahan latihan sebagaiberikut.

Grasshopper and Worm

“Come now!” said Worm. “Come now!Come quick!”

Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, came oververy fast. Grasshopper bounced longbounces. He almost fell into Worm’s hole.

“Are you all right?” Grasshopper asked.Grasshopper was very out of breath.

“Did you ask something?” Worm said.He could not understand his friend.

“Just give me a minute,” Grasshoppersaid. He was still trying to catch his breath.

“If I had a minute,” Worm said, “I wouldnot say come now.”

Grasshopper frowned. “Listen, Worm,”he said, “I bounced over here so fast, I almostfell into your hole. This is no way to treata friend.”

“You are right, Grasshopper,” Worm said.“I am sorry. But I am in a big hurry.”

Grasshopper sighed. “O.K., Worm. I wentall the way from the other side of the meadow.I might as well help you.”

Worm wrapped his little body aroundGrasshopper.

“May I ask what you are doing, Worm?”Grasshopper said.

“I am giving you a big bug hug,” Wormsaid. “I said come, and you came.”

Grasshopper groaned, “I havean appointment later, Worm. I don’t haveall day.”

“Oh!” Worm said. “Here is what I need.”Worm went down his hole for a moment.

He came back up with a big hat. Its brim hadtwo feathers on the side. The feathers wereblue and red.

“I am going for a ride this morning withRobin Redbreast,” Worm said. “I cannotdecide which feather to choose for my hat.Should I choose red or blue?”

Grasshopper stared at Worm. Then, hestared at the hat. Then, he stared at Wormagain. “This is your big emergency?”Grasshopper said. “I say, no feathers at all.”

“No feathers?” Worm said. He wassurprised.

“No feathers,” Grasshopper said. “Robinhas plenty of feathers of his own.”

Grasshopper got ready to bounce awayand said, “And no more wasting my time,Worm. Have a nice ride!”

Source: September 1, 2009<http://www.inklesstales.com/stories/dolch/gw.shtml>

1. Why did Grasshopper come to Worm’shole in a hurry?A. He thought that Worm fell down.B. He thought that Worm fell down into

the river.C. He thought that Worm had an urgent

appointment.D. He thought that Worm was in

emergency.


Jawaban: DBelalang mendatangi cacing dengantergesa-gesa karena ia mengira bahwacacing dalam bahaya. Hal itudisimpulkan dari kalimat-kalimat padaparagraf dua dan tiga ”Worm’s friend,Grasshopper, came over very fast. . . .’Are you all right?’ Grasshopper asked.Grasshopper was very out of breath.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

2. Why did Worm ask Grasshopper tocome?A. To help him choose the right hole.B. To help him choose the feathers for

his hat.C. To help him choose a friends.D. To help him choose the proper

meadow.Jawaban: BAlasan cacing tersebut menyuruhbelalang datang ke tempatnya adalahuntuk membantunya memilih bulu untuktopinya. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat’”I am going for a ride this morning withRobin Redbreast,’ Worm said. ’I cannotdecide which feather to choose for myhat. Should I choose red or blue?”’.Pilihan jawaban yang salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

3. The following statements are TRUEaccording to the text, except ________.A. Grasshopper was Worm’s friendB. Worm had blue and red feathers on

his hatC. Grasshopper had no appointments

the dayD. Grasshopper was angry to WormJawaban: CPernyataan yang tidak sesuai denganteks adalah (C) yang artinya belalangtidak memiliki janji lain hari itu. Hal itutidak sesuai dengan kalimat

”Grasshopper groaned, ’I havean appointment later, Worm. I don’t haveall day.’”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihanjawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat”Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, . . . .”,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”The featherswere blue and red.”, dan (D) sesuaidengan kalimat ”Grasshopper got readyto bounce away and said, ’And no morewasting my time, Worm. . . .”’.

4. “. . . he said, ‘I bounced over here so fast,. . . .’” (Paragraph 7)The word ‘here’ refers to ________.A. Worm’s holeB. Grasshopper’s holeC. the meadowD. Robin’s holeJawaban: AKata ’here’ mengacu kepada lubangtempat cacing tinggal. Hal itu diketahuidari kalimat-kalimat sebelumnya yangmenjelaskan bahwa belalang pergitergesa-gesa ke tempat cacing. Hal itujuga disimpulkan dari kalimat berikutnya”. . . I almost fell into your hole.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat.

5. “Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, came oververy fast.” (Paragraph 2)The bold-typed word has oppositemeaning to ________.A. carefully B. beautifullyC. quickly D. slowlyJawaban: DKata ’fast’ artinya dengan cepat. Katatersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata’slowly’ yang artinya dengan lambat.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya dengan hati-hati, (B) artinyadengan indah/cantik, dan (C) artinyadengan cepat.


A. Complete the text with the correct words in brackets.Change the words into past.

The Ugly Duckling

Once upon a time down on an old farm, [1. live] ________ a duck family, and Mother Duckhad been sitting on a clutch of new eggs. One nice morning, the eggs [2. hatch] ________ and out[3. pop] ________ six chirpy ducklings. But there was still one egg bigger than the rest, and itdidn’t hatch. Mother Duck couldn’t recall laying that seventh egg. How did it get there?

“Did I count the eggs wrongly?” Mother Duck [4. wonder] ________. But before she had timeto think about it, the last egg finally hatched. A strange looking duckling with gray feathers thatshould have been yellow [5. gaze] ________ at a worried mother.

“I can’t understand how this ugly duckling can be one of mine!” she [6. say] ________ toherself, shaking her head as she [7. look] ________ at her last born. Well, the gray ducklingcertainly wasn’t pretty, and since he was far more than his brothers, he was outgrowing them.

As the days went by, the poor ugly duckling became more and more unhappy. His brothersdidn’t want to play with him and all the farmyard folks simply [8. laugh] ________ at him. He wassad and lonely. He secretly wept at night. He felt nobody [9. want] ________ him.

Then, one day, at sunrise, he ran away from the farmyard. He [10. stop] ________ at a pondand began to question all the other birds. “Do you know of any ducklings with gray feathers likemine?” But everyone shook their heads in scorn.

Source: November 8, 2009 <http://www.ivyjoy.com/fables/duckling.html>

Jawaban:1. lived 2. hatched 3. popped 4. wondered 5. gazed6. said 7. looked 8. laughed 9. wanted 10. stopped

Variasi:

A. Make sentences using the correct answers in Task A.Contoh jawaban:1. Once the farmer and his family lived in a small hut near the forest.2. The hen hatched two eggs yesterday.3. Mother Duck popped out five ducklings some days ago.4. I wondered how people could make a very big temple.5. The little boy gazed at me and said nothing two days ago.6. The old man said that he lived in a far away place.7. The girl looked at her mother and hugged her happily yesterday.8. The students laughed at the monkey’s behavior a moment ago.9. Riana wanted to go to Australia some weeks ago.

10. Mr. Rully stopped a car for help last night.

B. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences.1. The man ________ [carries/carried] a heavy suitcase yesterday.2. I usually ________ [visit/visited] my grandparents once a month.3. Dewanti ________ [helps/helped] an old woman cross the street yesterday.4. The lost child ________ [play/played] in this park some weeks ago.5. The Principal ________ [decides/decided] to expel the naughty student from school.


B. Continue the story of “The Ugly Duckling” in Task A using your own words.You may use the following keywords.

● to continue ● the hen ● a winter● a springtime ● a countrywoman’s cottage ● to frighten● exhausted ● a mirror ● to escape● a farmer ● a good swan ● to lay eggs● a thick bed of reeds ● to take care ● to live together

Contoh jawaban:

The Ugly Duckling

Once upon a time down on an old farm, lived a duck family, and Mother Duck had been sittingon a clutch of new eggs. One nice morning, the eggs hatched and out popped six chirpy ducklings.But there was one egg bigger than the rest, and it didn’t hatch. Mother Duck couldn’t recall layingthat seventh egg. How did it get there?

“Did I count the eggs wrongly?” Mother Duck wondered. But before she had time to thinkabout it, the last egg finally hatched. A strange looking duckling with gray feathers that should havebeen yellow gazed at a worried mother.

“I can’t understand how this ugly duckling can be one of mine!” she said to herself, shaking herhead as she looked at her last born. Well, the gray duckling certainly wasn’t pretty, and since hewas far more than his brothers, he was outgrowing them.

As the days went by, the poor ugly duckling became more and more unhappy. His brothersdidn’t want to play with him and all the farmyard folks simply laughed at him. He was sad andlonely. He secretly wept at night. He felt nobody wanted him.

Then one day, at sunrise, he ran away from the farmyard. He stopped at a pond and began toquestion all the other birds. “Do you know of any ducklings with gray feathers like mine?” Buteveryone shook their heads in scorn.

The ugly duckling continued his way. Then, one day he arrived at an old countrywoman’cottage. The woman caught the ugly duckling and kept him in a hutch. She hoped theduckling was a female and laid many eggs. However, the ugly duckling laid not a single egg.Then the hen kept frightening him. The hen said that the woman would kill him if he didn’tlay eggs.

Then, one night, finding the hutch door, he escaped. Once again he was all alone. Hefled as far away as he could, and at dawn, he found himself in a thick bed of reeds. Therewas plenty of food, and the duckling began to feel a little happier; though, he was lonely.

6. We ________ [watch/watched] the news about the accident last night.7. The mechanic ________ [repairs/repaired] my father’s car a moment ago.8. The lions always ________ [roar/roared] loudly.9. The old woman ________ [drops/dropped] her wallet here some minutes ago.

10. The boys always ________ [study/studies] hard to prepare for the final exam.

Jawaban:1. carried 2. visit 3. helped 4. played 5. decided6. watched 7. repaired 8. roar 9. dropped 10. study


Winter came and the water in the reed bed froze. The poor duckling left home to seekfood in the snow. He dropped exhausted to the ground, but a farmer found him and put himin his big jacket pocket. He would give the ugly duckling to his children. The duckling wasshowered with kindly care at the farmer’s house. In this way, the ugly duckling was able tosurvive in the bitterly cold winter.

However, by springtime, he had grown so big that the farmer decided to let him free.When he saw himself mirrored in the water, he was very surprised. He had changed intoa good swan. Finally, he could make friends and live together with other swans.

Adapted from: November 8, 2009 <http://www.ivyjoy.com/fables/duckling.html>

C. Write a narrative about animals.

Contoh jawaban:

The Thirsty Ant

A thirsty ant was scurrying desperately around. It looked for something to drink, but it couldfind nothing. It thought that it would die. Suddenly, a drop of water fell from above and saved its life.In truth, it was a tear. It was filled with all the magical virtues which were born from suffering. Afterthat, the ant discovered that it was suddenly able to understand and speak perfectly the languageof men.

One day the ant went into a grain store. There, it saw a little girl. The girl was sitting on thefloor, crying. “Why are you so sad?” asked the ant.

“I’ve been imprisoned by an ogre. He will only set me free when I have made three heaps ofgrain, barley and rye, out of this huge mountain of seed where they are all mixed together.”

“That will take a month!” exclaimed the ant.“If I haven’t finished by tomorrow, the ogre will eat me for his supper,” the girl cried.“Please do not weep. We’ll help you.”And the ant fetched all his companions and they set to work. The next morning the ogre found

that the task was done. Thus it was that a tear saved a little girl’s life.Source: 366 and More Fairy Tales

Spoken Text

1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Brochures

Read the text.Attention, please.Good morning, students. Adinda’s mother, Mrs. Haryawan, passed away last night after beinghospitalized for a few days. The funeral ceremony will start at 1 p.m. Please do come andexpress your condolences. Your presence will comfort her. Thank you.

The text above is a spoken announcement. An announcement is a simple text/note toinform something important to the targeted listeners.


Written Text

Read the following text.

Source: November 18, 2009 <http://www.travelguidesfree.com/FreeTravelBrochures/South_Central/Arkansas/158/Fayetteville.html>

The text above is a brochure. A brochure or pamphlet is a leaflet advertisement.Brochures may advertise locations, events, hotels, products, services, etc. They areusually succinct in language and eye-catching in design. In hotels and other places thattourists frequently visit, brochure racks or stands may suggest visits to amusement parksand other points of interest. The two most common brochure styles are single sheet andbooklet (folded leaflets) forms.


Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. b

A

1. absent2. accident3. to treat4. to cheer5. to get well

B

a. merawatb. sembuhc. tidak hadird. menghibure. kecelakaan


1. Have you heard an announcement about someone’s death?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.

2. What do you feel or do if you hear such an announcement?Contoh jawaban: I feel sad and show our sympathy.

3. What kind of brochures do you usually read?Contoh jawaban: A brochure about traveling or education.

Variasi:

Read the following words.Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

A. Listen to your teacher.Fill in the blanks based on the announcement you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Good morning, students.Your math (1) teacher, Mr. Budiman, will be absent from school for some days.He got an (2) accident yesterday. Now, he is seriously ill and treated in Mulia Hospital.If you have time, you had better (3) visit him there after school.Your (4) presence is expected to cheer him up and help him (5) get well soon.Thank you.

B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.

1. What is the announcement about?Jawaban: It’s about Mr. Budiman who is treated in hospital.

2. Who is the announcement for?Jawaban: The students.

3. When is the announcement delivered?Jawaban: In the morning.


4. Why is Mr. Budiman treated in hospital?Jawaban: He is seriously ill because of an accident.

5. What is expected from the listeners?Jawaban: Their presence.

A. Create an announcement based on the following situation.

Your school has a very wise and kindhearted principle. He has dedicated his life for the improvementof your school. Now, he is going to retire. Your school will hold a small farewell party for him.

Contoh jawaban:Attention, please.Mr. Hardi, our dearest Principal, will leave this school. He is going to retire soon. Of course, we willmiss him. As we know, he is a wise and kindhearted man. He has dedicated his life for this school.That’s why we will have a small farewell party to express our gratitude for his merits.Thank you.

B. Create an announcement about a lost or found thing.

Contoh jawaban:Attention, please.Our teacher, Ms. Lovy, has lost her mobile phone. The mobile phone is black. It has a 3-megapixelcamera. It has a radio and bluetooth connectivity. It can also be used to watch television. Foranyone who finds it, please contact Ms. Lovy. Thank you.

A. Read the words.Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. health = kesehatan2. reliable = dapat dipercaya/diandalkan3. to provide = menyediakan, memberikan4. to navigate = mengarahkan, menunjukkan5. trained = terlatih6. familiarity = keakraban7. available = tersedia8. up-to-date = yang terbaru/termutakhir9. confidential = rahasia

10. anonymous = tanpa nama


B. Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the box.

a. up-to-date b. Service c. communityd. Contact e. staff

Source: November 18, 2009 <http://www.donnamayseydesign.com/wb/pages/home/brochures-advertising-etc.php>

Jawaban:1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b

Variasi:

Find the words in Task B which have similar meanings to the following words.1. psychological = mental2. to get in touch with = to contact3. to provide = to equip4. to choose = to select5. contradictory = different


C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.

1. What is the text about?Jawaban: It’s about mental health information services and supports.

2. What does the Mental Health Service Information Ontario provide?Jawaban: It provides information about mental health services and supports in people’s

community and across Ontario. It can also help people navigate the mental healthsystem.

3. Who will answer the customer’s call?Jawaban: A trained professional will.

4. How are the staff of the Mental Health Service Information Ontario?Jawaban: They are selected for their experience, education and familiarity with the mental

health system.5. When can customers call the Mental Health Service Information Ontario?

Jawaban: Any time, day or night.

A. Create a brochure based on one of the following topics.

1. A travel brochure.2. A body health club.

Contoh jawaban:

GAP Adventures – Europe

Vibrant cultures, historic landmarks and a stunningscenery pave your way to an exciting adventure

through the diverse regions of Europe.With GAP Adventures, there is something for every

traveler to experience.

Stroll the romantic streets of Paris, explore the GreekIslands by yacht, hike ancient trails in Turkey or visit art

galleries in Italy.There’s a world of adventure waiting around

every corner.

GAP Adventures has been a world leader and innovatorin sustainable adventure travel since 1990.

We invite you to explore a world of tours infused with inspiration and excitementthat will take you off the beaten track into the real heart of the destination,

allowing you to connect with nature and local cultures.

We are The Great Adventure People–welcome to our world of adventure travel!

Source: November 18, 2009 <http://www.etbrochures.com/>

Picture source: December 6, 2009<http//img.wallpaperstock.nett>


B. Create a brochure.You may choose your own topic.

Contoh jawaban:

Source: November 18, 2009 <http://www.ks.uiuc.edu/Publications/Brochures/vmd_namd_biocore/Brochure-front-small.jpg>

Write a fable.You may choose your own topic.


Read and memorize the words.Use the words whenever you speak English.

aloft : tinggito appease : memenuhi tuntutanawkward : kikuk, canggungto befriend : melindungi, berlaku seperti

sahabatcharcoal : arang kayuclutch : sarangto decree : memutuskanto depict : melukiskan, menggambarkanto dip : mencedokto drown : menenggelamkanto emulate : berusaha menyamai atau

melebihifolly : kebodohanglint : kilatanhare : kelinci

to hatch : menetaskanimpudent : lancang, kurang ajarmaxim : peribahasa, pepatahmournfully : dengan menyedihkanto oblige : mengharuskanpithy : ringkas dan tajamprey : mangsarooster : ayam jantan/jagosavior : penyelamatto scorch : menghanguskanto screech : menciut-ciut, berciut-ciutto shrug : mengangkat bahuto slither : melata, merayapto snatch : merenggut, mengambilstratagem : tipu daya, muslihatsuccinct : ringkasto swoop : menyambar, menukikto trudge : berjalan dengan susah payah


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

This dialog is for question 1.

Yennita : There are many airplane accidentsnowadays. What do you think,Choky?

Choky : It shows the bad condition of theairplane business in Indonesia.

Yennita : In your opinion, what should theairlines do?

Choky : I think they should pay moreattention to the quality of their planesand flight services.

1. What are the speakers talking about?A. Many accidents nowadays.B. The sea accidents nowadays.C. Many airplane accidents nowadays.D. The quality of airplanes in Indonesia.Jawaban: CPercakapan tersebut membahas tentangbanyaknya kecelakaan pesawat terbangyang terjadi akhir-akhir ini. Hal itudisimpulkan dari kalimat Yennita ”Thereare many airplane accidents nowadays.What do you think, Choky?”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi percakapan.


Receptionist : Good morning. What can I dofor you, Sir?

Mr. Rafi : I’d like to reserve one single roomand one double-bed room.

Receptionist : Let me see your identity card,please.

Mr. Rafi : Here it is.

2. Where does the dialog possibly happen?A. In a hotel. B. In an office.C. In a house. D. In a room.Jawaban: APak Rafi berkata, ”I will reserve one singleroom and one double-bed room.”. Ituberarti bahwa Pak Rafi memesan kamarhotel. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwapercakapan tersebut terjadi di hotel.


Mrs. Ardian : Alvian, do me a favor, please.Alvian : Yes, Mom. What can I do for

you?Mrs. Ardian : Um . . . can you pack this

baggage? I’ll prepare some foodand drinks for our trip.

Alvian : O.K., Mom. Give it to me.Mrs. Ardian : Thanks.

3. What does Mrs. Ardian ask Alvian to do?A. To help her prepare some food.B. To help her prepare some drinks.C. To help her pack the baggage.D. To help her keep the baggage.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut Bu Ardianberkata, ”Um . . . can you pack thisbaggage?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakanungkapan meminta bantuan. Jadi, BuArdian meminta bantuan Alvian untukmengemasi barang-barang. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi percakapan.

This text is for questions 4 and 5.

A peasant left a jug of milk with a neighborfor safekeeping. When he reclaimed the jug,the milk had disappeared. Angry words led toa lawsuit, and the judge decreed that theneighbor should pay for the milk, even thoughthe latter claimed that the flies had consumed it.

“You should have struck them dead,” saidthe judge.

“What?” replied the peasant, “You grantme permission to kill flies?”

“Yes indeed,” responded the judge. “Youhave my permission to kill them anywhere youfind them.”

In that moment the peasant saw a fly onthe judge’s cheek. He stepped up to him andgave him a slap, saying, “I bet that cursed fly isone of those who drank up the milk!”

Because of the permission he had grantedto the peasant, the judge could do nothingabout the slap.

Source: September 15, 2009 <http://www.pitt.edu/~dash/type1586.html>


4. What is the monolog about?A. A peasant and his milk.B. A peasant and a judge.C. A neighbor who stole the peasant’s milk.D. A judge who had a slap on his cheek.Jawaban: BTeks tersebut menceritakan seorang petanidan hakim. Saat seorang petani kehilangansusunya, tetangganya berkata bahwa yangmengambil susunya adalah lalat. Hakimmenyetujuinya dan mengizinkan petaniuntuk membunuh lalat. Pada saat lalathinggap di pipi hakim, sang petanimenampar pipi hakim untuk membunuhlalat. Karena hakim mengizinkan petaniuntuk membunuh lalat, ia tidak dapatmarah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.

5. What did the judge permit the peasant to do?A. To step up to him.B. To slap his neighbor.C. To steal the milk.D. To kill the fly.Jawaban: DHakim mengizinkan petani tersebut untukmembunuh lalat. Hal itu diketahui darikalimat hakim ”’You have my permission tokill them anywhere you find them.’”. Kata’them’ pada kalimat tersebut mengacupada lalat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan teks.


Attention, please.I believe you still remember the powerfulearthquake which happened last week. Theearthquake also happened in the areas wheresome students of this school live. Many housesthere have destroyed, including the students’houses. To show our sympathy to them, we willvisit them next Saturday. We will also donatesome money. Anyone who wants to donatesome money may contact the OSISchairperson, Hangga.Hopefully our little help will lessen their burden.Thank you.

6. Where do you possibly hear suchan announcement?A. In a hospital. B. In a railway station.C. At school. D. In a parking lot.

Jawaban: CPengumuman tersebut dapat didengar disekolah (at school). Hal itu disimpulkandari kata-kata kunci ’students’ dan ’OSISchairperson’. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah.

7. According to the announcement, what arethe students expected to do?A. To see the victims.B. To help the victims.C. To look for the victims.D. To evacuate the victims.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan teks pengumuman tersebut,para siswa diharapkan membantu korbandengan memberikan bantuan berupauang. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat”Anyone who wants to donate somemoney may contact the OSISchairperson, Hangga. Hopefully our littlehelp will lessen their burden.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinyamelihat para korban, (C) artinya mencaripara korban, dan (D) artinya meng-evakuasi para korban.

This text is for questions 8 to 10.

Source: November 18, 2009 <http://www.lasf.org/programs/brochures/music.pdf>


8. What is the purpose of the text?A. To inform something.B. To entertain the readers.C. To attract people’s attention.D. To advertise something.Jawaban: DTeks tersebut merupakan brosur tentangLASF. Tujuan brosur tersebut adalahmengiklankan sesuatu, yaitu LASF. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan tujuan teks tersebut.

9. When was LASF founded?A. In 1978. B. In 1979.C. In 1980. D. In 1981.Jawaban: CDalam brosur tersebut terdapat kalimat-kalimat ”The 2005/06 school year marksthe 25th anniversary of LASF. Since 1980,LASF has been providing core academicprograms and educational enrichment to. . .”. Karena angkatan tahun 2005/2006menandai ulang tahun ke-25 LASF, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa LASF berdiri padatahun 1980 (2005 – 25 = 1980). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan tahun yang tepat.

10. “. . . run by volunteers to benefit the children . . .”What does the word ‘volunteers’ mean?A. People who work for an organization

without being paid.B. People who work for an organization

with high salaries.C. People who work for a company.D. People who work for their government.Jawaban: AKata ’volunteers’ artinya parasukarelawan/sukarelawati. Itu berarti (A)orang-orang yang bekerja untuk sebuahorganisasi tanpa dibayar. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. (B) artinya orang-orangyang bekerja untuk sebuah organisasidengan gaji tinggi. (C) disebut employeesdan (D) disebut civil servants.


Little Mantu lived in a village deep in thejungle where elephants helped the men withtheir work. These elephants were so big andstrong. They could lift up the heaviest logs withtheir trunks and toss them high in the air.

Now, Mantu had an elephant of his veryown. His name was Opie. He was just a babyand Mantu loved him very much. Mantuwhispered to Opie’s ear that someday he wouldbecome the biggest, strongest and bravestelephant in the jungle. The other elephantsheard this. They began to laugh and made rudenoises with their trunks. “We’re so big and tall,but you’re so small. You’re nothing at all,” saidone of the big elephants.

Mantu looked up at the huge elephant witha mischievous glint in his eye. “You’re so talland can see far away. We can see what ishappening down here in the jungle. In fact, wewould be the first to see any slithering snakesthat may be a danger.”

After hearing the word snakes, theelephants screeched and off they wentthundering in fright.

“Did I say there were snakes?” giggledMantu. “No, I don’t think so,” smiled Opie.Mantu then climbed upon his little friend’s backand went home to the village to tell everyoneabout the foolish elephants.

Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior HighSchool (SMP/MTs)

11. What is the text about?A. Mantu and his elephant.B. Mantu and his elephants.C. Elephants in the jungle.D. A little elephant.Jawaban: ATeks tersebut menceritakan Mantu dangajah kecilnya yang bernama Opie(kalimat: Now, Mantu had an elephant ofhis very own. His name was Opie.). Dalamteks tersebut diceritakan bagaimanaMantu membantu gajah kecilnya saatberargumen dengan gajah-gajah yang lain.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) salahkarena Mantu hanya memiliki satu gajahkecil, (C) dan (D) salah karena hanyamerupakan gagasan pendukung.

12. Why did the other elephants laugh at whatMantu had said?A. Because Opie was clever.B. Because Opie was big.C. Because Opie was strong.D. Because Opie was small.


Jawaban: DDalam kalimat keenam dan ketujuhparagraf dua dinyatakan ”They began tolaugh and made rude noises with theirtrunks. ‘We’re so big and tall, but you’re sosmall. You’re nothing at all,’ said one of thebig elephants.”. Jadi, gajah-gajah tersebutmenertawakan bisikan Mantu kepada Opiekarena Opie masih sangat kecil dan bukanapa-apa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan teks.

13. What did Mantu say to defend Opie?A. He said that Opie was big and strong.B. He said that they could see slithering

snakes.C. He said that they could get rid of snakes.D. He said that Opie could lift heavy logs.Jawaban: BSaat gajah-gajah yang lain menertawakanOpie yang bertubuh kecil, Mantu berkata,”You’re so tall and can see far away. Wecan see what is happening down here inthe jungle. In fact, we would be the first tosee any slithering snakes that may bea danger.”. Jadi, Mantu membela Opiedengan mengatakan bahwa karena tubuhmereka kecil, mereka dapat melihat ular-ular yang melingkar yang mungkinberbahaya. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

14. “. . . with a mischievous glint in his eye.”(Paragraph 3)The bold-typed word has similar meaningto ________.A. generousB. honestC. naughtyD. smartJawaban: CKata ’mischievous’ artinya nakal/jahat.Kata tersebut bermakna sama dengankata ’naughty’ yang artinya nakal. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya murahhati, (B) artinya jujur, dan (D) artinyacerdas.

15. two – library – last week – borrowed – the 1 2 3 4 5

– in – books – Alya – school 6 7 8 9

The best arrangement of the jumbledwords is ________.A. 8–4–5–7–6–1–9–2–3B. 8–4–1–7–6–5–9–2–3C. 8–4–5–2–7–6–9–1–3D. 8–6–5–9–4–1–7–2–3Jawaban: BSusunan kata yang tepat adalah ”Alyaborrowed two books in the school librarylast week.” yang artinya ”Alya meminjamdua buku di perpustakaan sekolah mingguyang lalu.”.


The Story of the Cock and the Hen

Once upon a time in the very old days thecock and the hen were jungle fowl, and did notknow village life at all. They lived in the jungleand were feared by all the animals, becausethey had large red combs on their heads. Theyalso said that these combs were full of fire.

All the animals there were very muchafraid of fire, so the cock and the hen ruled thejungle. If ever one of the animals displeasedthem, they said, “If you do not do what I want,I will burn you with my comb. Do you not seethat it is red-hot?”

One day the old mother leopard camehome and found that the fire in her kitchen hadgone out. She said to her little cub, “Run to thecock’s house and ask him to give you a fewglowing bits of charcoal to make our fire.”

The cub went obediently, but he found thecock and the hen both sound asleep. He wasafraid to wake them.

The mother leopard said, “Take a little drygrass and creep up softly to the cock and lightthe grass from his comb.” But the cub wasafraid to go alone, so his mother went with him.They crept up to the sleeping cock and hen,and gently put the dry grass against theircombs. However, it did not light, and the grasswas not even scorched. The mother leopard putout her paw and touched them. The combswere quite cold; although, they looked red-hot.

Then she knew that the cock and hen hadbeen telling lies all these years. She roared withlaughter and woke them up, and she said, “NowI know that you didn’t tell us the truth. Yourcombs are quite cold. There is no fire in them.


The animals will not fear you any more. I amgoing to tell them all about it.”

The cock and hen did not wait to hear whatthe jungle thought about it. They packed uptheir things and ran away to a nearby village.Since that day they never returned to thejungle. They have always lived with men. Theylike being safely shut up at night, for even nowthe leopards have not forgotten, and kill them ifthey find them out at night.

Source: November 16, 2009<http://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/baskerville/king/

king.html>

16. What did the cock and the hen say tomake the animals fear them?A. They were kings of the beasts.B. They could kill other animals easily.C. They had full of fire red-hot combs.D. They had charcoal to make fire.Jawaban: CJawaban diketahui dari kalimat kedua danketiga paragraf satu ”They lived in thejungle and were feared by all the animals,because they had large red combs on theirheads. They also said that these combswere full of fire.”. Jadi, yang membuathewan-hewan di hutan takut pada ayamjantan dan ayam jago adalah karenamereka memiliki jengger merah di kepala,dan mereka mengatakan bahwa jenggertersebut berisi api. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isiteks.

17. What did mother leopard ask her cub to do?A. To ask the cock some charcoal.B. To wake up the cock.C. To ask the cock to make fire.D. To take a nap.Jawaban: ADalam kalimat kedua paragraf tigadinyatakan ”She said to her little cub, ‘Runto the cock’s house and ask him to giveyou a few glowing bits of charcoal to makeour fire.’”. Kata ’she’ dalam kalimattersebut mengacu pada ibu macan tutul.Jadi, anak macan tutul tersebut disuruhibunya untuk minta arang pada ayamjantan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.(B) artinya untuk membangunkan ayamjantan, (C) artinya untuk meminta ayam

jantan membuat api, dan (D) artinya untuktidur sebentar.

18. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. The cock had a red comb on its head.B. The mother leopard’s fire stopped

burning fire.C. Finally the mother leopard knew the

cock’s lie.D. Finally the cock stayed in the jungle.Jawaban: DSetelah kebohongannya terbongkar, ayamjantan pergi meninggalkan hutan (kalimat:The cock and hen did not wait to hear whatthe jungle thought about it. They packedup their things and ran away to a nearbyvillage.). Jadi, pernyataan yang tidaksesuai dengan teks adalah (D). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. (A) sesuaidengan kalimat kedua paragraf satu,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertamaparagraf tiga, dan (C) sesuai dengankalimat pertama paragraf enam.

19. “. . .; although, they looked red-hot.”(Paragraph 5)What does the word ‘they’ refer to?A. The leopards.B. The combs.C. The leopard and her cub.D. The animals.Jawaban: BKata ’they’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada jengger (the combs). Halitu disimpulkan dari klausa sebelumnya”The combs were quite cold, . . .”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat. (A) artinyamacan tutul, (C) artinya macan tutul dananaknya, dan (D) artinya hewan-hewan itu.

20. “. . . and gently put the dry grass . . .”(Paragraph 5)The word ‘gently’ has opposite meaning to________.A. harshly B. softlyC. carefully D. loudlyJawaban: AKata ’gently’ artinya dengan hati-hati/lemah lembut. Kata tersebut berlawananarti dengan kata ’harshly’ yang artinya


dengan kasar. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. (B) artinya dengan lembut,(C) artinya dengan hati-hati, dan(D) artinya dengan keras.

B. Complete the text with the correctwords from the box.

a. fire b. couldc. quench d. horsee. dull f. tied

The Thief and the Fox

A man (1) ________ his horse to a treeand went into an inn. A thief hid the horse ina wood, and stood near the tree as if he hadnot done it.

“Did you see my (2) ________?” said theman.

“Yes,” said the thief, “I saw the tree eat upyour horse.”

“How (3) ________ the tree eat up myhorse?” said the man.

“Why, it did so,” said the thief.The two went to a fox and told him about

the case. The fox said, “I am (4) ________. Alllast night the sea was on (5) ________; I had tothrow a great deal of hay into it to quench theflames; so come tomorrow, and I shall hearyour case.”

“Oh, you lie,” said the thief, “How could thesea burn? How could hay (6) ________ theflames?”

“Oh, you lie,” said the fox, with a loudlaugh, “How could a tree eat up a horse?”

The thief saw his lie had no legs, and gavethe man his horse.

Source: November 16, 2009 <http://oaks.nvg.org/ifab37.html#wolf-ewe>

Jawaban:1. f 2. d 3. b 4. e5. a 6. c

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 1.

Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.



The beasts and the fishes once came toan agreement that they should exchangeplaces for some time by way of variety.

Did you know what happened then? Mostof the beasts that got into the sea, not beingable to breathe, soon died by myriads, or weredevoured by the sea monsters. So the otherswith difficulty came to the shore and met theremaining fishes, who had just arrived from theinterior of the country.

Said the fishes, “Oh, let us go back to ourhome, the sea!” and darted into the water.

Said the beasts, “Oh, let us go back to ourhome, the land!” and jumped ashore.

A sage, who had been witnessing thescene, said, “When will you change placesagain?”

“Never more! never more!” said both.Said the sage, “Each does best in his own

element.”Source: November 16, 2009 <http://oaks.nvg.org/

ifab25.html#fishes>

4. What is the text about?A. A fight between the beasts and the

fishes.B. Arrogant beasts and fishes.C. The difficulty of living in the water.D. The beasts and fishes’ agreement to

exchange places.

5. Why did the beasts die?A. They couldn’t breathe in the sea.B. They were difficult to come to the

shore.C. They were afraid of sea monsters.D. They were not able to jump ashore.


Attention, please.One of our classmates, Tito, has got a denguefever. He has been hospitalized for about twodays. I think we had better visit him today. Whatdo you think?Thank you.



Riani : We have an assignment to writea narrative. Do you have any ideas, Adit?

Adit : What about writing an Indonesianfolktale?

Riani : That’s a good idea. What story will wewrite then?

Adit : I think the story of Suroboyo isinteresting.

1. What are the speakers talking about?A. An assignment to write a folktale.B. An assignment to write a narrative.C. An assignment to write an Indonesian

folktale.D. An assignment to write the story of

Suroboyo.


Mother : Would you like something to eat,Dion?

Dion : Yeah. That’s very kind of you.Mother : Which one do you prefer? Porridge or

fried rice?Dion : Well . . . I prefer porridge to fried rice,

Mom. Thanks.

2. What does Mother offer?A. Food. B. Drink.C. Snacks. D. Candies.


Arin : You look very sad. What happened,Robin?

Robin : I lost my school fee in the bus and I’mafraid of telling it to our parents.

Arin : Don’t worry. I’ll help you tell Mom andDad about it.

Robin : Thank you very much.

3. Who are speaking in the dialog?A. Two friends.B. Two schoolmates.C. A sister and a brother.D. A mother and a son.


Picture source: November 18, 2009<www.alphatigerpropertytrust.com/media/

publications/Alpha%20Brochure%20India%206%20Aug%2007.pdf>

6. Who do you think says the announcement?A. A teacher. B. A class captain.C. A principal. D. A doctor.

7. What is the announcement about?A. A student who is sick.B. A teacher who is hospitalized.C. A visit to a hospital.D. A dengue fever.


8. What is the brochure about?A. A company.B. An investment.C. A shopping center.D. A real estate business.

9. The following are the sectors of thecompany’s investment, except ________.A. residentialsB. hotelsC. airportsD. shopping centers

10. “. . . and business park environments onflexible terms.” (Paragraph 1)What is the antonym of the word ‘flexible’?A. Smooth. B. Harsh.C. Elastic. D. Rigid.


Far off in the jungle, by the misty springs,Lion was taking a walk by himself. Surprisingly,he was wearing a hot thick raincoat that hecould not take off. Tiger, Lion’s friend, waswalking in the jungle too. “My dear friend, Lion,what are you doing in that hot thick raincoat onsuch a lovely day as this?” asked Tiger.

“Well,” Lion started out, “it was thismorning, I put this raincoat on. I really don’tremember why I put it on. I guess I just thoughtit might all of a sudden rain.”

Tiger shook his head and said, “Pleasedon’t try to tell me you think it is going to raintoday. The clouds aren’t even what I call thin.”

Lion’s eyes widened. He forced himselfinto thinking that he was going to wear thissweating hot raincoat on such a lovely warmOctober day. “Oh, no,” cried Lion.

“Do not worry at all my friend,” Tigerexplained, “you simply cut off some of yoursleeves and pants.”

“Great solution!” exploded excited Lion.He thanked his friend and ran home. He was soexcited that he cut off all his sleeves and pants.Then, he jumped out the door and felt the warmsunshine.

Eventually, the clouds rolled over the sunand it began to rain. Lion, shocked by hisfoolishness, prayed for the rain to stop. But thestorm raged on, and Lion darted home witha soaking wet body and a soaking wet tail that

Alpha Real Capital India

Alpha Real Capital India hasestablished a strong local team in India,led by Brad Bauman, CEO (India). Alphais a leading global investment anddevelopment group. It provides high quality,long-term solutions for occupiers in India.Alpha is able to mitigate risk for occupiersby delivering first-class workplaces andbusiness park environments on flexibleterms.

Alpha has bespoken real estateoperational solutions for leadinginternational companies. Alpha’s principalfocus is the development of business parksand business park-led mixed use andtownship projects across India.

The company also invests in office,mixed use/residential, hotels and servicedapartments and has extensive experiencedeveloping, owning and operating businessparks, shopping centers and othercommercial properties.

Source: November 18, 2009 <http://www.alphatigerpropertytrust.com/media/publications/

Alpha%20Brochure%20India%206%20Aug%2007.pdf>


dragged along behind him. When the stormstopped, there were only miles and miles ofmuddy puddles. Floating in one of the pond-sized puddles, there was a small bit of tatteredcloth that had covered Lion’s tail.

Source: November 16, 2009 <http://www.kyrene.k12.az.us/schools/brisas/sunda/fable/

fable.htm>

11. What was Lion wearing?A. A thin raincoat.B. A thick raincoat.C. A big hat.D. A thick cloth.

12. Why did Lion wear it?A. He thought that the day was very hot.B. He wanted to show it to his friends.C. He thought that it would rain.D. He was very proud wearing it.

13. What is the main idea of paragraph 5?A. Tiger’s suggestion to solve Lion’s

problem.B. Lion’s reason why he wore a raincoat.C. Lion’s regret after he did what Tiger

had suggested.D. Tiger’s comment on Lion’s appearance.

14. “. . . and Lion darted home with a soakingwet body . . .” (Paragraph 7)What does the word ‘darted’ mean?A. Walked slowly.B. Walked suddenly.C. Move slowly.D. Move suddenly and quickly.

15. its – yesterday – company – a – advertised 1 2 3 4 5

– newspaper – the – in – products 6 7 8 9

The best arrangement of the jumbledwords is ________.A. 4–3–6–5–1–9–8–7–2B. 7–3–5–1–9–8–4–6–2C. 7–3–5–9–8–1–6–4–2D. 7–9–5–1–6–3–8–4–2


In a tiny village in Trinidad there lived anold woman who made the most delicioussweets. People would come from all around justto buy her candies at the village’s market.

One day, while walking to market, the oldlady stubbed her toe on a stone and droppedher gourd to the ground. The gourd split openand her coconut cakes spilled everywhere.

“Oh, look at this trouble here,” she said.“I can’t believe what trouble I’ve got. Now I’llhave to go right back home!”

Monkey was sitting in a tree above theroad and saw and heard everything. As the oldwoman left he began to grow curious about hertrouble.

He scurried down the tree and went to thetrouble sprawled across the road. He tastedone of the coconut cakes and exclaimed, “Thistrouble is most delicious! I shall go buy somemore for myself!”

Monkey marched right into town and wentto the nearest merchant. “I’d like to buy sometrouble,” he said.

The merchant looked strangely at the littlecreature and asked, “Do you know what troubleis?”

“Yes, yes,” Monkey said impatiently. “Giveme all you have and be quick about it.”

The shopkeeper shook his head witha little smile and soon brought out a large bag.Monkey paid for it and left.

As he dragged the bag down the road, hebegan to grow tired.

“My my, but this trouble is heavy. And whatstrange sounds it makes.” He eventually cameto a clearing and decided to open the bag andenjoy his treat.

Licking his lips, he loosened the top of thebag. Suddenly a fierce bear burst from the bag.Poor Monkey ran up the nearest tree and saton a high branch, shaking with fear as the bearchased him.

He grew hungrier and hungrier andeventually picked a strange fruit from above hishead. He stuffed it in his mouth, not knowing thathe was in a pepper tree. Oh! How that pepperburned his poor little mouth. And he could not goget water until the bear left the tree.

Eventually the bear did leave and Monkeywas able to run to a nearby pond to cool hisburning tongue.

And to this day Monkey stays high up inthe treetops, far away from trouble.

Adapted from: November 8, 2009 <http://www.afro.com/CHILDREN/myths/monkey/page12.html>


16. Why was the monkey interested in lookingfor troubles?A. He liked to have troubles.B. He found many troubles in his life.C. He did not find troubles in his life.D. He tasted some cakes that he thought

as troubles.

17. What real trouble did the monkey get?A. He got more candies spread on the

road.B. He got a large bag from a shopkeeper.C. He was chased by a fierce bear.D. He should climb a pepper tree.

18. The following statements are TRUEaccording to the text, except ________.A. the woman dropped her gourd

deliberatelyB. the monkey thought that the cakes

were troublesC. the shopkeeper gave the monkey

a large bagD. the monkey ate pepper and burned

his mouth

19. “Monkey paid for it and left.” (Paragraph 9)The word ‘it’ refers to ________.A. a cakeB. a bearC. a troubleD. a bag

20. “Licking his lips, he loosened the top of thebag.” (Paragraph 12)What does the word ‘loosen’ have oppositemeaning to?A. Free.B. Open.C. Tighten.D. Close.

B. Put the following paragraphs in theproper order to get a good text.

The Ducks and the Fox

1. The next day the duck that had wantedto go to the pond another way said,“Please, let’s go the other way. If we go thesame way, that fox will surely eat us.”

“Oh, don’t be such a worry wart,”snapped the biggest duck.

2. Once there were two ducks thatalways walked along the same road eachday to go to the pond. As they went along,one of the ducks quacked to the other,“Why don’t we go on a different pathtoday? There are lots of other roads thatlead to the pond.”

3. The next day the ducks took anotherroad to the pond because they were bothstill in shock over what the fox had done tothem the day before.

4. “No, no, no. I have always gone thisway and I am not about to change myways,” said the bigger duck.

5. So they both had gone the same waythat they always had, and there was thefox waiting for them with a sack in his paw.As soon as the ducks walked by, the foxpounced on them. The ducks ranscreaming back to their house.

6. As the ducks walked along they cameupon a very sly fox. “Hello, ladies. How areyou doing?”

“Oh, we are just on our way to thepond,” the ducks continued to waddlequickly to the pond.

Source: November 16, 2009<http://www.kyrene.k12.az.us/schools/brisas/

sunda/fable/fable.htm>


Jawaban Review Unit 1A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awalRiani ”We have an assignment to writea narrative. Do you have any ideas,Adit?”. Jadi, percakapan tersebutmembicarakan mengenai tugas menulisteks naratif. Siswa bebas memilih jenisteks naratif yang akan ditulis. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamerupakan jenis teks naratif yang akanmereka tulis.

2. A. Ibu menawarkan sesuatu denganmengatakan, ”Would you likesomething to eat, Dion?” dan ”Which onedo you prefer? Porridge or fried rice?”.Kata-kata kunci dalam percakapantersebut adalah ’something to eat’,’porridge’, ’fried rice’. Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa ibu menawarkanmakanan (food). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.

3. C. Dalam percakapan Robin berkata,”I lost my school fee in the bus and I’mafraid of telling it to our parents.”. Katakunci dalam kalimat tersebut adalah ’ourparents’ yang artinya orang tua kita. Jadi,yang bercakap-cakap tersebut adalahseorang saudara perempuan dan saudaralaki-laki (a sister and a brother). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks situasipercakapan.

4. D. Teks tersebut mengenai perjanjianbinatang buas dan ikan untuk bertukartempat tinggal. Hal itu diketahui darikalimat awal teks ”The beasts and thefishes once came to an agreement thatthey should exchange places for sometime by way of variety.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) artinya pertarunganantara binatang buas dan ikan,(B) artinya binatang buas dan ikan yangsombong, dan (C) artinya kesulitanhidup di dalam air.

5. A. Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat dalamteks ”Most of the beasts that got into thesea, not being able to breathe, soondied by myriads, or were devoured bythe sea monsters.”. Jadi, yang menjadisebab meninggalnya binatang buasadalah karena mereka tidak dapat

bernapas atau mereka dimakanmonster laut. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (C) salah karena kematianbinatang buas tersebut bukan karenatakut akan monster laut, tetapi karenadimakan monster laut, sedangkan(B) artinya mereka sulit naik ke daratandan (D) artinya mereka tidak dapatmelompat ke daratan.

6. B. Dalam pengumuman tersebut terdapatkalimat ”One of our classmates, Tito,has got a dengue fever.” yang artinya”Salah satu teman sekelas kita, Tito,sakit demam berdarah.”. Karenamengumumkan tentang teman sekelas,dapat disimpulkan bahwa yangmengumumkan hal tersebut adalahketua kelas (a class captain). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat.

7. A. Pengumuman tersebut berisipemberitahuan bahwa ada seorangsiswa yang sakit demam berdarah dandirawat di rumah sakit. Hal itu diketahuidari kalimat ”One of our classmates,Tito, has got a dengue fever. He hasbeen hospitalized for about two days.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi pengumuman.

8. D. Teks tersebut merupakan brosur yangmenawarkan usaha hunian (realestate). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimatketiga paragraf satu ”It provides highquality, long-term solutions foroccupiers in India.” serta kalimatpertama paragraf dua ”Alpha hasbespoken real estate operationalsolutions for leading internationalcompanies.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena hanya merupakanpendukung brosur.

9. C. Dalam paragraf ketiga dinyatakan ”Thecompany also invests in office, mixeduse/residential, hotels and servicedapartments and has extensiveexperience developing, owning andoperating business parks, shoppingcenters and other commercialproperties.”. Jadi, yang bukanmerupakan investasi perusahaantersebut adalah bandara (airports).

10. D. Kata ’flexible’ artinya fleksibel/mudahdisesuaikan. Lawan dari kata tersebut


adalah ’rigid’ yang artinya kaku. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyahalus, (B) artinya kasar, dan (C) artinyaelastis/luwes.

11. B. Kalimat kedua paragraf satu adalah”Surprisingly, he was wearing a hot thickraincoat that he could not take off.”. Jadi,yang dikenakan Singa adalah sebuah jashujan yang tebal (a thick raincoat).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

12. C. Saat Harimau bertanya mengapa Singamemakai jas hujan yang tebal tersebut,Singa menjawab, ”I really don’tremember why I put it on. I guess I justthought it might all of a sudden rain.”.Jadi, alasan Singa memakai jas hujanyang tebal adalah karena ia mengirabahwa hujan akan turun secara tiba-tiba. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.(A) artinya ia berpikir bahwa hari sangatpanas, (B) artinya ia ingin menunjukkanjas hujan tersebut kepada teman-temannya, dan (D) artinya ia sangatbangga mengenakan jas hujan tersebut.

13. A. Paragraf lima berbunyi ”‘Do not worry atall my friend,’ Tiger explained, ‘you simplycut off some of your sleeves and pants.’”.Kalimat-kalimat tersebut merupakansaran Harimau untuk memecahkanmasalah yang dihadapi Singa, yaitu tidakdapat melepaskan jas hujan yangdikenakannya. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) merupakan isi paragraf dua,(C) merupakan isi paragraf terakhir, dan(D) merupakan isi paragraf satu.

14. D. Kata ’darted’ artinya bergerak dengantiba-tiba dan cepat (move suddenly andquickly). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai denganmakna kata tersebut; (A) artinyaberjalan pelan-pelan, (B) artinyaberjalan dengan tiba-tiba, dan(C) artinya bergerak pelan-pelan.

15. B. Susunan kata yang tepat adalah (B) thecompany advertised its products ina newspaper yesterday yang artinyaperusahaan itu mengiklankan produk-produknya di surat kabar kemarin.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenabukan merupakan susunan yang logis.

16. D. Kera tersebut tertarik untuk mencari’masalah’ (trouble) setelah makan kue

yang lezat yang ia pikir bernamatrouble. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimatkedua paragraf lima ”He tasted one ofthe coconut cakes and exclaimed, ’Thistrouble is most delicious! I shall go buysome more for myself!’”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

17. C. Saat kera meminta trouble padapenjaga toko, penjaga toko memberikansebuah kotak besar berisi beruangbuas. Beruang tersebut mengejar sangkera saat kera membuka tutup kotak.Jadi, trouble yang benar-benardiperoleh kera adalah dikejar beruangyang buas. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah.

18. A. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai denganteks adalah (A) yang artinya wanitatersebut menjatuhkan labu manisnyadengan sengaja. Hal itu tidak sesuaidengan kalimat pertama paragraf dua”One day, while walking to market, theold lady stubbed her toe on a stone anddropped her gourd to the ground.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan teks; (B) sesuai dengankalimat kedua paragraf lima, (C) sesuaidengan kalimat pertama paragrafsembilan, dan (D) sesuai dengankalimat-kalimat pada paragraf tigabelas.

19. D. Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada tas (a bag). Hal itudisimpulkan dari objek kalimatsebelumnya ”The shopkeeper shook hishead with a little smile and soonbrought out a large bag.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat;(A) artinya kue, (B) artinya beruang, dan(C) artinya masalah.

20. C. Kata ’loosen’ artinya melepaskan/mengendurkan. Kata tersebutberlawanan makna dengan kata’tighten’ yang artinya mengencangkan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya membebaskan, (B) artinyamembuka, dan (D) artinya menutup.

B. Esai

Jawaban:Susunan paragraf yang tepat adalah 2–4–6–1–5–3.


Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbledexercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi strukturteks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1

The Parrot

There was once a grocer who had a beautiful parrot with green feathers. It hung in a cage athis shop door. It was a very shrewd, sensible bird and very observing. But it was a female, and assuch could not hold its tongue. It proclaimed aloud all that it knew, announcing to everyone whoentered the shop the little circumstances which had fallen under its observation.

One day the parrot observed its master sanding the sugar. Presently in came a woman andasked for some brown sugar. “Sand in the sugar! Sand in the sugar!” vociferated the bird, and thecustomer pocketed her money and rushed out of the shop.

The indignant grocer rushed to the cage and shook it well. “You abominable bird, if you telltales again, I will wring your neck!” And again he shook the cage till the poor creature was allruffled, and a cloud of its feathers was flying about the shop.

Next day it saw its master mixing cocoa powder with brick dust. Presently in came a customerfor cocoa powder. “Brick dust in the cocoa!” cried the parrot, eagerly and repeatedly, till theastonished customer believed it, and went away without his cocoa. A repetition of the shaking ofthe cage ensued, with a warning that such another instance of tale-telling should certainly bepunished with death. The parrot made internal resolutions never to speak again.

Presently, however, it observed its master making shop butter of lard colored with a littleturmeric. In came a lady and asked for butter.

“Nice fresh butter, ma’am, fresh from the dairy,” said the shopman.“Lard in the butter! Lard in the butter!” said the parrot.“You scoundrel, you!” exclaimed the shopman, rushing at the cage. Opening it, drawing forth

the luckless bird, and wringing its neck, he cast it into the ash pit. But the parrot the was not quitedead, and after lying quiet for a few minutes, she lifted up her head and saw a dead cat in the pit.

“Halloo!” called the parrot. “What is the matter with you, Tom?”No answer, for the vital spark of heavenly flame had quitted the mortal frame of the poor cat.“Dead!” sighed the parrot. “Poor Tom! He too must have been afflicted with the love of truth.

Ah, me!”The parrot sat up and tried her wings. “They are sound. Great is truth in my own country, but in

this dingy England it is at a discount, and lies are at a premium.”Then spreading her wings, the parrot flew away. But whether she ever reached her own land,

where truth was regarded with veneration, I have not heard. No, the parrot flew twice round theworld in search of it, and could not find it. I wonder whether the parrot has found it now!

Source: November 16, 2009 <http://folkloreandmyth.netfirms.com/england.html>


Text 2

Tortoise and Eagle

The Tortoise and the Eagle very rarely met, for Eagle was at home in the clouds and Tortoisewas at home on the ground. One day, though, Eagle heard how generous and kind Tortoise wasand decided to pay him a visit.

Tortoise was indeed kind and generous, for he invited Eagle in and fed him a most lavishmeal. Eagle gorged on the delicious food and ate for several hours.

In fact, the meal was so delicious that Eagle came back again and again, eating like a gluttoneach time.

And every time he flew off he would laugh to himself, “Ha ha! I have shared Tortoise’shospitality, but he can never reach my tree to share mine!”

Eagle was so greedy that soon the other animals began to speak of it.One day Frog went to Tortoise to offer him his advice.“Tortoise,” said Frog, “Eagle is taking advantage of your generosity. Every time he leaves your

home he laughs to himself and says, “Ha ha! I have shared Tortoise’s hospitality, but he can neverreach my tree to share mine!”

Then Frog told him what to do.The next time Eagle came to visit, Tortoise said, “Please, brother, let me give you a gourd full

of food to take home to your wife and children.”Eagle was quick to accept this gift and waited impatiently while Tortoise went off to collect it.In the kitchen, where Eagle couldn’t see, Tortoise climbed into the gourd and his wife helped to

pile food on top of him. When they were done, he was no longer visible, and the gourd appeared tobe overflowing with tasty treats.

Eagle took the gourd home and dumped the contents out on his floor. Out rolled Tortoise whosaid, “Hello, Eagle. I thought it would be a nice change to visit you. I look forward to sharing a mealwith you.”

Eagle was furious and said, “You will be the only meal here, Tortoise!” But as he tried to peckthe little creature, he only managed to hurt his own beak on Tortoise’s hard shell.

“I see what kind of friend you are, Eagle, to threaten to eat me,” said Tortoise. “I think it wouldbe best for you to take me home now.”

“I’ll throw you to the ground and watch you smash into little pieces,” screamed the bird, andflew off into the sky with Tortoise in his claws.

Unfortunately for Eagle, Tortoise had clamped onto his leg with an unbreakable grip andwouldn’t let go. Eagle tried to fling him off but couldn’t.

He shrieked and begged. “Oh please, please, Tortoise! Let go of my leg!”Tortoise simply replied, “I will be happy to do so when you have returned me to my home.”Eagle tried and tried to throw Tortoise off, but in the end, he had no choice but to return him to

his home. Once there, Tortoise released his hold and calmly walked to his door.Before going back in, he turned to Eagle and said, “Friendship requires the contribution of two

people. I welcome you into my home and you welcome me. Instead, you have chosen to abuse thishospitality. You need not return here anymore.”

And then he went inside, leaving Eagle to think about his selfishness.Source: November 16, 2009 <http://www.afro.com/CHILDREN/myths/eagle/page14.html>


Objectives:

At the end of this unit youwill be able to:● open, extend and close

a telephone call,● show attention,● deliver spoken news,● deliver personal

experiences using spokenEnglish,

● write letters,● write recounts about

personal experiences, and● use modals correctly.

Have you ever made a telephone call in English? Howdo you make the call? What do you usually say for the opening andclosing? Do you know how to extend a phone call? In this unit, youwill find the answers of those questions. You will learn kinds ofexpressions to open, maintain and close a telephone call and theiruses in conversations.

After that, in this unit you will also be encouraged to share yourpersonal experiences. Do you know that every time you write yourexperience, you write a recount? You will learn more about thestructure and the characteristics of this text.

82 UNIT 2 Recounts

2.1 Expressions

Read the following dialogs.

Opening, Extending and Closing a Telephone Call

1 2

Hello, mayI speak to

Bagas, please?Bagas speaking.

Who’s this?

It’s me,Eka.

Hi, Eka. What’sup, buddy?

Well, I want to askyou about our biology

project. Can wediscuss it this

afternoon in myhouse?

Sure. Noproblem.

O.K. I’ll wait foryou then. Bye. Bye.

In the dialogs above, Eka and Bagas have a conversation by phone. The sentences “Hello,may I speak to Bagas, please?” and “Bagas speaking.” are used to open a phone call.Meanwhile, the sentences “O.K. I’ll wait for you then. Bye.” and “Bye.” are used to closea phone call.

Here are some other expressions used to open a phone call, say the purpose of calling andclose a phone call.

Opening a Phone Call

Answering the Phone● Hello? (informal)● Good morning/afternoon/evening.● Pizza Mania. How can I help you?● Doctor Bono’s office. What can I help you?

Introducing Yourself● Hey, Vera. It’s Lisa calling. (informal) ● Hello, this is Indra Setiawan calling.● This is Linda speaking.* ● Anne speaking here.*(* The person who is answering says this if the caller does not recognize his/her voice.)

Asking to Speak to Someone● Is Doni in? (informal) ● Is Andrew there, please? (informal)● Can I talk to your sister? (informal) ● May I speak with Mr. Green, please?● Would the doctor be in/available?


Saying the Purpose of Calling

● I am calling to tell you that . . . .● Listen! There’s something I want to tell you.● Sorry for bothering you. But, I need your help. Will you . . . ?● I have something to inform you.● I have a story and I bet you’ll like it.

Closing a Phone Call

● Well, I guess I’d better get going. Talk to you soon.● Thanks for calling. Bye for now.● I have another call coming through. I’d better run.● I’m afraid that’s my other line.● I’ll talk to you again soon. Bye.● Will you please call me back in an hour? I am in the middle of cooking.

Showing Attention


Did you watch “TheRelick” last night?

Yeah. That was veryterrifying. I couldn’t imagine

if it really happened.

I’m so sorry I couldn’twatch it. I was very

sleepy.

Were you?

The bold typed sentence “Were you?” shows someone’s attention. It means that the speakerpays attention to what her friend says.

Here are some expressions to show that you are listening.

Showing Attention

● Right . . . /I see . . . /Hmm . . . . ● Oh, no./Oh, dear.● You do, don’t you? ● I know what you mean.● I know how you feel. ● Do you?/Is it?/Has it?/Does it?● Really? ● Were they?● That’s surely true. ● Wow! It’s a very long time.● Tell me, what’s wrong? ● That’s great!

84 UNIT 2 Recounts


1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?Jawaban: Expressions of asking for, giving and declining opinions; asking for, giving and

refusing help; asking for, giving and refusing things.2. You feel thirsty. Luckily, your friend brings some drink and you ask for it. What would you say?

Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Rina, may I ask your drink? I’m thirsty.”3. You only have a little money left. It’s not enough to pay the bus fare. Then, you ask for your

friend’s ride. What would you say?Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Could you give me a ride home, Don? I don’t have enough

money to pay for the bus fare.”

A. Listen to your teacher.Then, answer the questions below.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Vito : Hello? Vito speaking.Dina : Hi, Vito. It’s Dina. Is Ratna in?Vito : No, she just stepped out for a moment. Can I take a message?Dina : Yes, thanks. Could you ask her to meet me at the Premier movie theater at 6:30 p.m.

tonight?Vito : Wait. Just let me write that down. Now, could you repeat it, please?Dina : Sure. It’s the Premier Theater at six thirty this evening.Vito : O.K., I’ve got it. Is there anything else?Dina : No, that’s all.Vito : O.K. Um . . . sorry, there’s my other line again. I’d better run.Dina : O.K., thanks. Bye for now.Vito : Bye.

1. Who receives the call?Jawaban: Vito does.

2. Is Ratna at home? How do you know?Jawaban: No, she isn’t. From Vito’s statement, “No, she just stepped out for a moment.”

3. What is Dina’s message for Ratna?Jawaban: She asks Ratna to meet her at the Premier movie theater at 6:30 p.m. tonight.

4. What are Dina and Ratna going to do this evening?Jawaban: They are going to see a film.

5. Vito said, “Um . . . sorry, there’s my other line again. I’d better run.” What does it mean?Jawaban: He wants to end the phone call.


Variasi:

Listen to your teacher.Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Sandra : Hi, Danang.Danang : Hi, Sandra. What’s news?Sandra : Nothing. Anyway, did you watch the film on TV last night?Danang : No. Was it good?Sandra : Totally. You just missed a good film.Danang : Did I? Well, you have to tell me about it, then.Sandra : No problem. At the break, O.K.?Danang : That’s fine.

1. ______ The speakers are talking about the film on TV last night.2. ______ Danang watched the film last night.3. ______ Sandra thinks that the film is good.4. ______ Danang would like to know the film.5. ______ Sandra will tell Danang about the film after school.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (He did not watch the film.)3. T4. T5. F (She will tell the boy about the film at the break.)

B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Dialog 1Tania : Hi, Diah. (1) Long time no see. How are you?Diah : Hi, Tania. As you see, I’m just fine. And you look

well too. Anyway, (2) how’s life with you?Tania : Recently, (3) I’m quite busy with school stuff. You

know, doing homework and taking exams. Whatabout you?

Diah : Not far different. Tania, do you remember Joni, ourold friend? I heard (4) he continued his study inAustralia.

Tania : Did he? You must (5) get wrong information.He’s never been to Australia.

Dialog 2Mia : Hello. Mia speaking.Diane : Hello, Mia. This is Diane. (1) May I speak to Andre, please?Mia : I’m sorry, but he’s gone out. (2) Would you like to leave a message?

86 UNIT 2 Recounts

Diane : Yes. Please tell Andre that I won’t be able to come for taekwondo practice this afternoon.(3) I’ve sprained my ankle. Please tell him to inform Mr. Suroso that I can’t have thepractice for at least one week.

Mia : Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. I hope your ankle gets better soon.Diane : Thank you, Mia.Mia : Hold on, please. (4) Have you seen a doctor?Diane : I haven’t. I don’t think it’s that bad.Mia : I think you’d better go to the doctor to check your ankle.Diane : Thanks for the advice, Mia. (5) See you then. Bye.Mia : You’re welcome. Bye.


Variasi:

A. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task B.Dialog 11. Diah and Tania has not met each other for ________.2. Recently, Tania is very busy with ________.3. Joni is Diah and Tania’s ________.4. Diah heard that Joni studies in ________.5. According to Tania, the information that Diah heard about Joni could be ________..

Dialog 21. Diane makes a call and Mia ________ the call.2. Andre is not at home, so Mia asks Diane to ________.3. Diane cannot attend the taekwondo practice because of ________.4. Diane will be absent from the practice for ________.5. Mia suggests that Diane ________.

Jawaban:Dialog 11. a long time 2. her school stuff 3. old friend4. Australia 5. wrong

Dialog 21. receives 2. leave a message3. her sprained ankle 4. at least one week5. goes to a doctor to check her ankle

B. Read the following dialog.Answer your teacher’s questions about the dialog.

A man : Good morning, Madam. We’re from PT Putra Jaya Abadi. We have a specialoffer for you.

Mrs. Hilman : Good morning. What’s that?A man : You only need to buy 250,000 Rupiah for this electric stove and you’ll get

a water purifier for free.Mrs. Hilman : I’m sorry. I am not interested in the equipment. The use of an electric stove will

increase my electric bill.A man : Don’t get me wrong, Madam. This stove only needs small electricity. Look!Mrs. Hilman : Sorry. I’m busy right now.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII



Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.Saskia : Good afternoon, Doctor.Doctor : Good afternoon, Saskia. Please sit

down. What’s your problem?Saskia : I’ve got a fever and headache since

yesterday, Doctor.Doctor : O.K., let me examine you first.(After a while . . .)Saskia : So, Doctor, how is it?Doctor : Nothing serious. You’ve caught

a cold. I suggest that you takea rest. Don’t drink some coldbeverages. Also, please don’t eatfried food for a while.

Saskia : All right, Doctor.

1. Where does the dialog possibly take place?A. At home.B. At school.C. In a pharmacist.D. In a doctor’s room.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari panggilanSaskia kepada laki-laki lawan bicaranya,yaitu ’Doctor’, dan kata-kata kunci yangberkaitan dengan penyakit, seperti’headache’, ’cold’, serta kata ’examine’yang artinya memeriksa. Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebutberlangsung di ruangan dokter.

2. Which is NOT the doctor’s suggestion toSaskia?A. Exercise a lot.B. Take a rest.C. Avoid fried food for a while.D. Avoid drinking cold beverages.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhiryang diucapkan dokter itu, yaitu ”I suggestthat you take a rest. Don’t drink some coldbeverages. Also, please don’t eat friedfood for a while.”. Jadi, yang bukan sarandokter itu adalah banyak berolahraga.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:This dialog is for question 3.Mother : What’s wrong with you, dear? You

look pale.Riko : I’ve got a terrible headache, Mom.Mother : What? Wait here. Let me check

your temperature. Oh, dear, youhave a fever. Your temperature isquite high. Now, just take a restand I’ll get you some medicine.

Riko : Thanks, Mom.

3. What does the boy suffer from?A. The flu. B. A fever.C. A sore throat. D. An eyesore.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan wanita itu, yaitu ”Let me checkyour temperature. Oh, dear, you havea fever.”. Jadi, anak laki-laki itu sakitdemam (a fever).

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What product is the man offering?2. How much does the product cost?3. What will the woman get for free if she buys the product?4. Why is the woman not interested in the offer?5. What does the woman say to end the conversation

Jawaban:1. An electric stove.2. 250,000 Rupiah.3. A water purifier.4. She thinks that the use of an electric stove will increase her electric bill.5. She says, “Sorry. I’m busy right now.”

88 UNIT 2 Recounts

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:This dialog is for question 4.Boy : Hello.Girl : Hi, this is Lisa. Is Doni there?Boy : Sorry. He’s out. Can you call him back

in an hour?Girl : O.K. Bye.

4. What does the boy ask the girl to do?A. To call him back another day.B. To leave a message.C. To call him back in an hour.D. To call him back later.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya untukmenelepon kembali dalam satu jam, benarkarena sesuai dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan anak laki-laki itu, yaitu ”Can youcall him back in an hour?” yang artinya”Dapatkan Anda meneleponnya satu jamlagi?”.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:This dialog is for question 5.Woman : Good morning. Puspita speaking.Boy : Hello, Ms. Puspita. This is Reno.

I’m sorry, but I’m not feeling welltoday and I can’t come to thecourse.

5. Why can’t the boy come to the course?A. He is sick.B. He has another course.C. He does not like the course.D. He has something else to do.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan anak laki-laki itu, yaitu ”I’msorry, but I’m not feeling well today andI can’t come to the course.”. Jadi, anaklaki-laki itu tidak dapat mengikuti kursuskarena sedang tidak enak badan atau sakit(he is sick).

A. Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box.

a. What happened then b. How lucky you werec. Well, it was great d. But . . . whate. I met some of our schoolmates

Santi : Hi, Ka. How was your weekend?Dika : (1) ________.Santi : Really? What did you do?Dika : I was hanging out in the mall alone last weekend, then (2) ________. They were having

a small party in one of the restaurants there.Santi : Really? (3) ________?Dika : Some of them recognized me. Then, they asked me to join. At first I refused since I brought

nothing. But . . .Santi : (4) ________?Dika : They said that it wasn’t a big deal. So, I was with them, having fun in the party.Santi : (5) ________!

Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. b


B. Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box.

a. I have a sore throat b. See youc. What about 8 in the morning d. Dr. Harun’s officee. I’m afraid he’s booked today f. O.K., thanks for callingg. It’s Vina Darmawan calling h. That would be great

Tiara : Good morning. (1) ________. How can I help you?Ms. Darmawan : Good morning, Tiara. (2) ________. How are you today?Tiara : I’m fine, Ms. Darmawan. And you?Ms. Darmawan : Well, actually, (3) ________. I was hoping Dr. Harun would have some time to

see me today.

Variasi:

A. Read the complete dialog above.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the dialog.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?A. A brother and a sister.B. A student and a teacher.C. A niece and her uncle.D. Schoolmates.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut Santibertanya kepada Dika tentang akhirpekannya. Keduanya belajar di sekolahyang sama, sesuai dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan Dika, yaitu ”I met some of ourschoolmates.”. Jadi, hubungan antarakeduanya yang paling tepat adalahteman sekolah (schoolmates).

2. What was Dika doing first in the mall?A. Buying something.B. Hanging out.C. Seeing a film.D. Going shopping.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan Dika, yaitu ”I was hangingout in the mall alone last weekend, then. . . .”. Jadi, tujuan awal Dika beradadi mal tersebut adalah untuk jalan-jalan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya membeli sesuatu,(C) artinya menonton film, dan(D) artinya belanja.

3. Whom did Dika meet in the mall?A. His schoolmates. B. His classmates.C. His pen friends. D. His relatives.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatyang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”I met someof our schoolmates.” yang artinya ”Sayabertemu beberapa teman sekolah kita.”.

4. Why did Dika refuse to join the party?A. Because he did not like parties.B. Because he had something else to do.C. Because he did not bring anything.D. Because he did not know anyone in

the party.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatyang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”At firstI refused since I brought nothing.” yangartinya ”Awalnya saya menolak karenatidak membawa apa-apa.”.

5. What happened to Dika at last?A. He did shopping alone.B. He hung out alone in the mall.C. He had a terrible weekend.D. He joined and enjoyed the party.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan Dika, yaitu ”So, I was withthem, having fun in the party.”. Jadi, padaakhirnya Dika ikut bergabung dalampesta itu dan menikmati pesta (he joinedand enjoyed the party). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi percakapan.

90 UNIT 2 Recounts

Tiara : (4) ________. I can put you in tomorrow. How does that sound?Ms. Darmawan : (5) ________. What time?Tiara : (6) ________?Ms. Darmawan : O.K., great. I’ll see him tomorrow then.Tiara : (7) ________. See you then.Ms. Darmawan : You’re welcome. (8) ________.

Jawaban:1. d 2. g 3. a 4. e 5. h 6. c 7. f 8. b

C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.1. What is the dialog about?

Jawaban: Making an appointment to see a doctor.2. Who is Tiara actually?

Jawaban: She is Dr. Harun’s receptionist.3. Why does Ms. Darmawan want to make an appointment with Dr. Harun?

Jawaban: Because she gets a sore throat.4. Why cannot Ms. Darmawan see Dr. Harun today?

Jawaban: Because he’s booked today.5. When will Ms. Darmawan see Dr. Harun?

Jawaban: Tomorrow at 8 in the morning.

B. In pairs, put the sentences in the correct order to make a good telephone talk.

Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa:

Take-out Clerk

● Can I have your name and address,please?

● Selera’s Pizza. How can I help you?● O.K. And what would you like to order

today?● Is this for takeout or delivery?● O.K. Thanks for calling. Bye.● O.K., I’ve got it all down.● Everything will be ninety thousand Rupiah.● Large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms.

O.K. Anything else?● It will be about thirty minutes, Miss Wright.

Customer

● Delivery, please.● I’d like a large pepperoni pizza with

mushrooms.● Hello, I’d like to order a pizza, please.● Yes. Olives and extra cheese,

please.● My name is Diana Wright. I live at

Jalan Kenari number two.● And how much will it cost?● O.K. Thank you. Bye for now.● O.K. And how long will that be?

Jawaban:Take-out Clerk : Selera’s Pizza. How can I help you?Customer : Hello, I’d like to order a pizza, please.Take-out Clerk : Can I have your name and address, please?Customer : My name is Diana Wright. I live at Jalan Kenari number two.Take-out Clerk : O.K. And what would you like to order today?Customer : I’d like a large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms.Take-out Clerk : Large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms. O.K. Anything else?Customer : Yes. Olives and extra cheese, please.


Take-out Clerk : Is this for takeout or delivery?Customer : Delivery, please.Take-out Clerk : O.K., I’ve got it all down.Customer : And how much will it cost?Take-out Clerk : Everything will be ninety thousand Rupiah.Customer : O.K. And how long will that be?Take-out Clerk : It will be about thirty minutes, Miss Wright.Customer : O.K. Thank you. Bye for now.Take-out Clerk : O.K. Thanks for calling. Bye.

Variasi:

A. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog above?Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Miss Wright calls to order pizza.2. ______ Miss Wright orders a large pepperoni pizza without mushrooms.3. ______ Miss Wright requests her pizza with olive and extra cheese.4. ______ The pizza costs Rp80,000.5. ______ Miss Wright will get her order thirteen minutes later.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (The customer orders a large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms.)3. T4. F (It costs Rp90,000.)5. F (She will get her order thirty minutes later.)

B. Rearrange the following sentences into a proper dialog.Kalimat-kalimat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Mr. Johnson : This is Fred Johnson. I’m Jack’s friend.

Secretary : Goodbye.

Mr. Johnson : Yes. Can you ask him to give me a call? My number is 345-8965.

Secretary : O.K. I’ll make sure Mr. Parkins gets your message.

Mr. Johnson : Thank you. Goodbye.

Secretary : Could you repeat your number, please?

Mr. Johnson : Hello. Could I speak to Jack Parkins, please?

Secretary : Hold the line, please. I’ll put your call through. (After a moment)—I’m afraidhe’s out at the moment. Can I take a message?

Mr. Johnson : Certainly. That’s 345-8965.

Secretary : Who’s calling, please?

3

105

8

96

1

4

7

2

C. Create dialogs based on the situations below.

1. Raka calls Eka and Eka’s mother picks up the phone. Shesays that Eka is out. Then, Raka leaves a message for Ekathat they both will have a study club in his house at 3 p.m.How would the dialog go?

92 UNIT 2 Recounts

2. You will have an extra class today. You forgot to tell your mother this morning about it. Youknow that your mother worries you if you come home late without any notification. You tell yourfriend about it. He/she listens to your story and he/she lends you his/her mobile phone to callyour mother. How would the dialog go?

Contoh jawaban:1. Eka’s mother : Hello, Hananto residence here. Can I help you?

Raka : Hello, Mrs. Hananto. I am Raka. May I speak to Eka, please?Eka’s mother : Hello, Raka. I’m really sorry, Eka is out. Do you want to leave a message for

him?Raka : Sure. Could you please tell him that I will be waiting for him to have a study

club in my house at 3 this afternoon?Eka’s mother : O.K., I’ll let him know your message as soon as he comes home.Raka : Thanks, Ma’am. Goodbye.Eka’s mother : Goodbye, Raka.

2. Your friend : Donna, what happens? You look upset.You : Well, I forgot to tell my mother that we will have an extra class today.Your friend : Did you?You : That’s right. I’m quite sure my mom will worry me if I don’t come home as usual.Your friend : I’m sorry to hear that. Well, you can use my mobile phone to call your mother.You : Can I? Thanks, Ria.Your friend : You’re welcome.

Spoken Text

2.2 Genre

Read the following monolog.Let me tell you my experience during an earthquake last week. When the earthquake

happened, I was in my car. I was driving home from my vacation to Bali.Suddenly, my car lurched to one side, to the left. I thought I got a flat tire. I did not know that itwas an earthquake. I knew it was an earthquake when I saw some telephone and electricitypoles falling down to the ground, like matchsticks.

Then, I saw a lot of rocks tumbling across the road. I was trapped by the rocks. EvenI could not move my car at all. There were rocks everywhere. There was nothing I could dobut left the car and walked a long way to my house, in the town.

When I reached my town, I was so surprised that there was almost nothing left. Theearthquake made a lot of damage to my town. Although nothing was left, I thanked God thatnobody was seriously injured.

Source: November 28, 2009 <http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/my-horrible-experience-recount-text-1.html>

The text above is a recount in spoken form. It functions to retell past events for thepurpose of informing or entertaining.


Read the following text.My Bad Holiday

Written Text

Orientation

I went to my uncle’s house in Batam last month on the longholiday. I stayed with Uncle Antasena and Aunt Firda and their sonSeno. They live in a small house in the center of the city calledNagoya. I liked the house, but I didn’t like the area much becauseit was very noisy.

Events

My uncle and aunt were very nice. We visited Batam Center,Waterfront City and Nongsa Beach. The weather was hot all daylong.

Unfortunately, Seno and I disagreed on most things. He playedloud music when I wanted to sleep. When his best friend came tostay, I had to sleep on the floor. When we went to a place calledGalang Island, Seno didn’t want to go to the ex Vietnam camp,he wanted to go fishing on the Melur beach. So, I went to theex-Vietnam camp on my own. I didn’t enjoy it.

Re-orientation I can’t say I would like to go back to my uncle’s house. It wasn’ta nice holiday at all.

Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

The text above is a recount in written form. It is a text that tells us about what hadhappened in series of events in sequence. The function of the text is to tell an event in thepast time chronologically.

The generic structure of a recount:● Orientation; introduces the main character(s), the location and the time. To make it

easier, you can answer the questions:– Who involved in the story?– Where did it happen?– When did it happen?

● Series of events; writes the events chronologically. It begins from the first event,followed by the second event to the last event. The sum of events depends on thecreativity of the writer.

● Reorientation; the writer’s conclusion or comment about the story. Not all recountsclosed by reorientation. It is optional.

Source: <http://id.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20091119055139AAr1eCn>

94 UNIT 2 Recounts

Grammar Section

Modals


The bold-typed words above are called modals.

Modals generally express a speaker or reader’s attitudes or moods. It means a speaker feelsthat something is necessary, advisable, permissible, possible or probable. Modals can conveythe strength of these attitudes.

There are many kinds of modals, such as can, may, must, will.Patterns:1. Affirmative sentences: Subject + modal + verb base + . . .

● My little brother can ride a bike. (showing capability)● You may come before 4 o’clock this afternoon. (showing possibility)● You must arrive at school on time. (telling someone to do something)● We will drop by Diana’s house tomorrow. (intending to do something)

2. Negative sentences: Subject + modal + not + verb base + . . .● I cannot do the test. (showing incapability)● It’s too late. Ria and Vivi may not come. (showing impossibility)● You mustn’t cheat during the test. (telling someone not to do something)● We won’t play any longer. We are tired. (not intending to do something)

3. Interrogative sentences: Modal + subject + verb base + . . . ?● Can you fix the fan? (asking about capability)● May I use your bike? (asking about possibility/asking for permission)● Must I wash all the clothes? (asking about an obligation)● Will you be at home this afternoon? (asking about someone’s intention)

Winda, can you go to myhouse this afternoon?

Sure, I can. What’sup?

My mother madea cheese cake. That’syour favorite, isn’t it?

Great! I love thecake.



1. In Unit 1 you have learned about narratives. What is the purpose of a narrative?Jawaban: To entertain the readers.

2. What is the structure of a narrative?Jawaban: Orientation, complication and resolution.

3. Can you mention some narratives? What are they?Jawaban: I can. They are Cinderella, Alladin, Tangkuban Perahu, etc.

A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text below based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Hello, my name is Clara. I’d like to tell you about my experience during the (1) New Year

holiday. At that time, my family and I went to the (2) garden center to buy some (3) plants andseeds for the garden. It was a very sunny day when we (4) set off in the car.

When we arrived, we had to find a place to park as the car park (5) was packed full of cars.We managed to find a place eventually, but it was a (6) tight squeeze and we had to be careful inopening the car door so we wouldn’t (7) bang the other cars.

Next, we went into the store. We went to look for some seeds first and we bought some peas,carrot and (8) lettuce packets. After that, we went to look at the plants and mom chose a planterfull of flowers. Finally, we paid for all (9) our purchases at the check out before finding our car anddriving home.

I really enjoyed our trip out, especially when dad said we could buy ice cream from the van inthe (10) car park. It was great.

Adapted from: April 24, 2006 <http://www.coppschool.lancsngfl.ac.uk/blackbar.htm?/Classwork/Classwork/Class3/Literacy/typesofwriting/recount.htm>

Variasi:

A. Find the meanings of the words below.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. seed = benih 2. sunny = cerah3. set off = mengeluarkan 4. eventually = akhirnya5. to bang = membentur 6. lettuce = selada7. purchase = belanjaan 8. check out = kasir9. tight squeeze = sesak sekali 10. van = sejenis mobil

B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.1. What is the text about?

Jawaban: About the speaker’s experience during the New Year Holiday.2. Where did the speaker go?

Jawaban: To the garden center.

96 UNIT 2 Recounts

3. With whom did the speaker go?Jawaban: With her family.

4. What would the speaker do in the place?Jawaban: She would buy some plants and seeds for her garden.

5. How was the weather at that time?Jawaban: It was very sunny.

6. Why did the speaker have to be careful in opening the car door?Jawaban: Because the car park was packed full of cars and she only got a tight squeeze to

park her car.7. What did the speaker buy after looking for some seeds?

Jawaban: She bought some peas, carrot and lettuce packets.8. What was the speaker’s mother interested in?

Jawaban: A planter full of flowers.9. What did the speaker do before leaving the store?

Jawaban: She paid for all their purchases at the check out.10. Where did the speaker buy from the van in the car park?

Jawaban: Ice cream.

B. Listen to your teacher.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?Correct the false ones.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Today was a really hot day. I went home from school at 1 p.m. After that, I came to the town

square to watch a local singing contest. I went there alone. I never thought I would meet a friend.I chose a place under a big tree. I thought it could save me from the hot day. I actually did

not really pay attention to the contest. I just went there to avoid a boring time at home.Suddenly, I found myself behind a young boy. I was really sure that he was my classmate, Andi.

I pinched him a little and called his name. The boy was surprised. When he turned around, I finallyrealized that he was not my classmate. I could not say a word. That moment was just embarrassing.

Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

1. ______ The speaker went to the city hall after school.2. ______ The speaker went to the place with his friends.3. ______ There was a local singing contest held in the place.4. ______ At that time, the day was very cold.5. ______ The speaker wanted to avoid a boring time at school by going there.6. ______ The speaker met his old friend at the place.7. ______ The speaker pinched the boy whom he thought of as his friend.8. ______ The speaker felt embarrassed to find out that they boy wasn’t his friend.

Jawaban:1. F (The speaker went to the town square, not the city hall, after school.)2. F (The speaker went to the place alone.)3. T4. F (At that time, the day was very hot.)5. F (The speaker wanted to avoid a boring time at home by going there.)6. F (The speaker met a young boy whom he thought of as his friend.)7. T8. T


Variasi:

A. Match the following words in column A with their Indonesian meanings in column B.

Jawaban:1. g 2. d 3. c 4. f 5. b 6. h 7. a 8. e

A

1. town square2. contest3. boring4. to pinch5. to avoid6. to realize7. attention8. embarrassing

B

a. perhatianb. menghindaric. membosankand. lombae. memalukanf. mencubitg. alun-alunh. menyadari

B. Find similar meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan contoh jawaban:1. to avoid = to ignore 2. to realize = to understand3. to pay attention = to notice 4. contest = competition5. sure = certain

C. Listen to your teacher.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text.Correct the false ones.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:I want to tell you about my nephew, Ronald. One day, he wanted to buy sweets. He

brought a Rp500 coin.On his way to the sweet shop, he dropped his money. You know, it rolled along the

pavement and then disappeared down a drain. Then, Ronald took off his jacket, rolled up hissleeves and pushed his right arm through the drain cover. But . . . he could not find his moneyanywhere! And what was more, he could not get his arm out.

A crowd of people gathered round him. You know, a lady rubbed his arm with soap andbutter, but Ronald was firmly stuck. The fire-brigade was called and two firemen fired Ronaldusing a special type of grease. I tell you what! Ronald was not too upset by his experience.Do you know why? Well, . . . the lady who owns the sweet shop heard about his troubles andrewarded him with a large box of chocolates.

Adapted from: Developing Skills

1. ______ Ronald is the speaker’s cousin.2. ______ He brought a Rp1,000 coin.3. ______ He wanted to buy sweets.4. ______ The money disappeared down a drain on his way to the shop.5. ______ Ronald went home crying after he had lost his money.6. ______ His right arm got stuck at the drain.7. ______ A young man rubbed his arm with soap and butter.8. ______ Three firemen fired Ronald using a special type of grease.9. ______ Ronald felt upset by his experience.

10. ______ The owner of the sweet shop rewarded him with a large box of chocolates.

98 UNIT 2 Recounts


Teks yang dibacakan guru:This text is for questions 1 and 2.

Hi, friends. I went on a nice trip lastSunday with some friends from school. Wewent to a lovely lake about thirty kilometersnorth of here. We went by bus at seveno’clock in the morning and arrived at the lakeat about eight thirty. You know, we spent themorning rowing boats and fishing at the lake.After lunch we climbed a small hill behindthe lake. Well, . . . we saw a beautiful viewfrom the top. We got back to the bus aroundfour o’clock and then we came back to town.

Adapted from: American Breakthrough

1. What is the text about?A. The speaker’s trip to a lake.B. The speaker’s friends’ trip.C. Fishing at the lake.D. A beautiful lake.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awalmonolog, yaitu ”I went on a nice trip . . . .We went to a lovely lake . . . .”. Jadi,monolog tersebut tentang perjalananpenulis ke danau.

2. How many hours did the writer and hisfriends take to reach the destination?A. One hour.B. One and a half hours.C. Two hours.D. Two and a half hours.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Wewent by bus at seven o’clock in themorning and arrived at the lake at abouteight thirty.” yang artinya ”Kami pergi naikbus pada pukul 7 pagi dan tiba di danausekitar pukul 8.30.”. Dengan demikian,perjalanan untuk mencapai tempat tujuanmereka membutuhkan waktu sekitar satusetengah jam.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:This text is for questions 3 to 5.

Hello, everyone. Yesterday was my littlesister’s birthday. My mom and dad threwa party for her. The party was held in ourhouse. My little sister had many friends, youknow. She invited all of them. As a result, ourhouse was very crowded. The party wasabout two hours. My little sister looked happy.After the party had ended, there were disheseverywhere. Our house was dirty andmessed up. Therefore, we had to clean ourhouse. It was a tiring day, but we were glad tosee my little sister happy because of the party.

Jawaban:1. F (Ronald is the speaker’s nephew.)2. F (Ronald brought a Rp500 coin.)3. T4. T5. F (Ronald tried to find his coin. He took off his jacket, rolled up his slevees and pushed his

right arm through the drain cover.)6. T7. F (It was a lady who rubbed his arm with soap and butter.)8. F (Only two firemen fired Ronald using a special type of grease.)9. F (Ronald was not too upset by his experience.)

10. T


3. What is the purpose of the text?A. To amuse readers.B. To retell past events.C. To describe something.D. To tell how to make something.Jawaban: BTeks tersebut adalah tentang kejadianlampau/yang sudah terjadi. Jadi, tekstersebut adalah teks recount. Tujuan teksrecount adalah menceritakan kejadianmasa lampau (retelling past events).

4. Whose party was it?A. The speaker’s dad.B. The speaker’s mom.C. The speaker’s little sister.D. The speaker’s little brother.

Jawaban: CPesta tersebut adalah pesta ulang tahunadik perempuan pembicara (the speaker’slittle sister).

5. How was the house after the party?A. It was dirty and messed up.B. It was quite clean and tidy.C. It was the same as before.D. It was badly damaged.Jawaban: ASetelah pesta usai, rumah pembicaramenjadi kotor dan kacau. Hal ini diketahuidari kalimat pembicara, ”After the partyhad ended, there were dishes everywhere.Our house was dirty and messed up.”artinya ”Setelah pesta usai, banyak piringdan gelas kotor di mana-mana. Rumahkami menjadi kotor dan kacau.”

A. Read the text aloud.What is it about?

When I was in junior high school, I was not a very diligent student. In fact, I was quite lazy.I hated all the subjects that I took at school, especially science. For me science was very difficult.It was hard for me to remember the chemical processes, physics calculations, and biologicalprocesses.

Once, my teacher grounded me in the library because I had not done my Biology homework.The teacher asked me to read several books and make a summary about them. When I wasbrowsing the shelves, I found a book entitled “The Inventors of Medicine”. I thought, “O.K., this isa start.” I took it out, then began reading it.

I learned from the book about Edward Jenner. He was an English doctor who found the curefor smallpox. The next one was Louis Pasteur. His interest in bacteria led him to discover thetreatments for rabies and anthrax. Just like Pasteur, Robert Koch’s experiments on bacteria alsoproved that tuberculosis can spread to others by contact. Finally, there was Alexander Flemming,a British bacteriologist who found penicillin, the first antibiotic.

After I read the book, I realized that science is useful for humankind. By studying, we candiscover things that can help humankind. Therefore, since that moment, I managed to change mybehavior and study harder.


Jawaban:The writer’s experience during his time in junior high school.

100 UNIT 2 Recounts

Variasi:

A. Answer the questions below based on the text above.1. When did the story take place?

Jawaban: When the writer was in junior high school.2. Was the writer diligent when he was in junior high school?

Jawaban: No, he wasn’t. He was quite lazy.3. What lessons did the writer hate?

Jawaban: All the subjects he took, especially science.4. What was the title of the book that the writer read?

Jawaban: The Inventors of Medicine.5. Who were mentioned in the book? What great things did the people did for humankind?

Jawaban: Edward Jenner—found the cure for smallpox; Louis Pasteur—discovered thetreatments for rabies and anthrax, Robert Koch—proved that tuberculosis canspread to others by contacts; and Alexander Flemming—found penicillin, the firstantibiotic.

6. What happened to the writer after he read the book?Jawaban: He realized that science is useful for humankind.

7. “His interest in bacteria led him to discover the treatments . . . .” (Paragraph 3)What is the similar meaning of the underlined word?Jawaban: It is hobby.

8. “By studying, we can discover things that can help humankind.” (Last paragraph)What does the underlined word refer to?Jawaban: The writer and the readers.

B. Find the similar meanings of the following words in the text above.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. lesson = subject 2. to punish = to ground3. synopsis = summary 4. to find = to discover5. to search = to browse

C. Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the text above.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. lazy >< diligent 2. to forget >< to remember3. to love >< to hate 4. end >< start5. useless >< useful

D. Read the following text.Answer the questions based on the text.Last week my parents and I went to my neighbor’s wedding party. Well, in the party I had

rawon and satay. Actually, there were also tengkleng and meatballs soup, but it was enough forme to eat the two kinds of food. I was full. You know, it was really nice to have them ina traditional wedding like this. Then, I had, you know what, some dawet ayu and ice cream.After that, I sang a song for the happy couple. My song was Barry Manilow’s “Can’t SmileWithout You”. I was happy to sing since they liked my song. At about 09:15 p.m. we went home.It was rather late. However, I felt really very happy.

Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII


B. Complete the text below with the words from the box.

a. sculpture b. old Dutch c. the tour d. arrivale. very quickly f. surfing g. satisfied h. the arti. tour agents j. silverware

There were so many places to see in Bali that my friend decided to join the tours to see asmany things as possible. My friend stayed in Kuta on (1) ________. He spent the first three of histen-day stay swimming and (2) ________ on Kuta Beach. He visited some (3) ________ andselected two tours. The first one was to Singaraja, the second was to Ubud.

On the day of (4) ________, he was ready. My friend and his group drove on throughmountains. Singaraja is a city of about 90 thousand people. It is a busy but quiet town. The streetsare lined with trees, and there are many (5) ________ houses. They returned very late in theevening to Kuta.

The second tour to Ubud was a very different tour. It was not to see the scenery but to see(6) ________ and craft of the island. The first stop was at Batubulan, a center of stone(7) ________. There my friend watched young boys carving away at big blocks of stone. The nextstop was at Celuk, a center of (8) ________ and gold. After that he stopped a little while for lunchat Sukawati.

He spent the rest of the days on the beach, sailing or surfboarding. My friend’s ten-day-stayended (9) ________. However, he was quite (10) ________.

Adapted from: November 28, 2009 http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/03/visiting-bali-recount-text.html

Jawaban:1. d 2. f 3. i 4. c 5. b 6. h 7. a 8. j 9. e 10. g

Variasi:

A. Complete the text below with the words from the box.

a. person b. late c. school d. coole. attention f. field g. tournaments h. players

Do you like football? Well, when I was in elementary (1) ________, I really loved football.Every Saturday afternoon I practiced in the school (2) ________ with my teammates. They werestrong and smart (3) ________. My coach, Mr. Sentana, was a clever and kind (4) ________.

Questions:1. Where did the speaker go last week?

Jawaban: To his/her neighbor’s wedding party.2. What did the speaker have in the party?

Jawaban: He/she had rawon and satay.3. Why didn’t the speaker eat the tengkleng and meatballs soup?

Jawaban: Because he/she was already full.4. What did the speaker do for the couple?

Jawaban: He/she sang a song.5. How did the speaker feel after the party?

Jawaban: He/she felt happy.

102 UNIT 2 Recounts

However, when he was coaching us, he was strict. He would punish anyone who came(5) ________ and did not obey the team’s rules. Our team had many achievements. WithMr Sentana, our team won many (6) ________ in many big cities. Our team was named afterour school, 17 Team (from SD 17) and we had many supporters too, you know. Oh, that was so(7) ________. Now, I still love football and have a team too. But, my parents warn me to pay(8) ________ more to my study, football is just for hobby.


Jawaban:1. c. school 2. f. field 3. h. players4. a. person 5. b. late 6. g. tournaments7. d. cool 8. e. attention

B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.1. What does the speaker tell you about?

Jawaban: His experience when he joined a football club in his elementary school.2. Who was Mr. Sentana?

Jawaban: The speaker’s football coach in his elementary school.3. What would Mr. Sentana do if a team member came late and disobeyed the rules?

Jawaban: He would punish him.4. What was the team’s achievement with Mr. Sentana?

Jawaban: The team won many tournaments in many big cities.5. Where did the name 17 Team come from?

Jawaban: From the name of the speaker’s school.

C. Retell the text in Task B from the point of view of the writer’s friend.

Contoh jawaban:Let me tell you about my experience when visiting Bali. At that time I was intereseted to join

the tours to Bali to see as many interesting spots as possible. On my arrival, I decided to stay inKuta. You know, this place is very famous for its beautiful beaches. I stayed in Kuta for three days.During the days, I spent most of my time swimming and surfing on Kuta Beach. It was really fun.After that, I went to a tour agent and selected two package tours. The first one was to Singaraja,the second was to Ubud.

Our trip to Singaraja was very heartbreaking since we passed through mountains. This city isbusy but rather quiet, inhabited around 90 thousand people. The streets there are lined with trees,and we can see many old Dutch houses. We returned very late in the evening to Kuta.

I enjoyed different things during the second tour to Ubud. There, other tour participants andI saw and enjoyed the art and craft of the island. At first, we stopped at Batubulan. This place isa center of stone sculpture. We watched some young boys carving away at big blocks of stone.Then, we visited Celuk, a center of silverware and gold. Then, we had lunch at Sukawati.

I didn’t realize that finally my ten-day-stay almost ended. I spent the rest of the days on thebeach. I went sailing or surfboarding. I was quite satisfied with my vacation in Bali.

D. Tell a memorable vacation you have ever had.

Contoh jawaban:On Thursday, students Grade VIII went to the Botanical Gardens. We walked down and got

into the bus.


After we arrived at the gardens, we walked down to the Education Center. We went to havea look around. First we went to the Orchid Farm and Mrs. Haryono read us some of theinformation. Then we looked at all the lovely plants. After that we went down to a little spot in theBotanic Gardens and had morning tea.

Next we took some pictures and then we went back to the Education Center to have lunch.After that we went for a walk.

A lady took us around and introduced herself, then she explained what we were going to do.Next she took us in to the green house. It was most interesting.

Soon after we had finished we went back outside. Finally we got into the bus and returned toschool. We were tired but happy.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

A. Read the text aloud.Answer the questions that follow.

My Holiday in Australia

Last Sunday I had a holiday in Australia. I visited a marine park called Sea World, which is atsurfers Paradise near Brisbane. It’s Australia’s largest marine park. Truly, I had a wonderful daythere.

The first thing I saw was the Oceanarium. It is a place where visitors can watch all kinds of fishand animals underwater. There were huge turtles, sharks and beautiful tropical fish. The mostexciting thing was watching a man feeding the sharks. He wore a special diving suit.

Then, I watched the performing animals. The show was in a big outdoor swimming pool. Therewere killer whales, dolphins and sea lions, and they did all kinds of fantastic things in the water.One of the girls in the show rode about the pool on the back of a big turtle.

After the show I had lunch. There were several big restaurants at the park and I had lunch ina restaurant that was shaped like a ship! Then, I watched a wonderful water-ski show which washeld on a lake.

There were lots of things to do at the park. There was lake cruising, a train ride, a big waterslide, swimming pools and an incredible roller coaster called the corkscrew–because it goesthrough three loops upside down. But I didn’t go on the roller coaster. I wish I could do it next time.

Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2

Questions:1. What did the writer visit last Sunday?

Jawaban: Sea World in Australia.2. What can we see in the Oceanarium?

Jawaban: All kinds of fish and animals underwater.3. Where did the writer watch killer whales, dolphins and sea lions?

Jawaban: In a big outdoor swimming pool.4. Who rode about the pool on the back of a big turtle?

Jawaban: A girl in the show.5. Where did the writer watch a water-ski show?

Jawaban: On a lake.

104 UNIT 2 Recounts

Variasi:

Guru dapat memberi pertanyaan pemahaman lainnya sebagai berikut.

Questions:1. Where is the Sea World located?

Jawaban: At surfers Paradise near Brisbane, Australia.2. What was the most exciting thing the writer saw?

Jawaban: A man who was feeding the sharks.3. Where did the writer have lunch?

Jawaban: In a restaurant that was shaped like a ship.4. What is corkscrew?

Jawaban: An incredible roller coaster.5. What is special about it?

Jawaban: It goes through three loops upside down.

B. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.

Jawaban:

My Holiday in Australia

OrientationLast Sunday I had a holiday in Australia. I visited a marine park

called Sea World, which is at surfers Paradise near Brisbane. It’sAustralia’s largest marine park. Truly, I had a wonderful day there.

Events

The first thing I saw was the Oceanarium. It is a place where visitorscan watch all kinds of fish and animals underwater. There were hugeturtles, sharks and beautiful tropical fish. The most exciting thing waswatching a man feeding the sharks. He wore a special diving suit.

Then, I watched the performing animals. The show was in a bigoutdoor swimming pool. There were killer whales, dolphins and sea lions,and they did all kinds of fantastic things in the water. One of the girls inthe show rode about the pool on the back of a big turtle.

After the show I had lunch. There were several big restaurants at thepark and I had lunch in a restaurant that was shaped like a ship! Then,I watched a wonderful water-ski show which was held on a lake.

Re-orientation

There were lots of things to do at the park. There was lake cruising,a train ride, a big water slide, swimming pools and an incredible rollercoaster called the corkscrew–because it goes through three loops upsidedown. But I didn’t go on the roller coaster. I wish I could do it next time.

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the text.

I have once come late to school but I didn’tfeel sorry. It happened last year. This is the story.

One morning, I went to school like usual.My house was quite far from my school, soI went to school by bike. It was 06:37 and ittook 15 minutes to get to my school.

At that time I was peddling my bike slowly.Suddenly, I saw a motorcycle hitting a bicyclerode by a woman. The motorcycle didn’t stop.Soon, it disappeared. I got shocked because ithappened in front of me. I felt confused whetherI should help the woman or not. Finally,I decided to help her. She was slightly injured.The rice carried was scattered on the street.


Several people and I helped the woman. I tookthe scattered rice on the street. Then, wehelped her to get some treatments.

After helping the woman, I looked at mywatch and realized that I was late. It was 07:55.I went to school hurriedly. I arrived at my school at08:02. My teacher questioned me for being late.I explained what had happened and she didn’t getmad. Even she said she was proud of me.

1. What happened to the writer?A. His teacher was mad at him.B. He was late to school.C. He skipped school.D. He got a prize.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama yang menjelaskan bahwa penulisdatang terlambat ke sekolah (he was lateto school).

2. How did the writer go to school?A. By bus. B. On foot.C. By bike. D. By horse.Jawaban: CPenulis berangkat sekolah dengansepeda. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat ”. . .so I went to school by bike.” yang artinya”. . . sehingga saya berangkat sekolahdengan bersepeda.”.

3. What did the writer see when he was goingto school?A. A train accident.B. A bicycle hit by a motorcycle.C. A thief chased by the police.D. A crazy person.

Jawaban: BSaat berangkat sekolah, penulis melihatsepeda yang tertabrak sebuah sepedamotor. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat, ”I waspeddling my bike slowly. Suddenly, I sawa motorcycle hitting a bicycle rode bya woman.”.

4. What did the writer do after seeing theaccident?A. He ignored it.B. He cried for help.C. He helped the woman.D. He did nothing.Jawaban: CSetelah melihat kejadian itu, penulismemutuskan untuk menolong wanitatersebut. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimatdalam teks,”Finally, I decided to help her.”.

5. “Soon, it disappeared.” (Paragraph 3)The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. replacedB. turned backC. vanishedD. representedJawaban: CKata ’disappeared’ memiliki arti yang samadengan kata ’vanished’, yaitu menghilang.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya menggantikan, (B) artinyaberbalik, dan (D) artinya mewakili.

Variasi:

A. Complete the text below with the proper words from the box.

a. skeletons b. stairs c. excavation d. paintingse. exhibited f. primitive g. photographs h. adventuringi. guide j. national

My Adventure at Leang-Leang Cave

On Sunday, my parents, my best friend Novi and I visited a cave at Maros called Leang-Leang. I visited the cave for the first time, and so did my best friend.

The cave is famous for its (1) ________ paintings on cave walls which are some handprints and wild boar (2) ________. The cave and its surroundings is stated as a (3) ________park, so it is taken care of well.

106 UNIT 2 Recounts

Arriving at the place, my parents took a rest in a small hut for visitors, while Novi and I were(4) ________ around the cave with a guide. We had to climb some (5) ________ to get to thecave because the cave is embedded into a small mountain. Next stop was a place where someseashells were littered on the ground and some were actually piled into a big mound! The(6) ________ said that these piles of seashells are called kjokkenmoddinger, or kitchen trash.The humans who lived here ate the shells and dumped the leftovers in their ‘kitchen’. The lastplace was a small museum which (7) ________ skeletons of the humans who lived in thecaves. The (8) ________ along with some roughly made jewelry and weapons were placedinside glass cases for display. The walls of the museum were adorned with (9) ________ takenwhen they didan (10) ________ there. After observing the places, we had lunch together.

After a quick lunch with Novi and my parents, we decided it was time to go back home. Wereally had the time of our lives!

Source: November 28, 2009 <http://wiki.answers.com/Q/Bagaimanakah_contoh_teks_recount>

Jawaban:1. f 2. d 3. j 4. h 5. b 6. i 7. e 8. a 9. g 10. c

B. Complete the following statements based on the text above.1. The writer visited the Cave Leang-Leang for ________.2. Who is Novi? She is ________.3. The famous thing about the cave is ________.4. While the writer and Novi were walking around the place, the writer’s parents ________ in

a small hut.5. To reach the place, visitors should ________.6. The writer was accompanied by ________ who explained some important things about the

cave.7. The last place that the writer visited was ________.8. In the last place, the writer saw ________.9. The photographs in the museum were about the ________ activities.

10. Before leaving the place, the writer, her parents and Novi had ________.

Jawaban:1. the first time 2. the writer’s best friend3. the primitive paintings on cave walls 4. took a rest5. climb some stairs 6. a guide7. the museum 8. skeletons of the humans who lived in the9. excavation caves, some roughly made jewelry and

10. lunch together weapons displayed inside glass cases

D. Complete the dialogs with suitable modals.

1. Eka : Jack is not feeling well.Mufid : Isn’t he? He ________ take a rest or see the doctor then.

2. Mrs. Setiawan : You’d better bring an umbrella. I think it ________ rain soon.Ayu : You’re right, Mom.

3. Mr. Donny : Our boss ________ not attend the meeting.Mr. Andi : Why?Mr. Donny : He still has something to do in Medan.


4. Diana : I left my dictionary at home. Meanwhile, I need it to translate something.Tiara : Don’t worry. You ________ use mine.

5. Mr. Setiawan : Eka looks very busy with his report.Mrs. Setiawan : Yeah. He ________ submit it tomorrow.

Jawaban:1. should 2. will 3. may 4. can/may 5. must

They boarded a large Boeing flight. The flight was nearly fourteen hours. The cabin crews ofthe plane were very friendly. They gave them newspapers and magazines to read. They gavethem food and drink. There was a film for their entertainment. They had a very pleasant flight.They slept part of the way.

2

A. Rearrange the following sentences into the correct order.

Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

The hotel was a well-known four-star hotel. The room had perfect view of the park. Theroom had its own bathroom and toilet. Instead of keys for the room, they inserted a key-card toopen the door. On the third floor, there was a restaurant serving Asian and European food. Ithad a variety of food. They always had lunch there.

4

Mr. Richard’s family, consisting of Mr. and Mrs. Richard with their two sons, wereon vacation. They went to London. They met their travel agent and booked their tickets. Theywent to the British Embassy to get visas to enter Britain. They had booked a fourteen-day tour.This included travel and accommodation. It also included tours around London.

1

The two week in London went by fast. At the end of the 14th day, they were quite tired butthey felt very happy.

5

On arrival at Heathrow Airport, they had to go to Customs and Immigration. The officerswere pleasant. They checked the document carefully but their manners were very polite.Mr. Richard and his family collected their bags and went to London Welcome Desk. Theyarranged the transfer to a hotel.

3

Adapted from: November 28, 2009 <http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/10/vacation-to-london-clear-example-of.html>

Variasi:

A. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.Jawaban:

Orientation

Mr. Richard’s family, consisting of Mr. and Mrs. Richard with theirtwo sons, were on vacation. They went to London. They met theirtravel agent and booked their tickets. They went to the BritishEmbassy to get visas to enter Britain. They had booked a fourteen-day tour. This included travel and accommodation. It also includedtours around London.

108 UNIT 2 Recounts

B. Rearrange the following sentences into the correct order.Paragraf-parargraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

At the Botanical Garden

Then, we moved to the green houses where we saw many kinds of beautiful flowers.After that, we took a rest and had our meals. Then, we continued to see fish pondsaquariums and other interesting sections there.

4

Events

They boarded a large Boeing flight. The flight was nearly fourteenhours. The cabin crews of the plane were very friendly. They gavethem newspapers and magazines to read. They gave them food anddrink. There was a film for their entertainment. They had a verypleasant flight. They slept part of the way.

On arrival at Heathrow Airport, they had to go to Customs andImmigration. The officers were pleasant. They checked the documentcarefully but their manners were very polite. Mr. Richard and hisfamily collected their bags and went to London Welcome Desk. Theyarranged the transfer to a hotel.

The hotel was a well-known four-star hotel. The room had perfectview of the park. The room had its own bathroom and toilet. Instead ofkeys for the room, they inserted a key-card to open the door. On thethird floor, there was a restaurant serving Asian and European food.It had a variety of food. They always had lunch there.

Re-orientation The two week in London went by fast. At the end of the 14th day,they were quite tired but they felt very happy.

Last vacation, my family and I went to the Botanical Garden. It is a garden where peoplecan see many kinds of rare trees from all over Indonesia. It is really a nice place to visit.

1

That day was quite tiring. However, we all were very happy.6

When we got there, we parked our car first in a large parking area. We walked towardthe entrance gate and paid the entrance fee. Since it was a vacation, the resort was quitecrowded and we had to wait in a long queue.

2

Feeling tired, we decided to go home in the afternoon. Before we left the place, webought some souvenirs at a souvenir shop.

5

After that, we walked around the resort. We saw many rare trees there. The trees wereplanted on the sides of every path in the resort. We also saw many kinds of fowls in thecages, monkeys, bats and some other animals.

3


B. Write your own personal experience.Mind the structure of the text.

Contoh jawaban:

A Nice Hiking

Last weekend my friends, Dicky, Vinda and Laras and I hiked to Gunung Penanggungan.We began our adventure very early on Saturday from our village, Klandungan, and reached

Oro-oro Ombo for lunch after we had hiked for almost 4 hours. Then, we continued to hike. Wetalked about many things along the way to the next stop.

Sometimes we laughed aloud when we shared our funny stories on the way. We reached thenext stop one hour later. It was a hilltop. The view from this place looked very amazing.

Then we walked down into the valley and there we had a camp for one night by the river inGunung Penanggungan. I had not been there before. On Sunday we went to a small village–DesaPasir Wangi–to a closest bus station.

The climbing out of the valley was really hard for us but it was worth it. We were all happy.Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII

Spoken Text

2.3 Short Functional Texts: Short News and Letters

Read the following text.Here is the update news. A demonstrator speaks in front of a banner calling for regime

change Sunday. Protestors demanded the President and Vice President resign, citing theirperceived reluctance to investigate the Bank Century bailout.

Source: December 21, 2009 <http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2009/12/21/great-expectations.html>

The text above is spoken news. You may listen to it on radios or TVs.

Guru dapat memberikan tips menulis teks recount yang bagus berikut ini kepada siswa.

Tips for Writing Excellent Recounts● Plan by thinking ‘Who? What? When? Why?’● Start with an orientation paragraph that informs the reader about the content of the recount.● Recount events in chronological order. (Draw a flow chart to help sequence events.)● Recount events that are significant and those that amuse the reader.● Use connectives that signal time e.g. then, next, meanwhile, finally etc.● Write as if you are telling the story but always use the past tense.● End with a closing statement that comments on the events.

Source: <http://www.primaryresources.co.uk/english/pdfs/recount_tips.pdf>

110 UNIT 2 Recounts


Written Text

Jalan Kenanga number 23Jakarta

February 22, 2010

Dear Caroline,What are you doing right now, girl? Keep busy, right? Please stop

your work to read my letter.You know, I had a history class last week. My teacher explained

about the history of Majapahit and Maha Patih Gajah Mada’s oath.The story was very touching. I wondered what Gajah Mada lookedlike. He had a great wish to unite our nation. So, we must try hard tokeep our nation as one, right?

That’s all for now. Sorry for disturbing you.

Cheers,

Tanya

The text above is a letter. It is a personal letter. You send such a letter to someone thatyou know well for informal pusposes, like a letter to your pen friend and a letter to yourgrandparents.

The addressof the sender

The date ofwriting the letter

Salutation

The body

The closing

Answer the questions below.

1. Do you like to listen to radio news or watch news programs on TV? When do you usually do it?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I do it every afternoon.

2. Is it important to get up-to-date news? Why?Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is. Because there is always something new in our lives every

second. If we do not know what happens, then we will leave behind by others.3. Have you ever sent a letter to your family or friends?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.4. In what occasion did you send a letter?

Contoh jawaban: When my pen friend and I exchanged new information about each of us.


A. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:A pilot and his student miraculously escaped death when their helicopter crashed into

a pond near Brebes, Central Java, on Wednesday.The pilot, Lt. Col. Cahyudi, and his student, Ikmal, departed from Semarang, Central Java,

heading for Cirebon, West Java, as part of an Air Force training program.Following the accident, Cahyudi and Ikmal were rescued by other Air Force officers on the

same route, also in helicopters. The officials, however, refused to make any statement.A witness, M. Nurdin, told that he saw five other helicopters besides the one that crashed.

Nurdin suspected the helicopter had a malfunction, after seeing it fail to make a turn before itplunged into the pond.

Source: May 11, 2008 <http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2008/11/05/pilot-and-student-survive-helicopter-crash.html>

Jawaban:The text is about a pilot and his student who survived from their helicopter crash.

Variasi:

Your teacher will read the news in Task A once again.Answer the following questions based on it.1. How many people got injured from the incident? Who are they?

Jawaban: Two people. They are the pilot of the crashed helicopter and his student.2. From where did the helicopter depart?

Jawaban: It departed from Semarang, Central Java.3. Where did the flight head to?

Jawaban: To Cirebon, West Java.4. Who rescued the victims?

Jawaban: Other Air Force officers.5. “The officials, however, refused to make any statement.” What is the similar meaning of the

word ‘to refuse’?Jawaban: To decline.

B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Now, we have news from the (1) fifth Kemang Festival. The festival (2) kicked off Saturday

with more than 1,000 visitors swarming Jl. Kemang Raya in South Jakarta.The two-day festival runs from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. and features more than (3) 300 booths

displaying clothes, antiques, accessories, food and (4) beverages. Also on offer are musicalperformances, drum bands, street magic and (5) firework shows.

Source: December 20, 2009 <http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2009/12/20/kemang-festival-hits-streets.html>

112 UNIT 2 Recounts

A. What is the hot issue today?Deliver the news before the class.

Contoh jawaban:East Java provincial government has continued to extend assistance to 43 poor families in

Karangpatihan village in Ponorogo regency, whose children suffer mental health problems asa result of malnutrition.

Village chief Daud Cahoyono said on Tuesday that rice, clean water, cattle and well-drillingmachines had poured into the village since news about their condition made headlines last week.Administration data reveals that the village has 111 inhabitants aged between five and 40 yearsold with mental disabilities. Local media have referred to Karangpatihan as “the village of idiots”following the findings.

Last week local government institutions, mass organizations and private donors dropped foodsupplies and clean water in the village.

Daud said, however, the assistance would be short-lived as the root problems remainedunaddressed. He said the village had long been deprived of health services and infrastructurerequired to help the villagers develop their economy.

Source: October 27, 2009 <http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2009/10/27/govt-extends-assistance-poor-village.html>

Variasi:

A. Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. swarming = berbondong-bondong 2. to feature = menampilkan3. booth = stan/kios 4. beverage = minuman5. firework = kembang api

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text in Task B.Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What is the news about?2. How long did the festival last?3. How many hours did the festival last each day?4. What did the booths in the festival display?5. What shows could visitors see in the festival?

Jawaban:1. About the fifth Kemang Festival.2. For two days.3. 13 hours.4. They displayed clothes, antiques, accessories, food and beverages.5. Street magic and firework shows.


Variasi:

Create news based on one of the following topics.Deliver it before the class.Topics:1. Health.2. Technology.3. Education.

Contoh jawaban:Dozens of high school students from Denpasar and Ubud in Bali took part enthusiastically

in a one-day young journalist workshop in Ubud on Thursday.The Jakarta Post daily organized the workshop as part of the Ubud Writers and Readers

Festival.The workshop brought together students from different schools trying their best to be

“professional journalists”.Guided by one of the Post’s editors, Rita Widiadana, the workshop was an eye-opener for

the young students seeking to become more aware of what was going on in theirneighborhoods, cities and elsewhere in the wider world.

The activities included writing headlines, picking the best photos and laying out the frontpage of a newspaper.

The Jakarta Post Foundation has been organizing workshop programs for teachers andstudents across Indonesia through its Newspaper in Education (NIE) program.

Source: October 10, 2009 <http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2009/10/10/students-learn-writing-skills-journalism-workshop.html>

B. Listen to news programs on TV or radio.Retell one of the interesting news using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:To avoid trees falling due to hollow branches and feeble roots, the Park Agency will replace

around 500,000 trees throughout South and West Jakarta.The agency’s head Ery Basworo said Jakarta had around five million trees, with 10 percent of

them being Burmese rosewood, locally known as angsana. He said that most of them were agedbetween five and ten years. The Agency will replace them with mahogany, tamarind and rain treesthat have stronger roots.

Up to October, the city administration received 40 insurance claims this year over fallen trees.Ery said the insurance payments ranged between 1 million Rupiah and 2 million Rupiah for eachcase depending on the severity.

Source: July 11, 2008 <http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2008/11/07/city-replace-500000-trees.html>

114 UNIT 2 Recounts

A. Complete the letter with the correct words from the box.

a. emergency b. illness c. permission d. fainted e. dengue fever

Kupang, March 2, 2010Dear Paula,

Hello, Paula, how are you? It’s been a month since the last time I heard from you. Well,I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospital last week. According to the doctor, I was infectedby (1) ________. At first, I felt my body became weak and I (2) ________ when I was attendingthe class. Then, I was taken to the hospital because of the high fever.

At the hospital, I was brought into the (3) ________ unit. The doctor immediately gave sometreatment. Finally, I had to stay there for one week. Every day the doctor kept me on a drip.

At the seventh day, my condition was getting better. After the final check, the doctor gaveme (4) ________ to go home. Now, I’m very well. Because of my (5) ________, I become morecareful about keeping in my house clean. I don’t want to get the same illness again.

I think that’s all from me, write to me soon. O.K.?

Regards,

Nadira

Adapted from: English in Focus Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Grade VIIIJawaban:1. e 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. b

Variasi:

A. Read the text aloud.Answer the questions that follow.

Dear Doni,

How was your holiday? Did you have a great time? Well, I did. I wrote this card becauseI wanted to share my experience.

Last holiday my sister and I visited my uncle in Jakarta. We stayed there for five days.Quite long, isn’t it? We really had a great time during the visit. Everything is unforgettable.

However, the most amazing experience is when my uncle took me and my brother toFatahillah Museum. This is one of the historical buildings in Jakarta. This building is located inJakarta’s old town. It has old designs and architecture. No wonder, it was built in 1627 by theDutch East Indies Company during the Dutch occupation in Indonesia. At that era, it was used asa governor headquarter or city hall as well as a military camp in Batavia. As a military camp, thisbuilding has underground prison cells. You know what! During the 17th and 18th centuries it hadbeen used to isolate both criminals and indigenous people who opposed the Dutch colonial.Besides that, we can see many things that are used by the Dutch colonial’ authorities. It’s reallyuseful to broaden my history knowledge. Well, I hope you can go there sometime and see thebuilding by yourself. You won’t feel regretted.

All right, that’s my story. Hope to hear from you soon.

Your friend,Eka


Questions:1. What is the letter about?

Jawaban: About Eka’s visit to Fatahilah Museum.2. Who sent the letter?

Jawaban: Eka did.3. Where did he spend his holiday?

Jawaban: He spent his holiday in Jakarta.4. How did he feel about his trip?

Jawaban: He felt very excited.5. Who received the letter?

Jawaban: Doni did.

B. Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. unforgettable = tidak terlupakan 2. amazing = menakjubkan3. historical = yang bersejarah 4. occupation = pendudukan5. headquarter = kantor pusat 6. underground = bawah tanah7. to isolate = mengisolasi 8. indigenous = pribumi9. to oppose = menentang 10. to regret = menyesal

C. Complete the letter with the correct words from the box.

a. holiday b. remember c. attractive d. sharee. business f. accompany g. excited h. Cheersi. wisely j. display

Dear Dewi,I am awfully (1) ________! Do you know why? I am in Singapore now! My father has

(2) ________ to manage, so he took me and my mom along. It’s a long (3) ________, isn’tit?

Yesterday I visited the sea world. It is so fabulous.I really enjoyed seeing all kinds of sea creatures. Then, my mom asked me to (4) _______her to Orchard Road. You know, it’s the place for shoppers. Many stores, ranging from thesmall ones to the big ones, (5) ________ their products in (6) ________ ways. One thingyou should (7) ________: if you shop here, just use your money (8) ________. At the end,my mother bought a hand bag and a pair of shoes. So did I. It was really a great day.

Tomorrow is the last day of my holiday. There are lots of stories I want to (9) ________with you. Bye.

(10) ________Diana

Jawaban:1. g 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. j 6. c 7. b 8. i 9. d 10. h

116 UNIT 2 Recounts


May 6, 2009Dear Kelly,

Hi Kelly! It has been a while sincewe met each other. How are you? How isyour sister Jen? I really miss you both.I remember those good old days when wewere still in high school. Do you stillremember what we did to our belovedteacher? I really can’t forget that timewhen he realized that no one was inclass. I really had a good time that day.

By the way, I am going to Bali nextweekend. I really hope that both of youcan come. It will be really nice to spendour weekend there. I have booked twohotel rooms at Grand Mercure Hotel forthree of us. I really look forward tohearing from you about this plan. It won’tbe fabulous without you both. So, pleasetry to make it.

Call me as soon as possiblebecause I have to contact the hotel againto confirm about the rooms.

Love,Vina

1. What is the relationship between Kellyand Vina?A. They are sisters.B. They are old friends.C. They are a teacher and a student.D. They are schoolmates.Jawaban: BKelly dan Vina merupakan teman lama. Halitu disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I rememberthose good old days when we were still inhigh school.” yang artinya ”Saya ingat hari-hari yang lalu saat kita masih di SMA.”.

2. What did Vina and Kelly do to theirteacher?A. They didn’t do the homework.B. They treated their teachers well.

C. They didn’t attend the teacher’sclass.

D. They made fun of the teachers.Jawaban: CDalam surat tersebut terdapat kalimat”I really can’t forget that time when herealized that no one was in class.” yangartinya ”Saya sungguh tidak dapatmelupakan saat itu ketika ia (gurutersebut) menyadari bahwa tidak adaseorang pun di dalam kelas.”. Hal itumenunjukkan bahwa yang dilakukan Vinadan Kelly terhadap guru mereka adalah(C) yang artinya mereka tidak mengikutipelajaran guru tersebut. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya mereka tidak mengerjakanpekerjaan rumah, (B) artinya merekamemperlakukan guru mereka dengan baik,dan (D) artinya mereka mengisengi gurutersebut.

3. “How are you? How is your sister Jen?I really miss you both.” (Paragraph 1)The underlined word refers to ________.A. Kelly and VinaB. Kelly and her friendC. Jen and VinaD. Kelly and JenJawaban: DKata ’both’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu kepada Kelly dan Jen. Hal itudisimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya ”Howare you? How is your sister Jen?” yangartinya ”Bagaimana kabarmu (Kelly)?Bagaimana kabar saudara perempuanmuJen?”.

4. “It won’t be fabulous without you both.”(Paragraph 2)The underlined word is similar inmeaning to ________.A. fascinatingB. marvelousC. heinousD. successful

Ujian Nasional 2008/2009


Jawaban: BKata ’fabulous’ artinya menakjubkan. Katatersebut memiliki makna yang samadengan kata ’marvelous’, yaitu mengagum-kan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyenang-kan, (C) artinya mengerikan, dan(D) artinya berhasil.

5. What is the writer’s purpose of writing theletter?A. To make a hotel reservation.B. To invite her friends to join her in Bali.C. To tell about her past experience.D. To inform about the beauty of Bali.

Jawaban: BTujuan penulis menulis surat tersebutdijelaskan pada paragraf dua bahwa iamengundang Kelly dan Jen untukbergabung dengannya pada liburan di Bali(”By the way, I am going to Bali nextweekend. I really hope that both of you cancome.”) dan ia sudah memesan kamarhotel atas nama mereka berdua (”I havebooked two hotel rooms at Grand MercureHotel for three of us.”).

A. Write a letter to your friend.You may choose your own topic.

Contoh jawaban:

January 2, 2010

Dear Sinta,

How are you, Sinta? Where do you study now? I really miss you since we haven’t meteach other for a long time.

Sinta, have you heard the news about our friend Hilda? I just want to tell you that yesterdayI watched a drama in one of the TV stations, and I saw her acting in the drama! It reallysurprised me! So if you have Hilda’s address, will you let me know?

Anyway, are you going to the reunion party? Please come and go with me. Thank youbeforehand for your help.

O.K., I think it is enough for now. See you soon.

Cheers,Nia

118 UNIT 2 Recounts

Variasi:

Read the letter in the Summary section.Suppose you are Caroline.Write a reply.

Contoh jawaban:

February 28, 2010

Jalan Bungur number 15Bandung

Dear Tanya,

I’m so happy to receive your letter. I’m doing very well, and I hope you do. As usual,school stuff has took most of my time.

You’re right about Maha Patih Gajah Mada. He was a great man. As young generations,it is the time for us to continue his wish. That’s why, we should study hard for our country.

There are many things that I can share with you, but perhaps other time. I have anappointment with my friends to do our class project. Send my best regards to your family.

With love,Caroline

B. Exchange the letter you have written in Task A with your friend’s.Ask your friend to reply it.

Contoh jawaban:

January 6, 2010

Dear Nia,

It’s very nice to hear from you again. Thank God, my family and I are just fine. What aboutyourself? I do hope the same thing.

Nia, now I study in SMP 8 Bandung. Since I moved to Bandung last year, I haven’t heardany news about Hilda. I just knew that she acted in a TV drama from you. Why don’t you browseher name in the Internet? Who knows there is any information about her.

O.K., I think it is enough for now. See you soon.

Cheers,Sinta


Read and memorize the words.Use the words whenever you speak English.

bill : tagihancave : guato discover : menemukanto encourage: mendoronghut : pondokinterest : ketertarikanto involve : melibatkan

leftover : sisa-sisamatchstick : batang korek apipole : tiangto rub : menggosokkansilverware : barang-barang dari peraksuit : pakaiansurfing : berselancarunderwater : bawah airunpleasant : tidak menyenangkanweapon : senjata

Write an unforgettable experience about your awful day.Share it with your friend.

120 UNIT 2 Recounts

bertentangan dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan Doni, yaitu ”Well, my little sisteris being treated in the hospital for denguefever. So I have to stay in the hospitaltoday.” yang artinya ”Adik perempuankusedang dirawat di rumah sakit karena sakitdemam berdarah. Jadi, aku harus ada dirumah sakit hari ini.”.

Read the dialog and answer questions 3and 4.

Angelina : Hello? May I speak to Reynold?Reynold : Speaking. Who is calling, please?Angelina : It’s Angelina.Reynold : Hi, Angelina. How do you know my

phone number?Angelina : Your friend gave me your number

yesterday.Reynold : Oh, I see.Angelina : Well, may I borrow your guitar

lesson video?Reynold : Of course. When will you take it?Angelina : I’ll come to your house at 4 p.m.Reynold : Okay. Is there anything else?Angelina : No, thanks. Bye.Reynold : Bye

Adapted from: Scaffolding for English Junior High SchoolStudents Grade VIII

3. Why does Angelina call Reynold?A. To check his phone number.B. To lend her guitar lesson video.C. To ask about a guitar lesson.D. To borrow his guitar lesson video.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatyang diucapkan Angelina, yaitu ”Well, mayI borrow your guitar lesson video?” yangartinya ”Bolehkan aku meminjam videopelajaran gitarmu?”, bukan meminjamkan(to lend).

4. “Angelina said, ‘Well, may I borrow yourguitar lesson video?’”The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is ________.A. ask for B. requestC. lend D. use



Doni : Rico, there is something I want to tellyou.

Rico : What is it?Doni : I want to tell you that I can’t go to the local

library center with you this afternoon.Rico : Can’t you? Why?Doni : Well, my little sister is being treated in

the hospital for dengue fever. So I haveto stay in the hospital today.

Rico : I see. Anyway, I’m sorry to hear aboutyour sister. I hope your sister will getwell soon.

Doni : Thanks, Rico.

1. Why does Doni cancel his appointmentwith Rico?A. Because he is not feeling well.B. Because his sister is in hospital.C. Because he has to stay at home.D. Because no one takes care of his little

sister.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkanDoni ketika merespons pertanyaan Ricoyang menanyakan alasan ia membatalkanjanji, yaitu ”Well, my little sister is beingtreated in the hospital for dengue fever.”yang menjelaskan kalau adikperempuannya dirawat di rumah sakitkarena sakit demam berdarah.

2. The following statements are TRUE aboutDoni’s sister, except ________.A. she is illB. she is in hospitalC. she suffers from dengue feverD. she has recovered from dengue feverJawaban: DPernyataan yang salah tentang adikperempuan Doni adalah pilihan jawaban(D) yang artinya ia sudah sembuh darisakit demam berdarah. Hal ini


Jawaban: CKata ’borrow’ artinya meminjam. Kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata ’lend’yang artinya meminjamkan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) dan (B)artinya memohon/meminta, sedangkan(D) artinya menggunakan.

Read the text and answer questions 5 to 8.

Dear Catherine,

I’m sorry I can’t pick you up at theairport but luckily, my friend Steve can(he works at night, so he is free in themorning).

I just want to make sure about theinformation. Your plane arrives at 11 a.m.on June 25 and your flying on KLN Air #1327. Is that right?

I told Steve to look for a woman withtwo young girls, but he wanted moreinformation. Do you look the same? Whatabout your daughters? You shouldn’thave a problem finding Steve at theairport. He’s very tall and thin. He hascurly brown hair, a moustache and abeard.

I can’t wait to see you!

Love,Rony

5. How many persons will Steve meet atthe airport?A. One. B. Two.C. Three. D. Four.Jawaban: COrang yang akan dijemput Steve dibandara berjumlah tiga orang, yaituCatherine dan dua gadis muda (anaknya).Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat dalam surat”I told Steve to look for a woman with twoyoung girls, . . . .”.

6. Steve will pick Catherine with herdaughters at the airport because ________.A. he is busyB. he is free in the morningC. he works at the airportD. he wants more information

Jawaban: BSteve akan menjemput Catherine dananak-anak perempuannya di bandarakarena ia bekerja pada malam harisehingga memiliki waktu luang pada pagihari. Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . myfriend Steve can (he works at night, so heis free in the morning).” yang artinya ”. . .teman saya Steve dapat menjemput (iabekerja pada malam hari, sehingga iamemiliki waktu luang pada pagi hari).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya ia sibuk, (C) artinya iabekerja di bandara, dan (D) artinya iamenginginkan informasi lebih banyak.

7. “I can’t wait to see you!” (Last sentence)What does the word “you” refer to?A. Catherine.B. Steve.C. The writer.D. Rony.Jawaban: ASurat tersebut ditulis oleh Rony danditujukan kepada Chaterine. Jadi, kata’you’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacukepada Catherine.

8. “ . . . but luckily my friend Steve can.”What does the underlined word means?A. Accidently.B. Actually.C. Basically.D. Fortunately.

Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: DKata ’luckily’ dan ’fortunately’ memiliki artiyang sama, yaitu untungnya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya dengan tidak sengaja,(B) artinya sebenarnya/sesungguhnya, dan(C) artinya pada dasarnya.

Read the text and answer questions 9 and 10.

The National Police has said a suspectedterrorist from the Philippines has been deportedto his home country. The step was taken after itwas deemed that he posed no threat toIndonesian’s national security.

Source: <http://www.thejakartapost.com/channel/national>

122 UNIT 2 Recounts

9. What is the text about?A. The deportation of a suspected terrorist.B. The National Police’s action.C. Indonesian’s national security.D. The suspected terrorist.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awalteks yang menjelaskan tentangpemulangan seorang warga Filipina yangdiduga teroris ke negaranya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena hanyadata pendukung.

10. “. . . from the Philippines has been deportedto his home country.”What does the underlined word mean?A. To travel to another country.B. To force somebody to leave a country.C. To allow somebody to leave a country.D. To forbid somebody to enter a certain

country.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban yang tepat untukmenjelaskan kata ’to deport’ adalah (B)yang artinya memaksa seseorang untukmeninggalkan suatu negara (biasanyakarena tindak kejahatan).


Hooray! We had Fun with English in ourschool! We enjoyed this event on Thursday,January 17, 2008, at Yos Sudarso PrimarySchool in Karawang. We had waited for itsince September 2007. So when the daycame, we were really happy. We played manygames such as matching colors, matchingpictures, horse racing, running and findingand spelling bee. We had story telling, too.

All students from grade 1 to grade 6joined Fun with English, so there were 3slots for the activities. We really had fun andwe could practice our English. We also sangtogether about parts of our body, and do–re–mi.

Many prizes were given in this event.There were tickets from Ice World andGondola of Ancol Bay City, tickets fromWater Boom of Lippo Cikarang, tickets fromInsects World and Freshwater World of TMII,T-shirts, pens, stickers and many othermerchandizes.

11. The text merely tells us about ________.A. learning English at Yos Sudarso

Primary SchoolB. learning English through fun

activitiesC. getting prizes in learning EnglishD. getting tickets from English activitiesJawaban: BSecara keseluruhan teks tersebutmenjelaskan tentang mempelajari bahasaInggris melalui kegiatan-kegiatan yangmenyenangkan. Hal itu disimpulkan darikalimat ”We had Fun with English in ourschool!” yang artinya ”Kita bersenang-senang dengan bahasa Inggris di sekolahkita!” serta kalimat ”We really had fun andwe could practice our English.” yangartinya ”Kita benarbenar merasa senangdan kita dapat mempraktikkan bahasaInggris kita.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamempelajari bahasa Inggris di sekolahdasar Yos Sudarso, (C) artinyamemperoleh hadiah saat belajar bahasaInggris, dan (D) artinya memperoleh tiketdari kegiatan berbahasa Inggris.

12. What is the main idea of paragraph three?A. Many prizes given in the event.B. All student of the school joined the

game.C. The student had fun during the game.D. “Fun with English” is a nice program.Jawaban: AGagasan utama paragraf tiga adalah (A)banyak hadiah yang diberikan dalamkegiatan tersebut. Hal itu disimpulkan darikalimat awal paragraf tiga ”Many prizes weregiven in this event.” yang artinya ”Banyakhadiah dibagikan dalam kegiatan tersebut.”.Dalam kalimat berikutnya dijelaskan hadiahyang dibagikan kepada peserta.

13. Why were there three slots for theactivities?A. There were so many activities to join.B. There were some prizes to win.C. Students from grade 1 and 6 joined

the games.D. All students of Yos Sudarso Primary

School joined the games.Ujian Nasional 2008/2009


Jawaban: CPermainan tersebut dibagi menjadi tigakelompok karena seluruh siswa kelas 1sampai enam mengikuti permainantersebut. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimatpertama paragraf dua ”All students fromgrade 1 to grade 6 joined Fun with English,so there were 3 slots for the activities.”yang artinya ”Semua siswa dari kelas 1sampai kelas 6 mengikuti kegiatan Funwith English, sehingga ada tiga kelompokdalam kegiatan tersebut.”.

14. “So when the day came, we were reallyhappy.” (Paragraph 1)The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. extraordinaryB. wonderfulC. excitedD. amazingJawaban: CKata ’happy’ memiliki arti yang samadengan kata ’excited’, yaitu senang ataugembira. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya luar biasa,sedangkan (B) dan C artinyamenakjubkan.

15. Winda : You’re really amazing!Toni : Am I? What makes you think of

me like that?Winda : Well, you ________ speak three

foreign languages. That’s reallyamazed me.

A. can B. mayC. must D. have toJawaban: AKalimat yang diucapkan Windamengungkapkan kemampuan (ability) Toniyang mampu berbicara dengan tigabahasa asing. Modal yang tepat untukmengungkapkan kemampuan seseorangadalah can yang artinya mampu/bisa.


A Tour Round Tana Toraja

Last vacation, my family and I had a tourround Tana Toraja. It is a highland region in theProvince of South Sulawesi.

Since it was on a highland, the weatherwas really cool. When we were there, we wereenjoying the beautiful panorama. We went tosome interesting villages where we sawtraditional houses called Tongkonan.

Then, we visited a unique grave. It was ona cliff with a balcony where coffins of dead andskeletons were laid. Unfortunately, there wasno traditional ceremony when we were there.Before we went home, we bought somesouvenirs and some special beverages, theArabica coffee.

The tour was really fascinating becauseI could see the unique customs myself. For me,it was the most memorable tour I ever had.

16. What does the text tell you about?A. It tells us about a scientific report.B. It tells us about past experience.C. It tells us about an imaginative story.D. It tells us about a descriptive of

a place.Jawaban: BTeks tersebut menceritakan tentangpengalaman masa lalu penulis (recount)yang didukung dengan rentetan peristiwayang dialami oleh penulis selama beradadi Tana Toraja.

17. What is Tongkonan?A. It is an interesting village in Tana Toraja.B. It is a highland region in Tana Toraja.C. It is a unique grave in Tana Toraja.D. It is a traditional house in Tana Toraja.Jawaban: DKalimat ”We went to some interestingvillages where we saw traditional housescalled Tongkonan.” artinya ”Kami pergi kebeberapa desa yang menarik tempat kamimelihat rumah-rumah tradisional yangdisebut Tongkonan.”. Berdasarkan kalimattersebut dapat disimpulkan bahwaTongkonan adalah rumah tradisional diTana Toraja (a traditional house in TanaToraja).

18. Where was the unique grave?A. It was on a cliff.B. It was on a beach.C. It was near a river.D. It was on a farmland.

124 UNIT 2 Recounts

Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”Then, we visited a uniquegrave. It was on a cliff with a balcony. . . .”yang artinya ”Lalu, kami mengunjungikuburan yang unik. Kuburan tersebutberada di tebing dengan sebuah balkon. . . .”.

19. How did the writer feel about the tour?A. He/she felt bored.B. He/she felt excited.C. He/she felt embarrassed.D. He/she felt sad.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan kalimat ”The tour was reallyfascinating. . . .” yang artinya ”Perjalanantersebut sangat mengesankan . . . .”, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa penulis merasasenang (excited). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya ia merasa bosan,(C) artinya ia merasa malu, dan (D) artinyaia merasa sedih.

20. The word “panorama” (paragraph 2) hasthe same meaning as ________.A. view B. villageC. region D. houseJawaban: AKata panorama mempunyai makna yangsama dengan kata view yang artinyapemandangan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) artinya desa, (C) artinya wilayah,dan (D) artinya rumah.

B. Complete the following text with thecorrect words from the box.

a. deep b. accidentc. hospital d. dissapearede. digging

When Taufik was a small boy, he hada bad (1) ________. He was running alonga road, where some workmen were(2) ________ a hole. The men were all verybusy, so they didn’t see him coming. Hisparents who were walking along behind himcalled out him but he suddenly (3) ________from view. They quickly ran to the spot,where the workmen were, and found Taufikcrying at the bottom of a (4) ________hole.He hadn’t any broken bones, but he had hurthis head badly, so he needed to go to (5)________ and had ten stitches.


Jawaban:1. b 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. c





3. What are the speakers talking about?A. The visit to Yogya Kembali Monument.B. Bagus’ experience in Yogya.C. Bagus’ experience.D. Tiara’s vacation in Yogya.

4. Which of the following statements is TRUEaccording to the dialog?A. Bagus has ever been in Yogyakarta.B. Tiara will always remember her

experience in Yogyakarta.C. Tiara went to Jalan Malioboro in the

morning.D. Bagas does not want to visit Yogya.


Dear Johnson,

Hello, Johnson. How’s life treatingyou? Do hope everything is okay. I tellyou what. I’m writing this letter is toconfirm about your invitation. You’ve saidthat I can visit you whenever I want to goto your city, Texas. I happily accept yourinvitation.

Well, will it be okay if I come to yourhouse this weekend? I plan to spend myschool holiday in Texas. It must beexciting to be in Texas again. Besides,I want to meet Eva, Helen, your father andmother. I just need to confirm if thiscoming weekend is okay. However,if you have something to do, I reallyunderstand. Send my best regards to allof your family that I miss so much. Hopeto know your reply soon.

Yours,

Nowo

5. What is Texas like according to Nowo?A. Boring.B. Exciting.C. Confusing.D. Frightening.



Mario : Hey, Rika! Nice to meet you here.Rika : Oh, hi, Mario. Nice to meet you too.

How are you?Mario : Fine, thanks. By the way, I heard that

your sister got married last week.Rika : Yes, she did. How did you know about

it?Mario : Vera, your neighbor, told me about it.

She is my brother’s classmates.Rika : I see.Mario : Please send my congratulations to the

new married couple.Rika : O.K.

1. Who is Vera?A. She is Rika’s classmate.B. She is Mario’s neighbor.C. She is Mario’s brother’s classmate.D. She is Rika’s sister’s classmate.

2. “Rika said, ‘Yes, she did. How did youknow about it?’”The underlined word refers to ________.A. Rika’s sister’s marriageB. Mario’s brother’s marriageC. Rika’s neighbor’s marriageD. Vera’s marriage


Bagus : Have you ever visited Yogya KembaliMonument?

Tiara : Yes, I have. On my last holiday inYogya.

Bagus : Really? Did you go somewhere else?Tiara : Yup! I visited the Sultan Palace and of

course, enjoyed the night time inJalan Malioboro. It was reallyunforgettable.

Bagus : How lucky you are! I wish I can gothere someday.

Tiara : I’m sure you can.

126 UNIT 2 Recounts

6. From the passage, we know thatJohnson ________.A. has two sistersB. accepts Nowo’s invitationC. never invites NowoD. ever visited Nowo

7. “If you have something to do, . . . .”(Paragraph 2)What does the word “you” in the sentencerefer to?A. Eva.B. Helen.C. Johnson.D. Johnson’s father.

8. “I just need to confirm if this coming . . . .”(Paragraph 2)What does the underlined word mean?A. To make sure.B. To show uncertainty.C. To get information.D. To deliver the news.



Copenhagen climate talks ended one daylate Saturday. The conference releasedan accord that was declared an “attachment”to the conference decision, deemed the lowestlevel in international negotiating terms.

The Copenhagen Accord was drafteddirectly by the leaders of the 26 participatingcountries. However, no legally binding agree-ment or treaty was produced in the two-weekclimate talks.

Source: December 20, 2009<http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2009/12/20/

copenhagen-talks-end-close-collapse.htm>

9. What is the text about?A. The Copenhagen seminar.B. Copenhagen climate talks’ result.C. 26 participating countries.D. A legally binding agreement.

10. How long did the climate talks take place?A. A week.B. Two weeks.C. A month.D. Two months.


We were playing in the garden. Jim threwa ball at me; however, I missed catching it. I rantowards the ball to pick it up. As I was about topick the ball up, I saw a snake slitheringtowards the bushes.

I gave a loud shout and all the otherscrowded around me. Steve told Ridwan thatthere was a snake in the garden. Ridwan ran tohis house and told his father. His father cameout of the house with a stick and a bag. He toldus to stay clear of the bushes. Then, he shookthe bushes to make the snake come out ofhiding. After a while, the snake poked its headout from under the bushes. Ridwan’s fatherquickly pressed it down with the stick. Then,using his other hand he picked the snake up byits head and quickly put it inside the bag. Heput the bag in his car. I didn’t know where hewould bring it, but surely I felt relieved of whathe had done.

Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers

11. Who threw a ball at the writer?A. Jim did.B. Ridwan did.C. Steve did.D. Ridwan’s father did.

12. What was the snake doing when thespeaker saw it?A. Sleeping.B. Slithering.C. Eating something.D. Seeing him angrily.

13. The writer felt ________ of what Ridwan’sfather had done.A. happyB. curiousC. sadD. relieved

14. “Ridwan’s father quickly pressed it downwith the stick.” (Paragraph 2)What does the underlined word refer to?A. Ridwan.B. Ridwan’s car.C. The snake.D. Ridwan’s father.


15. Chandra : Would you check my work,please? I ________ get thebest mark tomorrow. Other-wise, I have to take a remedialtest.

Ellen : I’m sorry, not now. I have tofinish this, O.K.?

Chandra : Sure.A. may B. have toC. can D. should


Have you ever visited a place whichmade you want to stay forever? I have.Last year, I went to Situ Celeunca. At first,I thought the place was only the same asother places in Bandung. But I was verysurprised to find that it was the mostbeautiful place I’ve ever visited.

There were a fantastic meadow, a lakeand a river. The meadow was very large. Inthe middle of the meadow, there were manycows and sheep. All the animals were fatand healthy because they could easily getsome grass in the large meadow. At theedge of meadow, there was a small river.The water in the river was very cold. But, thesound of the streaming water was good tohear, especially in the evening.

Not far away from the herd of cattle,there was a lake. The lake wasn’t too big,but it was very beautiful. The water was veryclear and clean. I could see many fishes inthe lake. The most amazing thing was thewater itself. It was not cold; although, theweather around was extremely freezing.

Unfortunately, I stayed there for justthree days because we had to go back toJakarta. But, I have promised myself tocome back again later.

16. What does the writer tell you about?A. Visiting fantastic meadows.B. Staying in a cold place.C. Seeing many fishes in the lake.D. Going to Situ Celeunca and its

surrounding.

17. What does the third paragraph tell usabout?A. The beauty of the lake.B. The weather around the lake.C. The fishes in the lake.D. The size of the lake.

18. From the text, we can conclude that________.A. Situ Celeunca was a common placeB. the writer thought three days were

not enough to visit Situ CeleuncaC. there was only a lake to enjoy in

Situ CeleuncaD. the water in the lake was as cold as

the water in the riverUjian Nasional 2008/2009

19. What is the best time to hear the sound ofthe streaming water?A. In the morning.B. At noon.C. In the afternoon.D. In the evening.

20. “It was not cold; although, the weatheraround was extremely freezing.”(Paragraph 3)The underlined word refers to _________.A. the weather B. the fishC. the water D. the meadow

B. Write a recount about your niceexperience.

128 UNIT 2 Recounts


1. C. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan Mario, yaitu ”Vera, yourneighbor, told me about it. She is mybrother’s classmates.” yangmenjelaskan bahwa Vera adalahtetangga Rika dan ia juga temansekelas saudara laki-laki Mario.

2. A. Kata ganti ’it mengacu kepadaperistiwa yang telah disebutkan padakalimat sebelumnya, yaitu tentangberita pernikahan kakak perempuanRika. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimatsebelumnya yang diucapkan Mario,yaitu ”By the way, I heard that yoursister got married last week.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat.

3. D. Secara keseluruhan, kedua tokohdalam percakapan tersebutmembicarakan tentang kunjungan/liburan Tiara di Yogya (Tiara’svacation in Yogya), yaitu iamengunjungi Monumen YogyaKembali, Kraton Yogyakart, danmenikmati suasana malam di JalanMalioboro.

4. B. Pilihan jawaban ini yang artinya Tiaraakan selalu mengingat pengalaman-nya di Yogyakarta, benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”It was reallyunforgettable.” yang artinya ”Itu(pengalamannya di Yogyakarta)sungguh tidak terlupakan.

5. B. Pendapat Nowo tentang Texasdijelaskan pada kalimat ketigaparagraf dua, yaitu ”It must be excitingto be in Texas again.” yang artinya”Pasti sangat menyenangkan beradadi Texas lagi.”. Jadi, menurut Nowo,Texas itu menyenangkan (exciting).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamembosankan, (C) artinyamembingungkan, dan (D) artinyamenakutkan.

6. A. Hal yang dapat disimpulkan dari surattersebut tentang Johnson adalahJohnson memiliki dua saudaraperempuan (Johnson has two sisters),yaitu Eva dan Helen. Hal ini sesuaidengan kalimat keempat paragrafdua, yaitu ”Besides, I want to meetEva, Helen, your father and mother.”yang artinya ”Lagi pula, saya inginbertemu dengan Eva, Helen, ayah,dan ibumu.”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai denganisi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”I happilyaccept your invitation.”, (C) tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”You’ve saidsaid that I can visit you wheneverI want to go to your city, Texas.”, dan(D) salah karena tidak dijelaskandalam isi surat tersebut.

7. C. Surat tersebut ditulis oleh Nowo danditujukan kepada Johnson. Kata gantiorang ’you’ merujuk kepada siapasurat itu ditujukan, yaitu Johnson.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan orang yang dimaksud.

8. A. Kata ’confirm’ artinya ’memastikan’.Pilihan jawaban yang tepat untukmenjelaskan makna kata ’confirm’adalah to make sure yang artinyauntuk memastikan. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena memiliki artiyang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban (B)artinya untuk menunjukkanketidakpastian, (C) artinya untukmemperoleh informasi, dan (D) artinyauntuk mengantarkan berita.

9. B. Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebutmenjelaskan hasil KTT Iklim diCopenhagen, yang disimpulkan darikalimat ”The conference releasedan accord that was declaredan ’attachment’ to the conferencedecision, . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena hanya sebagaigagasan pendukung.

10. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatterakhir teks, yaitu ”. . . no legallybinding agreement or treaty wasproduced in the two-week climate


talks.” yang artinya ”. . . tidak adaperjanjian atau kesepakata yangmengikat secara hokum yangdihasilkan dalam temu wicara tentangiklim selama dua minggu.”. Jadi,acara itu berlangsung selama duaminggu.

11. A. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”Jimthrew a ball at me . . . .”. Jadi, orangyang melempar bola ke pembicaraadalah Jim.

12. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat, ”I saw a snakeslithering . . . .”.

13. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat, ”. . . but surelyI felt relieved of what he had done.”;kata ganti orang ’I’ mengacu kepadapenulis teks (the writer).

14. C. Kata ganti ’it’ merupakan kata gantibenda mati atau kata ganti untukmakhluk hidup kecuali manusia.Dalam konteks kalimat tersebut, kataganti ’it’ mengacu kepada ’the snake’yang telah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ”After a while, thesnake poked its head out from underthe bushes.”.

15. B. Modal yang tepat melengkapi kalimatsoal adalah have to untuk menyata-kan keharusan, yaitu harusmemperoleh nilai bagus. Hal inidisimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnyayang menjelaskan bahwa jika tidakmendapat nilai bagus, ia harusmengikuti ujian ulang.

16. D. Paragraf pertama menjelaskan bahwapenulis pergi ke Situ Celeunca(kalimat “Last year, I went to SituCeleunca.”) dan kalimat awal paragrafdua menjelaskan kalau di sana jugaterdapat padang rumput yangmenakjubkan, danau, dan sungai(kalimat ”There were fantasticmeadows, a lake and a river.”). Jadi,dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulistersebut menceritakan tentang pergi

ke Situ Celeunca dan sekitarnya(going to Situ Celeunca and itssurrounding). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena hanya menjelaskanhal-hal yang penulis lakukan atautemukan pada saat dia pergi ke SituCeleunca.

17. A. Isi paragraf tiga adalah tentangkeindahan sebuah danau (the beautyof the lake), yang meliputi ukurannyayang tidak terlalu besar tetapi indah,airnya yang jernih sehingga kita dapatmelihat ikan-ikan dengan jelas, danairnya yang tidak dingin meskipuncuaca terkadang sangat dingin.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena hanya sebagai gagasanpendukung.

18. B. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinyapenulis berpikir bahwa tiga haritidaklah cukup untuk mengunjungiSitu Celeunca sesuai dengan kalimatterakhir paragraf terakhir, yaitu ”But,I have promised myself to come backagain later.” yang artinya ”Tetapi, sayaberjanji kepada diri saya sendiri untukkembali lagi ke tempat ini nanti.” yangberarti pula bahwa kunjungan selamatiga hari itu tidak cukup. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenabertentangan dengan isi teks.

19. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatterakhir paragraf dua, yaitu ”But, thesound of the streaming water wasgood to hear, especially in theevening.” yang artinya ”Namun, suaraair yang mengalir itu enak untukdidengarkan, khususnya pada malamhari.”.

20. A. Kata ganti ’it’ mengacu kepada objekpada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ’thewater (of the lake)’ pada kalimat ”Themost amazing thing was the wateritself.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks kalimat.

130 UNIT 2 Recounts

B. Esai

Contoh jawaban:

Flower Shop

Last week, I went to a flower shop to buysome flowers for several occasions. When Iwent into the flower shop, I was surprised at thewide variety of flowers from which to choose.The florist told me that she could arrangebeautiful bouquets of flowers for just about anyevent. For starters, I ordered some roses forwife’s birthday, and I asked the florist to deliver

them, along with a balloon and a birthday card.I was also planning to attend the funeral ofa dear friend, so I also ordered a floralarrangement to express my condolences to thefamily. Finally, I bought some nice cut flowersfor my mom who has been ill recently, andI wanted to cheer her up. I delivered themmyself along with a get-well card. The floristtold me that the shop had their own Website, soI might order flowers online next time.

Source: January 12, 2008 <http://www.dailyesl.com/>


Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbledexercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi strukturteks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1

Last December I employed a young Uni grad Reni to be my interpreter as my usual Indonesiantraveling companion could not accompany me for my 3rd visit to Muara Labuh. Muara labuh isa 4 hour bus trip from Padang and is a rice farming village.

In year 2000 I helped harvest the rice and burn the rice fields at night for one particular familywho look upon me as the 13th member of their family now as I have visited them 3 times in the past5 years.

Another area is Painan about 2 hours south of Padang by bus. I usually stay at Edy Usmardi’slittle old beach house by the water and spend a day or two on a small island called Cingkuk wherethere is a Portuguese burial vault. Wonderful white sand, blue water you feel like you are inheaven.

Source: July 1, 2007 <http://www.alloexpat.com/asia_expat_forum/>

Text 2

On Being Busy

I like to waste my time now. On the Internet. On my walk home. When I talk to friends. I wasthinking of my obligations, but I feel a bit comfortable to prolong my time with distractions. PerhapsI’m just tired with things and everything seems jaded to me.

Like now. I know I have to do something for tomorrow. Or if not for tomorrow, I can do what cando today and not tomorrow or any other day. But no one, or nothing is pushing me off this seatalthough I am worrying about things and plans.

Source: July 1, 2007 <http://thinkingleif.blogspot.com/>

Text 3

I’m moving into a new home this weekend, so I decided to do some shopping to furnish theplace. I went to an appliance store not too far from my house, and I first bought a refrigerator for thekitchen. You really can’t live without one because you have to keep your food cold or frozen so itdoesn’t spoil. Then, I bought a washer and dryer to clean and dry my clothes. I don’t want to go toa laundromat to do this every week like I used to do. Next, I bought a dishwasher. I probably don’tneed one because I could wash my dishes by hand, but having a dishwasher can make life easier.You simply put the dishes inside, add some dishwashing detergent, and turn the machine on.Finally, I picked up a microwave oven. If I’m in a hurry and don’t have time to cook, I can throwsomething in the microwave and heat it up quickly. I haven’t purchased everything I need to furnishmy new place, but I think I have the basic appliances to make life more comfortable for now.


132 UNIT 2 Recounts

Text 4

This morning I went to the post office to take care of some business. First, I bought a sheet ofpostage stamps to some mail letters that were sitting on my desk. Then, I wanted to senda package to a business associate with some fragile items, so I packaged everything in bubblewrap and enclosed a letter describing the contents. The man at the counter weighed the box, andI had to fill out a form indicating the contents of the box and its value. Finally, I sent a certified letterto a colleague, and he will have to sign for it when it arrives. Certified letters are used to prove thatthe other person received it. I also have a number of international friends with whom I correspondregularly. Postage for overseas mail costs more than local postage rates, but you can always cutdown on postage by sending a postcard instead of a regular letter.



Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

This dialog is for questions 1 to 3.

Illyas : It seems you enjoy reading the bookvery much. What book is it?

Irna : A short story collection.Illyas : Oh, that book. I have once read it.Irna : Have you? What do you think of the

book?Illyas : Well, I think it is enjoyable to read. The

stories look real.Irna : I think so. I think they are adapted from

real life.

1. Irna says, “What do you think of the book?”What does it mean?A. She is giving her agreement.B. She is asking for clarification.C. She is asking for an opinion.D. She is giving an opinion.Jawaban: DKalimat ini artinya ”Apa pendapatmutentang buku ini?”. Kalimat ini untukmeminta pendapat.

2. Which of the statements is NOT TRUEbased on the dialog?A. The stories are about people’s

experiences.B. Irna enjoys reading the book very much.C. The stories are not real.D. Illyas has once read it.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya ”Cerita-cerita tersebut tentang pengalaman orang-orang.”, benar karena tidak sesuai dengankalimat ”The stories look real.’” yangartinya ”Ceritanya seperti kejadian nyata.”.Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa cerita-ceritadalam buku itu tidak nyata.

3. Irna says, “Have you?”What does it mean?A. She doubts about what Illyas has said.B. She is giving attention to what Illyas

has said.

C. She wants to ask for clarification ofwhat Illyas has said.

D. She is expressing her disagreementof what Illyas has said.

Jawaban: BKalimat ini artinya, ”Oya?”. Kalimat iniuntuk memberi perhatian kepadapembicara.

This dialog is for questions 4 and 5.

Saras : Hi, Elsi, where have you been?Elsi : From the hall. I have to do many things

for the performance tomorrow.Saras : Do you need any help?Elsi : If you don’t mind. By the way, do you

see our classmates?Saras : Well, I just saw Yogi. I think he is going

to the library.

4. Who are involved in the dialog?A. A teacher and her student.B. A mother and her daughter.C. Classmates.D. Sisters.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”By theway, do you see our classmates?” yangartinya, ”Oya, apakah kamu melihatteman-teman sekelas kita?”. Dari sinidiketahui bahwa mereka teman sekelas(classmates).

5. Saras said, “Do you need any help?”What does she express?A. She is giving an opinion.B. She is asking for an opinion.C. She is asking for help.D. She is offering help.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut Sarasmengatakan, ”Do you need any help?”yang artinya ”Apakah kamu perlubantuan?”. Kalimat ini untuk menawarkanbantuan.

134 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008

Dear Egar,Dear Egar,Dear Egar,Dear Egar,Dear Egar,I am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have just

returned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butI did not really enjoy my stay there. Things were notI did not really enjoy my stay there. Things were notI did not really enjoy my stay there. Things were notI did not really enjoy my stay there. Things were notI did not really enjoy my stay there. Things were notthe same as they used to be.the same as they used to be.the same as they used to be.the same as they used to be.the same as they used to be.

When I was a child, I used to swim and goWhen I was a child, I used to swim and goWhen I was a child, I used to swim and goWhen I was a child, I used to swim and goWhen I was a child, I used to swim and gofishing with my brother and my friends in the riverfishing with my brother and my friends in the riverfishing with my brother and my friends in the riverfishing with my brother and my friends in the riverfishing with my brother and my friends in the rivernear my house. I liked the river because the waternear my house. I liked the river because the waternear my house. I liked the river because the waternear my house. I liked the river because the waternear my house. I liked the river because the waterwas clear and there were a lot of fish in it.was clear and there were a lot of fish in it.was clear and there were a lot of fish in it.was clear and there were a lot of fish in it.was clear and there were a lot of fish in it.

Now, the river is full of garbage and theNow, the river is full of garbage and theNow, the river is full of garbage and theNow, the river is full of garbage and theNow, the river is full of garbage and thewater is turbid. The fish are gone and the areawater is turbid. The fish are gone and the areawater is turbid. The fish are gone and the areawater is turbid. The fish are gone and the areawater is turbid. The fish are gone and the areaaround the river is dirty. There are no childrenaround the river is dirty. There are no childrenaround the river is dirty. There are no childrenaround the river is dirty. There are no childrenaround the river is dirty. There are no childrenswimming and fishing in the river because the waterswimming and fishing in the river because the waterswimming and fishing in the river because the waterswimming and fishing in the river because the waterswimming and fishing in the river because the wateris ominous. The chemical waste from the factoriesis ominous. The chemical waste from the factoriesis ominous. The chemical waste from the factoriesis ominous. The chemical waste from the factoriesis ominous. The chemical waste from the factoriesmakes it poisonous.makes it poisonous.makes it poisonous.makes it poisonous.makes it poisonous.

The condition of the river really makes me sad.The condition of the river really makes me sad.The condition of the river really makes me sad.The condition of the river really makes me sad.The condition of the river really makes me sad.What about your hometown? Do you have the sameWhat about your hometown? Do you have the sameWhat about your hometown? Do you have the sameWhat about your hometown? Do you have the sameWhat about your hometown? Do you have the sameproblem with polluted river? That’s all. I have toproblem with polluted river? That’s all. I have toproblem with polluted river? That’s all. I have toproblem with polluted river? That’s all. I have toproblem with polluted river? That’s all. I have tostudy for the coming semester exam. Please write tostudy for the coming semester exam. Please write tostudy for the coming semester exam. Please write tostudy for the coming semester exam. Please write tostudy for the coming semester exam. Please write tome soon.me soon.me soon.me soon.me soon.

Yours,Yours,Yours,Yours,Yours,ZakiZakiZakiZakiZaki

This text is for questions 6 to 9. 7. The letter shows that the condition ofZaki’s hometown on May 4, 2008 was________ than it was when he wasa child.A. cleanerB. biggerC. worseD. betterJawaban: CKata ’worse’ artinya ’lebih buruk’. Pilihanjawaban ini sesuai dengan penjelasan Zakiyang ditulis dalam surat itu, misalnyasungai itu kotor dan airnya keruh, ikannyalenyap, dan lingkungan di sekitar sungaikotor. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) cleaner artinya lebihbersih, (B) bigger artinya lebih besar, dan(D) better artinya lebih baik.

8. Where did Zaki write the letter?A. In the river.B. In his village.C. In his hometown.D. In his boarding room.

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini tidak secara jelas ataueksplisit disebutkan pada surat itu.Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan bahwa Zakibaru saja pulang kampung. Itu berartipilihan jawaban (C) kurang tepat.Demikian pula dengan pilihan jawaban(A) dan (B) yang mengacu pada kondisikampung Zaki. Jadi, jawaban yang palingtepat dari keempat pilihan jawaban ituadalah (D) yang artinya di kamar kosnya.

9. Which river does Zaki talk about in theletter?A. Rivers in general.B. The river near his house.C. The river near his school.D. The rivers in his hometown.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat,”When I was a child, I used to swim and gofishing . . . . in the river near my house.”yang artinya”ketika saya masih kecil, sayabiasa berenang dan memancing . . . disungai dekat rumah saya.”.

6. The writer’s purpose of writing thisletter is to tell his friend about his________ concerning the river in hishometown.A. happinessB. amazementC. entertainmentD. disappointmentJawaban: DDalam surat itu, Zaki menjelaskan bahwadia meminta maaf karena baru bisamembalas surat itu, ia baru saja pulangkampung. Selanjutnya, ia menceritakankekecewaannya (disappointment) karenakeadaan kampungnya telah berubahmenjadi lebih buruk dibandingkan ketikaZaki masih kecil. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) happinessartinya kebahagiaan, (B) amazementartinya rasa kagum, dan (C) entertainmentartinya hiburan.



Once upon a time there lived a clothmerchant in a village with his wife and twochildren. They were indeed quite well-off. Theyhad a beautiful hen which laid an egg everyday. It was not an ordinary egg, rather, a goldenegg. But the man was not satisfied with what heused to get daily. He was a get rich-trice kind ofa person.

The man wanted to get all the golden eggsfrom his hen at one single go. So, one day hethought hard and at last clicked upon a plan.He decided to kill the hen and get all the eggstogether.

So, the next day when the hen laida golden egg, the man caught hold of it, tooka sharp knife, chopped off its neck and cut itsbody open.

There was nothing but blood all aroundand no trace of any egg at all. He was highlygrieved because now he would not get evenone single egg.

His life was going on smoothly with oneegg a day but now, he himself made his lifemiserable. The outcome of his greed was thathe started becoming poorer and poorer day byday and ultimately became a pauper. Howjinxed and how much foolish he was.

Source: March 13, 2009 <http://kidsfront.com/stories-for-kids/greed_a_curse.html>

10. What is the purpose of the text?A. To entertain the readers.B. To tell an experience.C. To tell how to make something step

by step.D. To describe something.Jawaban: ATeks tersebut merupakan teks narrative yangbertujuan untuk menghibur para pembaca.

11. Which statement is TRUE based on the text?A. The man was a farmer.B. The hen laid golden eggs every day.C. The man killed his hen to get its flesh.D. The man became poorer than before.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”. . . he started becomingpoorer and poorer day by day andultimately became a pauper.” yang artinya”. . . ia mulai menjadi lebih miskin dan lebih

miskin hari demi hari dan akhirnya menjadiseorang gelandangan.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan teks. (A) tidak sesuai dengankalimat ”Once upon a time there liveda cloth merchant in a village. . . .” (paragraf1), (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”Theyhad a beautiful hen which laid an eggevery day.” (paragraf 1), dan (C) tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”He decided to killthe hen and get all the eggs together.”(paragraf 2).

12. “It was not an ordinary egg.”What is the opposite meaning of ‘ordinary’?A. common B. unusualC. orderly D. goodJawaban: BKata ’ordinary’ artinya biasa. Kata iniberlawanan artinya dengan ’unusual’ atautidak biasa. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya biasa, (C) artinya teratur,dan (D) artinya bagus.

13. What can you learn from the story?A. One should not be greedy.B. One should be generous.C. One should be diligent.D. One should work hard.Jawaban: ADalam teks tersebut dikatakan, bahwakarena keserakahannya, lelaki itumenyembelih ayam yang ia punyai untukmendapatkan lebih banyak telur emas,dan ternyata pada akhirnya, ia tidakmendapatkan apa-apa. Dari cerita ini halyang dapat kita pelajari adalah kitaseharusnya tidak serakah.


My aunt is a rich woman. She has adopteda poor orphan girl, who was very devoted,obedient, laborious, and always happy and kind.

One day, my aunt said to her, “Annie, youare a good girl and; therefore, for the new yearI shall buy some new clothes for you. I havealready spoken to the shopkeeper about it.Here is the money. Go and buy the smart dressthat you desire so much.”

My aunt gave her some money, but Annie,considering the sum for a moment, said, “Mydear mother, I have enough clothes for the


present, while my sister Frances is still poorlydressed and if she saw me with a new dress,she would certainly feel a little sad. Will youallow me to send her the money? She is veryfond of me and when I was ill, she used tocome to my side and be the most loving nurse.”

“My dear child,” said my aunt, “tell yoursister to come here and stay with us, and I willgive the same to both of you. Since you bothhave the same love for each other, I shall domy best to keep both of you happy.”

Adapted from: November 28, 2009<http://www.4to40.com/Story/index.asp?id=363>

14. What did the writer’s aunt do to Annie?A. She gave Annie some food.B. She gave Annie some new clothes.C. She gave Annie some money to buy

clothes.D. She bought Annie some sandals and

shoes.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpada paragraf dua, ”One day my aunt saidto her, ”Annie, you are a good girl andtherefore for the new year I shall buy somenew clothes for you. Here is the money. Goand buy the smart dress that you desire somuch.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa bibipenulis memberi Annie uang untukmembeli pakaian.

15. What did Annie ask from the writer’s aunt?A. To buy Frances new clothes.B. To give Frances some money.C. To let Frances stay in the house.D. To let her send Frances the money

the writer’s aunt had given.Jawaban: DDalam teks terdapat kalimat ”. . . butAnnie, considering the sum for a moment,said, ”Will you allow me to send her themoney?” yang artinya ”. . . tetapi Annie,dengan mempertimbangkan jumlah uangitu selama beberapa saat, berkata,”Apakah Anda mengizinkan sayamengirimkan uang ini kepadanya?”. Jadi,Annie meminta izin kepada bibi penulisuntuk memberikan uang yang telahdiberikan kepadanya kepada Frances,saudara perempuannya.

16. Which one is TRUE about Frances?A. She took care of Annie well when she

was ill.B. She has more clothes than Annie does.C. She sometimes feels jealous of Annie.D. She is the writer’s sister.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpada paragraf tiga, ”She is very fond of meand when I was ill, she used to come to myside and be the most loving nurse.” yangartinya ”Ia sangat mencintai saya danketika saya sakit, ia biasanya datang kesisiku dan menjadi perawat yang palingpenuh cinta.”.

17. What is the best title for the text?A. Two Sisters.B. A Good Mother.C. The Loving Sister.D. A Good Aunt.Jawaban: CDalam teks itu diceritakan mengenai Annieyang rela memberikan uangnya untuksaudaranya yang dalam kondisikekurangan. Karena kebaikan hatinya itu,ibu angkatnya menyuruh saudaranya ituuntuk tinggal bersama dengan mereka.Jadi, judul yang tepat adalah ”The lovingsister” yang artinya ”Saudara perempuanyang penuh cinta”.

18. What would probably happen after Anniehad told Frances about her adoptedmother’s request?A. The writer’s aunt would visit Frances.B. Frances and Annie would stay in the

writer’s aunt’s house.C. Frances and Annie would live together

in their village.D. The writer’s aunt would ask Annie and

her family to move to her house.Jawaban: BKalimat terakhir teks adalah ”’My dearchild,’ said my aunt, ’tell your sister tocome here and stay with us, and I will givethe same to both of you. Since you bothhave the same love for each other, I shalldo my best to keep both of you happy.’yang artinya ”Anakku tersayang,’ kata bibi,’beri tahu saudara perempuanmu untuk ia


datang dan tinggal bersama kita, dan sayaakan memberika hal yang sama kepadakalian berdua. Karena kalian berduamempunyai cinta yang sama satu terhadapyang lain, saya akan melakukan hal yangterbaik untuk membuat kalian bahagia.’”.Dari sini diketahui bahwa Frances danAnnie akan tinggal di rumah bibi penulis.


The lion had been badly hurt by the hornsof a Goat, which he was eating. He was veryangry to think that any animal that he chose fora meal, should be so brazen as to wear suchdangerous things as horns to scratch him whilehe ate. So he commanded that all animals withhorns should leave his domains within twenty-four hours.

The command struck terror among thebeasts. All those who were so unfortunate asto have horns, began to pack up and move out.Even the Hare, who, as you know, has no hornsand so had nothing to fear, passed a veryrestless night, dreaming awful dreams aboutthe fearful lion.

And when he came out of the warren in theearly morning sunshine, and there saw theshadow cast by his long and pointed ears,a terrible fright seized him.

“Goodbye, neighbor Cricket,” he called.“I’m off. He will certainly make out that my earsare horns, no matter what I say.”Source: November 30, 2009 <http://www.mainlesson.com/display.php?author=winter&book=aesop&story=hareears>

19. Why did the lion forbid all animals withhorns in his domains?A. Because a goat had beaten him in

a fight.B. Because the horns of a goat had hurt

him while he was eating the goat.C. Because he felt jealous of horned

animals.D. Because he thought that horned

animals were dangerous and powerful.Jawaban: BPada paragraf pertama dikatakan ”The lionhad been badly hurt by the horns ofa Goat, which he was eating . . . . So hecommanded that all animals with hornsshould leave his domains within twenty-

four hours.” yang artinya ”Sang singaterluka parah oleh tanduk kambing ketikadia makan . . . . Karenanya dia memerin-tahkan bahwa semua hewan yangbertanduk harus meninggalkan tempatnyadalam waktu 24 jam.”

20. What is the text about?A. A cruel lion.B. Horned animals.C. A frightened lion.D. A frightened hare.Jawaban: ATeks tersebut menceritakan singa yangkejam (a cruel lion) yang memerintahkansemua hewan yang bertanduk keluar darihutan karena takut tanduk hewan tersebutakan melukainya saat ia memakannya.Tokoh kelinci hanya salah satu hewanyang takut dengan ancaman singatersebut, sehingga ia memutuskan untukkeluar dari hutan.

21. What made the hare afraid?A. The lion gave him warning to leave

the place.B. The lion had said that he didn’t like

the hare’s ears.C. He had long and pointed ears that

were like horns.D. His long and pointed ears can be

functioned as horns.Jawaban: CPada paragraf dua sampai empatdikatakan ”Even the Hare, who, as youknow, has no horns and so had nothing tofear . . . saw the shadow cast by his longand pointed ears, a terrible fright seizedhim.” yang artinya ”Bahkan kelinci, yang,seperti yang kamu tahu, tidak mempunyaitanduk dan karenanya tidak ada yangharus ditakutkan . . . melihat bayangantelinganya yang panjang dan tajam, sangatketakutan.”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwakelinci takut karena telinganya yangpanjang dan tajam yang mirip tanduk.

22. What would the hare do?A. He would go with the cricket.B. He would leave the place.C. He would meet the lion.D. He would cut his ears.


Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”’Goodby, neighbor Cricket,’ he called. ’I’moff. He will certainly make out that my earsare horns, no matter what I say.’” yangartinya ”Selamat tinggal, tetanggaJengkerik,’ panggilnya. ’Saya pergi. Iapasti menganggap bahwa telinga sayaadalah tanduk, walau apa pun yang sayakatakan.’”.

23. “‘Goodbye, neighbor Cricket,’ he called.‘I’m off. He will certainly make out that myears are horns, no matter what I say.’”The word ‘he’ here refers to _____.A. the hare B. the cricketC. the lion D. a horned animalJawaban: CPada paragraf-paragraf sebelumnyadijelaskan bahwa singa memerintahkanagar semua hewan bertanduk pergi. Jadi’he’ di sini mengacu pada singa.


24. What is the purpose of the text?A. To advertise something.B. To describe something.C. To announce something.D. To talk about new-released books.Jawaban: ATeks tersebut adalah brosur yangbertujuan untuk mengiklankan sesuatu.Dalam hal ini yang diiklankan adalahfavorite stories dan famous fables. Hal inidiketahui dari kalimat ”Don’t miss thisfantastic offer.” dan kalimat ”Don’t miss thisgreat offer.”.

25. What books will you get for Rp400,000?A. Twelve books on favorite stories.B. Fifteen books written by foreign writers.C. Fifteen books on famous fables.D. Twelve books on either famous fables

or favorite stories.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpada bagian Famous Fables . . . Get fifteenbook for only Rp400,000. Jadi dengan uangRp400.000, kita bisa mendapatkan limabelas buku fabel terkenal.

26. “Don’t miss this fantastic offer.”The synonym of the word ‘fantastic’ is________.A. incredible B. ordinaryC. good D. fancyJawaban: AKata ’fantastic’ artinya’fantastis/luar biasa’.Kata ini artinya sama dengan ’incredible’.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(B) artinya biasa, (C) artinya bagus, dan(D) artinya indah.


The Fox and the Monkey

A monkey once danced in an assembly ofthe beasts, and so pleased them all by hisperformance that they elected him their king.A fox, envying him the honor, discovereda piece of meat lying in a trap. Then, she led themonkey to the place where it was. She said thatshe had found a store, but had not used it. Shehad kept it for him as treasure of his kingdomand counseled him to lay hold of it. The monkeyapproached carelessly and was caught in the

Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIIIJunior High School (SMP/MTs)


trap. He accused the fox of purposely leadinghim into the snare. She replied, “Oh monkey,and are you, with such a mind as yours, going tobe king over the beasts?”

Source: August 28, 2008 <http://www.ivyjoy.com/fables/foxandmonkey.html>

27. “. . . that they elected him their king.”(Sentence 1)The word ’they’ refers to ________.A. a monkey and beastsB. a monkey and a foxC. beastsD. beasts and a foxJawaban: CKata ’they’ tersebut mengacu pada katabenda jamak yang telah disebutkansebelumnya. Kata benda jamak yang telahdisebutkan sebelumnya adalah beasts(binatang-binatang buas).

28. The fox tricked the monkey because________.A. she wanted to kill the monkeyB. she was a smart creatureC. she wanted to be a kingD. she was jealousJawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatkedua, ”A fox, envying him the honor, . . .”.Kata envying sama artinya dengan jealous,yaitu iri.

29. How did the fox trick the monkey?A. By praising the monkey too much.B. By leading him to where human being

lived.C. By asking him to dance before other

beasts.D. By saying that she had kept a store

for the monkey.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”She saidthat she had found a store, but had notused it. She had kept it for him as treasureof his kingdom and counseled him to layhold of it.” yang artinya ”Ia mengatakanbahwa dia telah menemukan perbekalan,tetapi tidak menggunakannya. Ia telahmenyimpannya untuk kera sebagai hartakarun kerajaannya dan menganjurkannyauntuk mendapatkannya.”


It was a dark and stormy night.I was alone at home and about to go to

bed, when I saw a scary shadow figure at mywindow.

“Who’s there?” I shouted.Suddenly there was a flash of lightning

followed by thundershower.I saw a lion’s face followed by a scary

thunderous roar at the window. It looked like thelion from the local circus that had beenannounced missing on the television newschannel. I felt very scared. I ran to my bed andpulled my blanket over my head. I started toshout for my parents but there was no reply.Then I remembered they were at a late nightparty.

I peeped out of my blanket but it was toodark to see anything. Then I heard footsteps.

They were getting louder and louder. Soonthe footsteps died off.

The grand father clock struck 12. I wentback to bed and tried to sleep, but couldn’t.I felt too frightened. I sat up my mind full ofscary thoughts. After some time passed, finallyI fell asleep.

I woke up only after eight in the morningand switched on the TV news. I was excited tosee the lion was already trapped in the weehours of the morning by the ring master of thecircus. I felt very much relieved after the news.

Later I narrated the whole incident to myparents.

They were dumb shocked and decided infuture not to leave me alone at home duringnight.

Source: August 10, 2009 <http://www.english-for-students.com/Home-Alone.html>

30. Why did the writer feel scared?A. Because he saw a ghost.B. Because he saw a lion at his window.C. Because he had to sleep alone.D. Because it was a dark and stormy night.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”I saw a lion’s face . . . I felt very scared.”yang artinya ”Saya melihat wajah seekorsinga . . . saya merasa sangat takut.”.


31. “Then I heard footsteps.” (paragraph six)In your opinion, whose footsteps did thewriter hear?A. The circus ring master’s.B. His parents’.C. A ghost’s.D. The lion’s.Jawaban: APada paragraf sepuluh dikatakan ”I wasexcited to see the lion was already trappedin the wee hours of the morning by the ringmaster of the circus.” yang artinya ”Sayasangat senang melihat singa itu sudahtertangkap jauh pada larut malam itu olehpimpinan sirkus.”. Jadi, footsteps (langkah-langkah kaki) itu adalah langkah-langkahkaki pemimpin sirkus yang menangkapsinga tersebut.

32. How did the writer know that the lion hadbeen trapped?A. From a magazine.B. From his parents.C. From the radio.D. From TV news.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”I woke up only after eight in themorning and switched on the TV news. I wasexcited to see the lion was already trapped. . . .” yang artinya ”Saya bangun setelah jamdelapan pagi dan menyetel berita TV. Sayasenang melihat singa itu sudah tertangkap. . . .”. Jadi, penulis mengetahui beritapenangkapan itu dari berita TV.

33. How did the writer’s parents feel?A. They felt disappointed of the writer.B. They felt relieved the writer was fine.C. They felt happy because of the writer’s

bravery.D. They felt regret leaving the writer alone

at night.Jawaban: DKalimat terakhir teks adalah ”They weredumb shocked and decided in future not toleave me alone at home during night.” yangartinya ”Mereka merasa sangat terkejut danmemutuskan untuk tidak meninggalkansaya sendirian di rumah waktu malam.”.

34. What did Aunt Dewi give to Nita?A. Blue beads.B. A plaid skirt.C. A nice sweater.D. A big book.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Howclever of you to send me blue beads.” yangartinya “Sungguh (tante) sangat pandaimengirimi saya manik-manik warna biru.”.Jadi, yang diberikan Tante Dewi kepadaNita adalah blue beads (manik-manik biru).

35. Nita wanted Aunt Dewi to go to thebazaar because ________.A. her aunt promised to go there to

run the bazaarB. she wanted Aunt Dewi to watch the

folk dances and gamesC. she thought her aunt would not be

busy thenD. their flower arrangements would be

exhibited thereJawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”In thebazaar there will be folk dances andgames. You should be there!” yang artinya

23 Jl. Jendral Sudirman23 Jl. Jendral Sudirman23 Jl. Jendral Sudirman23 Jl. Jendral Sudirman23 Jl. Jendral SudirmanBandung, Jawa BaratBandung, Jawa BaratBandung, Jawa BaratBandung, Jawa BaratBandung, Jawa BaratMarch 4, 2007March 4, 2007March 4, 2007March 4, 2007March 4, 2007

Dear Aunt Dewi,Dear Aunt Dewi,Dear Aunt Dewi,Dear Aunt Dewi,Dear Aunt Dewi,How clever of you to send me blue beads! I wasHow clever of you to send me blue beads! I wasHow clever of you to send me blue beads! I wasHow clever of you to send me blue beads! I wasHow clever of you to send me blue beads! I was

planning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt toplanning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt toplanning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt toplanning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt toplanning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt tothe morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads willthe morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads willthe morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads willthe morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads willthe morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads willmatch perfectly.match perfectly.match perfectly.match perfectly.match perfectly.

Our bazaar is going to be bigger than ever thisOur bazaar is going to be bigger than ever thisOur bazaar is going to be bigger than ever thisOur bazaar is going to be bigger than ever thisOur bazaar is going to be bigger than ever thisyear. We’re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books,year. We’re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books,year. We’re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books,year. We’re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books,year. We’re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books,food and flower arrangements. In the bazaar therefood and flower arrangements. In the bazaar therefood and flower arrangements. In the bazaar therefood and flower arrangements. In the bazaar therefood and flower arrangements. In the bazaar therewill be folk dances and games. You should be there!will be folk dances and games. You should be there!will be folk dances and games. You should be there!will be folk dances and games. You should be there!will be folk dances and games. You should be there!

Thank you again for your thoughtful gift.Thank you again for your thoughtful gift.Thank you again for your thoughtful gift.Thank you again for your thoughtful gift.Thank you again for your thoughtful gift.

Your loving niece,Your loving niece,Your loving niece,Your loving niece,Your loving niece,NitaNitaNitaNitaNita

Dari sini diketahui bahwa orangtua penulismerasa menyesal meninggalkannyasendirian dimalam hari.



“Di bazaar nanti akan ada tari-tariandaerah dan permainan. Tante sebaiknyapergi ke sana.”. Jadi, Nita ingin Tante Dewipergi ke bazaar karena ada pertunjukkantari dan permainan.

36. Which of the statements is NOT TRUEabout Nita?A. She lived at Jalan Sudirman 23,

Bandung.B. She wrote her letter on March 4, 2007.C. She was Ms. Dewi’s loving younger

sister.D. She liked the gift that Ms. Dewi gave.

Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: CPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks(not true) adalah (C) She was Ms. Dewi’sloving younger sister yang artinya dia(Nita) adalah adik perempuan Ms. Dewiyang tercinta. Pernyataan ini tidak sesuaidengan salam penutup surat yaitu ’Yourloving niece’ yang artinya ‘keponakanperempuanmu tercinta’. Jadi, hubunganNita dengan Ms. Dewi adalah keponakandengan tantenya.


The North Wind boasted of great strength.The Sun argued that there was great power ingentleness.

“We shall have a contest,” said the Sun.Far below, a man traveled a winding road.

He was wearing a warm winter coat.“As a test of strength,” said the Sun, “Let

us see which of us can take the coat off of thatman.”

“It will be quite simple for me to force himto remove his coat,” bragged the Wind.

The Wind blew so hard, the birds clung tothe trees, the world was filled with dust andleaves. But the harder the wind blew down theroad, the tighter the shivering man clung to hiscoat.

Then, the Sun came out from behind acloud. The Sun warmed the air and the frostyground. The man on the road unbuttoned hiscoat.

The Sun grew slowly brighter and brighter.Soon the man felt so hot, he took off his coatand sat down in a shady spot.

“How did you do that?” said the Wind.“It was easy,” said the Sun, “I lit the day.

Through gentleness I got my way.”Source: August 28, 2008 <http://www.storyarts.org/

library/aesops/stories>

37. The text tells you about ________.A. a powerful North WindB. a gentle SunC. the North Wind and the SunD. a traveling man on earthJawaban: CJelas bahwa cerita tersebut berceritatentang keinginan Angin Utara untukmengalahkan Sang Matahari melaluipertandingan. Namun, terbukti bahwaSang Matahari lebih kuat.

38. How did the Sun defeat the North Wind?A. The Sun explained that through

gentleness it got its way.B. The man on the road unbuttoned his

coat.C. The Sun asked the Wind to blow

harder and harder.D. The Sun came out from behind

a cloud, warmed the air and the frostyground.

Jawaban: DJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Then,the Sun came out from behind a cloud.The Sun warmed the air and the frostyground. The man on the road unbuttonedhis coat.” dan kalimat ”I lit the day.”.

39. The moral value you can learn from thestory is ________.A. it’s no use to be arrogantB. the sun is more useful than the windC. there is a great power in gentlenessD. there is an easy way to defeat arroganceJawaban: CNilai moral ini diungkapkan pada kalimatkedua paragraf pertama dalam ceritatersebut. Hal ini diulang pada kalimatterakhir cerita tersebut.

40. “Soon the man felt so hot, he took off hiscoat and sat down in a shady spot.”(Paragraph 8) The opposite meaning of‘shady’ is ________.A. dark B. sunnyC. bright D. sheltered


Jawaban: BKata ’shady’ artinya teduh. Lawan kata iniadalah ’sunny’ yang berarti terik matahari.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya gelap, (C) artinya cemerlang,dan (D) artinya terlindung.


Last week, my parents, sister, brotherand I went to the zoo. We went there forrecreation. We left at 6.00 a.m and arrivedthere at 8.00 a.m. The zoo is abouta hundred kilometers from my house.

There were a lot of people watchinga giant snake. The snake was there forabout a week. It was 9 metres long.I thought it was the biggest snake I had everseen. After going around and watchingvarious animals, we went home.

41. The writer went to the zoo with her________.A. parents B. sisterC. brother D. familyJawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”Last week, my parents,sister, brother and I went to the zoo” yangartinya ”Minggu lalu, orang tua, saudaraperempuan dan saudara laki-laki sayapergi ke kebun binatang.”. Jadi, penulispergi ke kebun binatang dengankeluarganya.

42. What is special in the zoo?A. Weird animals.B. A giant snake.C. Various animals.D. Animal’s attraction.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”There were a lot of peoplewatching a giant snake.” yang artinya”Ada banyak orang melihat seekor ularraksasa.”. Pada kalimat-kalimatselanjutnya penulis juga menceritakanmengenai ular raksasa itu. Dari sinidisimpulkan bahwa ular raksasa itu adalahhal yang spesial di kebun binatang itu.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;

(A) artinya hewan aneh, (C) artinyaberaneka ragam hewan, dan (D) artinyapertunjukan hewan.

43. “After going around watching variousanimals, we went home”. (Paragraph 2)The underlined word means ________.A. differentB. similarC. wildD. mean

Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: AKata ’various’ artinya ’bermacam-macam’.Kata ini sama artinya dengan kata’different’’ yang artinya berbeda. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. (B) artinyaserupa, (C) artinya liar, dan (D) artinyapelit.

For questions 44 to 46, choose the correctwords to complete the text.

The Crow and the Pitcher

A crow was feeling very (44) ________when he saw a pitcher. He hoped to findwater, and flew to it with delight. When heapproached it, he discovered to his grief that itcontained so (45) ________ water that he couldnot possibly reach it. He tried everything hecould think of to reach the water, but all hisefforts were in vain. At last, he collectedas many stones as he could carry and(46) ________ them one by one with his beakinto the pitcher, until he brought the water withinhis reach and thus saved his life.

Adapted from: November 20, 2009<http://www.aesopfables.com/cgi/aesop1.cgi?sel&The

CrowandthePitcher&&crowpitc.ram>

44. A. hungry B. thirstyC. tired D. sadJawaban: BKalimat soal artinya ”Seekor burung gagakyang merasa ________ melihat sebuahkendi, dan berharap menemukan air.”.Karena ia berharap menemukan air, dapatdipastikan ia haus (thirsty), sehinggapilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B).

45. A. dirty B. littleC. much D. clean


Jawaban: BKalimat soal adalah ”When he approachedit, he discovered to his grief that itcontained so (45) ________ water that hecould not possibly reach it.” yang artinya”Ketika dia sampai ke tempat kendi itu, diamenjumpai dalam kesedihannya bahwakendi itu berisi ________ air sehingga diatidak mungkin mencapainya.”. Dari sinidapat disimpulkan bahwa kendi itu berisisangat sedikit (little) air.

46. A. collected B. tookC. dropped D. threwJawaban: CKalimat soal adalah ”At last he collectedas many stones as he could carry and(46) ________ them one by one with hisbeak into the pitcher . . . .” yang artinya”Akhirnya dia mengumpulkan sebanyakmungkin batu dan ________ satu demi satudengan paruhnya ke dalam kendi itu.”. Darisini dapat disimpulkan bahwa yangdilakukan gagak itu adalah menjatuhkan(dropped) batu-batu tersebut ke dalam kendi.

For questions 47 and 48, arrange the wordsinto a good sentence.

47. easy – to – is – interesting – understand – 1 2 3 4 5

the – and – story 6 7 8

A. 6–8–3–1–7–4–2–5B. 6–8–3–4–7–1–2–5C. 8–3–4–7–1–2–6–5D. 8–3–4–7–2–6–5–1Jawaban: BKalimat soal merupakan kalimatpernyataan, yang diawali dengan subjek(6) the (8) story, (3) kata kerja hubung is,dilanjutkan dengan (4) kata sifatinteresting, kata hubung yang menyatakantambahan, yaitu (7) and, (1) kata sifateasy, dilanjutkan dengan keterangantambahan yaitu (2) to, (5) understand.Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi,”Thestory is interesting and easy tounderstand.” yang artinya, ”Cerita itumenarik dan mudah dipahami.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanurutan kalimat yang runtut.

48. table – help – the – move – you – 1 2 3 4 5

would – me6 7

A. 6–5–4–7–2–3–1B. 3–1–6–5–2–7–4C. 6–3–1–5–2–7–4D. 6–5–2–7–4–3–1Jawaban: DKalimat soal merupakan ungkapanpermintaan bantuan, yang diawali dengan(6) modal would, (5) orang yang dimintaibantuan you, (2) kata kerja help,dilanjutkan dengan (7) objek me, jenisbantuan yang diharapkan, yaitu (4) move,dan bendanya, (3) the (1) table. Jadi,kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi, ”Would youhelp me move the table?.” yang artinya,”Maukah kamu membantu saya memindahmeja itu?”.

49. Which one is the best arrangement of thesentences below?1. My father was a careful driver. He

drove the motorcycle carefully.2. We went there by motorcycle at about

eight in the morning.3. We arrived in Yogyakarta at about 9.4. Last holiday my father and I went to

my uncle’s new house in Yogyakarta.5. Once we stopped to buy petrol in

a gas station.6. I saw my uncle smiling happily to

welcome us.7. Arriving in Yogya, my father asked

some people about the location of myuncle’s house.

8. My father also bought me somesnacks and drink.

9. Finally, we found his house.

A. 4–3–2–1–5–7–9–6–8B. 4–2–1–8–7–9–6–5–3C. 4–2–1–5–8–3–7–9–6D. 4–1–2–5–8–9–3–7–6Jawaban: CTeks dimulai dengan topik bacaan, yaitu(4) pada liburan yang lalu, penulis danayahnya pergi ke rumah baru pamannyadi Yogyakarta, (2) penjelasan mengenaicara dia pergi dan waktunya, yaitu denganmotor pada pukul delapan pagi. Teks


dilanjutkan dengan keterangan saatperjalanan, yaitu (1) ayahnya mengendaraimotor dengan hati-hati, (5) berhenti satukali untuk membeli bensin dan (8) membelisnack dan minuman, kemudianketerangan ketika tiba di kota tujuan,Yogyakarta, (3) pada pukul sembilan pagi,(7) lalu bertanya kepada beberapa orangkarena tidak mengetahui lokasi rumahyang dicari, dan (9) akhirnya menemukanrumah itu, dan penulis melihat (6) paman-nya tersenyum menyambut mereka.

50. Which one is the best arrangement of thesentences below?1. Venus granted her wish and changed

her at once into a beautiful woman.2. Seeing the mouse, the young woman

quickly jumped and was after it likea shot.

3. One day, Venus wanted to seewhether the Cat had changed herhabits.

4. A cat fell in love with a handsomeyoung man.

5. The goddess was so disgusted that shechanged her back again into a cat.

6. The young man fell in love with herat first sight and shortly afterwardsmarried.

7. She begged the goddess Venus tochange her into a woman.

8. So the goddess let a mouse run loosein the room where they were.

Adapted from: November 28, 2009<http://www.happychild.org.uk/nvs/cont/stories/

aesopsfables/page0124.htm>

A. 4–6–7–1–3–8–2–5B. 4–3–7–1–6–8–2–5C. 4–7–1–6–3–8–2–5D. 3–4–7–1–6–8–2–5Jawaban: CTeks dimulai dengan pengenalan tokoh,yaitu (4)seekor kucing yang jatuh cintapada seorang pemuda tampan. Karena itu,(7) ia meminta Dewi Venus untukmengubahnya menjadi seorang wanita.(1) Venus mengabulkannya, dan(6) pemuda itu jatuh cinta kepada wanitajelmaan kucing dan tak lama kemudianmenikah. (3) Suatu hari Venus inginmelihat apakah wanita jelmaan kucingitu telah mengubah kebiasaannya,(8) karenanya sang dewi membiarkanseekor tikus memasuki kamar tempatmereka berdua berada. (2) Saat melihattikus, wanita jelmaan kucing itu segeramelompat dan mengejarnya. (5) Sang dewimerasa jijik dan mengubahnya kembalimenjadi seekor kucing.


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:● ask for, give and deny

information,● start, maintain and end

conversations,● deliver little jokes,● tell stories using spoken

English,● write e-mails,● create written narratives,

and● use the past continuous

tense correctly.

In your daily life, when you go on a busor when you wait for someone in a waitingroom, do you usually have a conversationwith people sitting or standing next to you?Sometimes a conversation is needed to avoidsilence. Silence all the times makes us bored,doesn’t it? Sometimes, you also needinformation about bus lines, about when a shopopens or closes, etc. How do you ask for theinformation? How do you start the conversation andmaintain it so it will last long? In this unit, you will learn how tostart, maintain and end a conversation to break the silence.

Anyway, have you ever read a fairy tale or folktale? What storydid you read? Well, folktales and fairy tales are kinds of narratives.What did you feel after you had read them? You must enjoy them andfeel entertained since the purpose of a narrative is to entertain itsreaders. In this unit you will read more narratives, share the narrativesyou have read to your friends, and write your own narratives.Enjoyable, isn’t it?


3.1 Expressions

It’s very far from here.You will not find theway because it is

already dark.

Believe me. Justspend the night here

and continue yourjourney tomorrow.

Excuse me, Madam.Do you know the way to

get out of this forest?

Asking for, Giving and Denying Information

Are you sure? I think Ihave walked for a long

time.

Asking for Information

● Do you know?● Can you tell me . . .?● I’d like to know . . . .● Will you tell me . . .

(please)?● Could anyone tell me

. . . .?

Giving Information

● Yes, just go . . . .● Yes, I do know that.

It . . . .● (Yes,) I know about

. . . .● Someone has told

me . . . .

Denying Information

● How do you know that?● Are you sure?● I’m really sorry, but . . . .● (I’m afraid) . . . is/are wrong.● I don’t think . . . .● I’m not sure you’re right about

. . . .


In the dialog, the young man asks for information by saying, “Do you know the way to get outof this forest?”, and the old woman gives information by saying, “It’s very far from here.” Theyoung man doesn’t believe her information, so he denies it by saying, “Are you sure?”

Here are other expressions you can use to ask for, give and deny information.



In the dialog you can find expressions to start, maintain and end a conversation.

Here are some other expressions you can use.

Starting, Maintaining and Ending a Conversation

Anto : Hi, Ferdi. Nice day, isn’t it?Ferdi : Yeah. That’s why I prefer going to

school on foot.Anto : Is this the first time you go to

school on foot?Ferdi : Not really. Sometimes I walk when

my father goes to work early.Anto : I see.Ferdi : Look! It’s already a quarter to seven.

We have to hurry up. Let’s go.Anto : O.K.

Starting a Conversation

● Nice day, isn’t it?● Did you catch the news

today?● Have you been here

long?● Pretty nice place, huh?● Nice day to be outside,

isn’t it?

Maintaining a Conversation

● By the way, . . . .● And then?● Tell me about it.● Really?

Ending a Conversation

● Well, have a nice day.● I think I have to go now.● It’s been a pleasure

talking to you.● Let’s continue this

another time.● Take care.● I must be off now.


1. Do you often have a phone conversation?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

2. How do you start, extend and end the phone conversation?Contoh jawaban: By saying, “Hello. This is Endah speaking.” to start the conversation; “By

the way, . . . . .”/“Furthermore, . . . .” to extend it; and “Nice talking to you,but I have to go now. Bye.” to end the conversation.

3. When you have a conversation with a friend, how do you show that you are listening?Contoh jawaban: By saying, “Do you?/Is it?/ Has it?/Does it?”


A. Listen to your teacher.Then, answer the questions.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi pertanyaan-pertanyaan sebagaiberikut.1. Who are the speakers?

Jawaban: They are a librarian and a student.2. What does the girl want to do?

Jawaban: She wants to borrow a storybook.3. According to the man, why are many students interested in reading the book?

Jawaban: Because it has interesting pictures.4. What is on the right corner of the room?

Jawaban: A lot of collections of fairy tales.5. The man says, “It is a good storybook.”

What does ‘it’ here refer to?Jawaban: A book entitled “The Princess and the Fairies”.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:

Ela : Excuse me. I’d like to borrow this book.Mr. Haryawan : Oh, “The Princess and the Fairies”. It is a good storybook. Many students

have borrowed it.Ela : Have they?Mr. Haryawan : Yes. Maybe because of its interesting pictures.Ela : Yeah. I like reading fairy tales or folktales like this.Mr. Haryawan : If you want, there is still a lot of collections of fairy tales on the right corner of

this room.Ela : Thanks for the information. Maybe another time.

1. Where does the dialog probably take place?Jawaban: In a library.

2. What does the girl want to borrow?Jawaban: A storybook entitled “The Princess and the Fairies.”

3. What does the man say about the book?Jawaban: It is a good storybook and many students have borrowed it.

4. The man says, “If you want, there are still a lot of collections . . . .”What does it mean?Jawaban: He gives information.

5. Where can the girl find a lot of collections of fairy tales?Jawaban: On the right corner of the room.


B. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Sanusi : Excuse me. May I sit here?Leo : Sure.Sanusi : I am Sanusi. How do you do?Leo : I am Leo. How do you do?Sanusi : Lovely day, isn’t it?Leo : You’re right. The sun is shining (1) brightly.Sanusi : By the way, I heard that there will be a great (2) festival next month in this park.Leo : Really? Tell me more about it.Sanusi : It is the annual (3) ethnic music festival. There will be many (4) participants from

different parts of the world.Leo : Wow, it sounds great!Sanusi : It does. Well, I have an (5) appointment at 10, so I have to go now. It’s been a pleasure

talking to you. Bye.Leo : Bye.

Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Variasi:

A. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task B?1. ______ It was a lovely day.2. ______ The dialog happens at school.3. ______ Sanusi is Leo’s old friend.4. ______ The festival will be held next week.5. ______ There will be many participants from different parts of the world.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (The dialog happens in a park.)3. F (They don’t know each other.)4. F (The festival will be held next month.)5. T

B. Listen to your teacher.Repeat after him/her.

Dialog 1Lia : Nice day, isn’t it?Ivan : I think so. I hope the weather is always nice all day. I’m going to Semarang this afternoon.Lia : Go to Semarang?Ivan : Yeah, . . . my aunt is going to get married.Lia : So, you’re going to be absent tomorrow?Ivan : I am. I will give the letter of permission today.Lia : Have a good trip then.Ivan : Thank you.

Dialog 2

Guruh : Hi, I’m Guruh. You’re new here, aren’t you?Clara : Yes. I’m Clara.Guruh : Nice name. By the way, where are you from?


Clara : I came from Sydney.Guruh : You mean, . . . Sydney, Australia?Clara : Yeah! I was born in Sydney and spent my childhood there. I moved here because my

father’s contract is over.Guruh : No wonder! Your English is excellent.Clara : Thanks.

C. Answer the questions based on the dialogs you have practiced in Task B.Dialog 11. How is the weather?

Jawaban: It is nice.2. How does Lia start the conversation?

Jawaban: By saying, “Nice day, isn’t it?”3. Ivan says, “I’m going to Semarang this afternoon.”

What does it mean?Jawaban: He is giving information.

4. Why is Ivan going to Semarang?Jawaban: To attend his aunt’s wedding party.

5. When will he give the letter of permission?Jawaban: Today.

Dialog 2

1. Has Guruh already known Clara before? How do you know?Jawaban: No, he hasn’t. He introduced himself and said, “You’re new here, aren’t you?”

2. Where do you think the dialog occurs?Jawaban: At school.

3. Where is Clara from?Jawaban: She’s from Sydney.

4. Why does she move?Jawaban: Because her father’s contract in Sydney is over.

5. How is her English?Jawaban: Her English is excellent.

A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs.

Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Dialog 1Mr. Santosa : Well, maybe he meant that if you take this bus, you can go off on Jalan

Tentara Rakyat, the street near Malioboro.Mr. Santosa : Tentara Rakyat Mataram, Sir.Mr. Santosa : Yeah, but there is no bus going to Malioboro from here.Mr. Hartman : Yes. Thanks.Mr. Hartman : O.K., thank you. Please let me know if we have arrived at Jalan Tentara . . .

what?

4

6275


Mr. Hartman: Excuse me, I want to go to Jalan Malioboro. Is it still far from here?Mr. Hartman : That’s impossible? Someone has told me that I can go there by taking this bus.

Dialog 2Mr. Hartman : Oh, thank goodness. Thank you.Irawan : Well, just go with me, Sir. I will go to the bookstore too.Mr. Hartman : Where should I go, then? I want to go to Gravela bookstore.Mr. Santosa : Sir, we have arrived on Jalan Tentara Rakyat Mataram. You can go off here.

To go to Jalan Malioboro, you can go straight, then take the first left turningover there.

1

4321

3

Variasi:

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.Dialog 11. Where will Mr. Hartman go?

Jawaban: To Jalan Malioboro.2. Mr. Santosa says, “Yeah, but there is no bus going to Malioboro from here.”

What does it mean?Jawaban: He is giving information.

3. Where should Mr. Hartman go off?Jawaban: On Jalan Tentara Rakyat Mataram, the street near Malioboro.

4. Why should he go off there?Jawaban: Because no bus is directly going to Malioboro from the place.

5. Mr. Hartman says, “That’s impossible?”What does it mean?Jawaban: He denies information.

Dialog 21. What direction should Mr. Hartman take from the bus stop?

Jawaban: Go straight, and then take the left turning.2. What does Mr. Hartman want to visit on Jalan Malioboro?

Jawaban: Gravela bookstore.3. Mr. Santosa says, “To go to Jalan Malioboro, you can go straight, then take the first left

turning over there.”What does it mean?Jawaban: He is giving information.

4. Who has the same destination as Mr. Hartman does?Jawaban: Irawan does.

5. What expression is used to ask for information in the dialog?Jawaban: Where should I go, then?

B. Work in pairs.Do the instructions.

● Read the proper dialogs in Task A once again.● Suppose you were Irawan and your partner was Mr. Hartman.● Make a dialog which contains expressions to start, maintain and end a conversation.● Practice the dialog you have made.


Clue: The conversation starts from where both of you get off from the bus on Jalan Tentara RakyatMataram to Gravela bookstore on Jalan Malioboro.

Contoh jawaban:Mr. Hartman : A crowded bus . . . .Irawan : I think so. By the way, how long have you been in Yogyakarta, Sir?Mr. Hartman : For about three months.Irawan : What do you think about this city?Mr. Hartman : Well, it is a nice city. But sometimes I can’t stand with the weather. It’s very hot

here.Irawan : I see. But today it’s not very hot I think.Mr. Hartman : By the way, there is a bookstore over there. Is it Gravela?Irawan : You’re right, Sir.Mr. Hartman : Hmm . . . it’s a quite large bookstore.Irawan : I think so.Mr. Hartman : So, er . . . what is your name?Irawan : Irawan, Sir.Mr. Hartman : Well, . . . Irawan, thank you for accompanying me.Irawan : Don’t mention it, Mr. . . . .?Mr. Hartman : Hartman. O.K., let’s enter the bookstore.Irawan : O.K.

C. Make dialogs based on the following situations.

1. You are interested in joining a speech contest in your school. You ask for information about it.How would the conversation go?

2. On the way home from school, you meet one of your classmates. Like you, he also goeshome on foot. He seldom walked home before. Make a dialog with him/her.

Contoh jawaban:1. Ria : Excuse me, I’d like to join the speech contest. May I ask for information about it?

Tesa : Sure. The speech contest will be held next month on March 6, at nine a.m., in ClassVIIIA.

Ria : What about the topic?Tesa : It is about education.Ria : O.K., then. Thank you for the information.Tesa : You are welcome.

2. Andri : Hey, Bagas, going home on foot? Doesn’t your father pick you up?Bagas : No, he doesn’t. He is busy in his office now.Andri : By the way, what does your father do?Bagas : Well, he is a salesman. He sells cosmetics.Andri : Oh, he must travel a lot.Bagas : You’re right. Sometimes I miss him very much.


D. Make dialogs based on the pictures.

Contoh jawaban:1. Puput : Hi, Nita, tomorrow is going to be Ina’s birthday.

Nita : Yes. Will you come?Puput : Sure. But I’m still confused what I will give to her. Please tell me what she likes.Nita : Well, she likes playing dolls very much. She also likes playing games on the Internet.Puput : I see. Thank you for the information.Nita : You’re welcome.

2. Ilyas : Hmm . . . I really like the story.Tino : What is it about?Ilyas : Well, about two stupid hunters who saw a goose. When one of them was going to

shoot it, they fought whether they would stew or roast it.Tino : What happened then?Ilyas : Then, they decided to consult another person. Can you guess what happened to the

goose when they came to the place again? The goose had flown away.Tino : Ha . . . ha . . . an interesting story. Actually they should have shot it first, then decided

whether they would roast or stew it.Ilyas : You’re right, but actually it was the thing that made the story interesting.

You want to give a birthday present for yourclose friend. However, you don’t know whatshe likes. You ask about it to her sister.

You and your friend are reading storybooks inthe library. To break the silence, you talkabout the story you have just read to yourfriend. How would the conversation go?

Variasi:

Make a dialog using the expressions you have learned.Contoh jawaban:Anis : What an unpredictable day!Rudi : Right! Suddenly it rains heavily.Anis : It’s not the rainy season. How could it be?Rudi : The weather is unpredictable lately. Some parts of Kalimantan and Sulawesi are

flooded, but the other parts of the country are drought.Anis : You’re right. Well, it seems that the rain has stopped. I must go now. Nice to talk to you.

See you.Rudi : Me too. See you!


3.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the following monolog.What do you think of being a liar? Let me tell you a story about it. There was a lonely

man who lived in a small town. Most of the people who were living in that town knew himbecause he was a liar. Before he became a loner, he had once had a family and a good job,but he sometimes told small lies to his customers. Then, he started to tell big lies to hiscustomers and his family.

Because of this, he and his family faced a lot of problems. He promised to be honestabout his job, but he didn’t keep his promises, so he lost his job. After that, his wife andchildren left him. He continued living in the same home alone. Almost all the people who wereliving in the town didn’t trust and believe him.

One day, a fire broke out in house. He ran out of his home and hurriedly went to thecenter of the town and shouted to the other people to get help. “My neighbor, please help me.My house is burning.”

Nobody believed him, so they didn’t go to his house to help him. His house burned downcompletely, and he was left homeless. Tragic, isn’t it?

Source: November 9, 2009 <http://www.topics-mag.com/folk-tales/folk-tale-lying-turkey.htm>

The text above is a spoken narrative. A spoken text usually uses simple sentences, andsometimes there are fillers such as well . . ., er . . ., etc.

Written Text


Orientation

There was a lonely man who lived in a small town. Most ofthe people who were living in that town knew him because he wasa liar. Before he became a loner, he had once had a family anda good job, but he sometimes told small lies to his customers.Then, he started to tell big lies to both his customers and hisfamily.

The Man Who was a Liar(Retold by Turhan Ece from Turkey)


Complication

Because of this, he and his family faced a lot of problems.He promised to be honest about his job, but he didn’t keep hispromises, so he lost his job. After that, his wife and children lefthim. He continued living in the same house alone. Almost all thepeople who were living in the town didn’t trust and believe him.

One day, a fire started in his house. He ran out of his houseand hurriedly went to the center of the town and shouted to theother people to get help. “My neighbor, please help me. My houseis burning.”

ResolutionNobody believed him, so they didn’t go to his house to help

him. His house burned down completely, and he was lefthomeless.

Source: November 9, 2009 <http://www.topics-mag.com/folk-tales/folk-tale-lying-turkey.htm>

Grammar Section

Read the following sentences.

The Past Continuous Tense

Ramli and Tommy were having lunch at12:30 p.m. yesterday.

Mother was reading a newspaper whenthe bell rang.

The text above is a written narrative. The purpose of a narrative is to amuse the readers.Its structure consists of:● Orientation. It introduces the main characters of the story, the place and the time

where the story happened.● Complication. It shows the problems that happen in the story.● Resolution. This is the end of the story where the problems are solved.● Re-orientation (optional). It shows the comment of the writer or it presents the moral

value of the story.

The sentences use the past continuous tense.


The patterns of sentences in the past continuous tense are:

1. Affirmative Sentences: S + was/were + Ving + (O/adv.)

● I was doing my homework at 7 p.m. last night.● Shinta and Adi were discussing a problem when I came.

2. Negative Sentences: S + was/were + not + Ving + (O/adv.)

● I was not doing my homework at 6 p.m. last night.● Shinta and Adi were not discussing a proposal when I came.

3. Interrogative Sentences: Was/Were + S + Ving + (O/adv.)

● Were you doing your homework at 7 p.m last night?● Were Shinta and Adi discussing a problem when you came?

You use the past continuous tense:1. To say that someone was in the middle of doing something at a certain time.

Examples:● What were you doing at 10 last night?● I was sleeping at 1 p.m yesterday.

2. To say that something happened as something else was going on. You use the pastcontinuous tense for the longer event which started before the shorter event. For theshorter event, you use the simple past tense.Examples:● I was cooking dinner when you phoned me.● You were playing tennis when I came.

Note the difference between the two sentences below.● Arman was studying English. (= He was in the middle of studying and we didn’t

know whether he finished doing it.)● Arman studied English. (= He began and finished it.)


1. In unit 2 you have learned about recounts. What is the purpose of a recount?Jawaban: To retell events or experiences in the past.

2. What is the structure of a recount?Jawaban: Orientation, events and re-orientation.


A. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:On his deathbed, a father advised his son to always speak truth. The son promised that

he would never tell a lie.One day, while going to the city through a forest, he got surrounded by some robbers.

One of them asked, “What do you have?”The boy answered, “I have fifty rupees.”They searched him but couldn’t find anything. When they were about to go, the boy called

out, “I am not telling a lie. See this fifty rupee note which I had hidden in my shirt.”The leader of the robbers felt pleased at the truthfulness of the boy. He gave the boy

hundred rupees as a reward and went away.Source: March 13, 2009 <http://kidsfront.com/stories-for-kids/never_tell_a_lie.html>

Jawaban:It’s about a boy who would not tell a lie to other people, even though to robbers.

B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.

1. What did a father advise his son to do?Jawaban: To always speak truth.

2. When did the father give the advise?Jawaban: When he was going to die.

3. Did the boy obey the advice?Jawaban: Yes, he did.

4. When did the boy get surrounded by some robbers?Jawaban: When he was going to the city through a forest.

5. How much money did the boy have with him?Jawaban: Fifty rupees.

6. Could the robbers find the boy’s money?Jawaban: No, they couldn’t.

7. Where did the boy keep the money?Jawaban: In his shirt.

8. What happened when the robbers were about to go?Jawaban: The boy called them out and told that he had hidden his money in his shirt.

9. What did the leader of the robbers give the boy?Jawaban: Hundred rupees as a reward.

10. Why did he give it to the boy?Jawaban: Because he felt pleased at the honesty of the boy.


Variasi:

Listen to your teacher.Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Please listen to me. Once there was a poor woodcutter who cried aloud. Do you know

why? Yeah, . . . he had dropped his ax into a deep pond. Suddenly a friendly water spiritappeared before him with a silver ax and asked, “Is this yours?”

“No,” the woodcutter said.The spirit returned with a golden ax. “Is this yours?” she asked again.“No, it is not mine,” said the woodcutter.Then, the spirit appeared with his plain wooden ax. “That one is mine!” said the

woodcutter happily.And you know what happened next? Well, the spirit said, “You’ve been so honest, so

take the gold and silver axes too!”On the way home, the woodcutter met a rich merchant. When the merchant heard the

woodcutter’s story, he ran to the pond and dropped his wooden ax in. He also cried aloud.The same thing happened. The spirit appeared with a silver ax. What was the merchant’sreply? Well, he shouted quickly, “That one is mine!”

“You know it is not,” said the spirit, and disappeared.The rich man’s wooden ax stayed on the bottom of the deep pond.

Source: April 4, 2008 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/aesops/stories/boy.html >

1. Where did the story take place?Jawaban: Near a deep pond.

2. What did the woodcutter say when the spirit appeared with a golden ax?Jawaban: He said, “No, it is not mine.”

3. What was the woodcutter’s ax like?Jawaban: It was plain.

4. Did the woodcutter get his ax?Jawaban: Yes, he did.

5. What other things did he get?Jawaban: The golden and silver axes.

6. Why did he get them?Jawaban: Because he was honest.

7. What did the merchant do with his ax?Jawaban: He dropped it into the pond.

8. Was the merchant honest?Jawaban: No, he wasn’t.

9. How do you know?Jawaban: He said that the silver ax was his, although, actually it wasn’t.

10. What happened to the merchant’s ax?Jawaban: It remained on the bottom of the pond.



C. Whether they would cook it in theforest or at home.

D. Whether they would sell it or cook it.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”’Stew!’said the other. ’It would be far better toroast it.’ ’Stewed!’ said the first, puttingdown his arrow. ’Roasted!’ replied theother. The argument went on. ’Let’s askour clan leader to decide the best way tocook that goose.’”. Jadi, mereka berdebattentang cara memasak angsa itu, apakahdirebus atau dipanggang.

3. When did they argue?A. When one of them had shot the

goose.B. When they had brought the dead

goose home.C. When one of them was going to shoot

the goose.D. When one of them was going to stew

the dead goose.Jawaban: CDalam monolog tersebut terdapat kalimat”As one of the hunters placed an arrow inhis bow and aimed it at the goose, he said,’That goose will make a fine stew.’ ’Stew!’said the other. ’It would be far better toroast it.’” yang artinya ”’Saat salah satupemburu akan memanah angsa itu, iaberkata, ’Angsa ini akan menjadi angsarebus yang enak.’ ’Direbus!’ kata yanglain.’ Akan jauh lebih baik jika angsa itudipanggang.’”.

4. How did the people settle their argument?A. By asking another hunter.B. By asking their father.C. By asking their clan leader.D. By asking their wives.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”Let’s ask our clan leaderto decide the best way to cook thatgoose.”.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Two hunters saw a wild goose fly

overhead. As one of the hunters placed anarrow in his bow and aimed it at the goose,he said, “That goose will make a fine stew.”

“Stew!” said the other. “It would be farbetter to roast it.”

“Stewed!” said the first, putting downhis arrow.

“Roasted!” replied the other.The argument went on. “Let’s ask our

clan leader to decide the best way to cookthat goose.” The leader settled theargument by suggesting that when theycaught the goose, half should be stewedand half should be roasted. In that way,everyone’s needs would be met.

Pleased, the two hunters went out toshoot the wild goose, but by that time, thegoose was safely long gone . . . .

Source: September 15, 2009 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/nutshell/stories/wild.html>

1. What is the story about?A. Two hunters and their geese.B. Two hunters and a wild goose.C. Two roasted geese.D. Two soldiers.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat pertama ”Two hunters saw a wildgoose fly overhead.” yang artinya ”Duaorang pemburu melihat seekor angsa liarterbang di atas kepala mereka.”. Kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya membahaspertengkaran kedua pemburu mengenaicara memasak angsa tersebut.

2. What do the hunters fight about?A. Whether they would stew or roast the

goose.B. Whether they would fry or roast the

goose.


5. How does the story end?A. They stewed the goose.B. They roasted the goose.C. They neither stewed nor roasted the

goose.D. They stewed half of the goose and

roasted the other half.

Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpada akhir monolog tersebut, ”Pleased, thetwo hunters went out to shoot the wildgoose, but by that time, the goose wassafely long gone . . . .” yang artinya”Merasa senang, kedua pemburu itu pergikeluar untuk menembak angsa liartersebut, tetapi sejak saat itu, angsa itusudah pergi jauh dengan selamat.”.

Variasi:

Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text youhave just heard.Correct the false ones.1. ______ The two hunters saw a wild goose fly overhead.2. ______ One of the hunters was going to shoot the wild goose with his gun.3. ______ The two people argued whether they would stew or roast the goose.4. ______ They could solve the dispute themselves.5. ______ They finally ate roasted and stewed goose.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (He was going to shoot it with his arrow.)3. T4. F (They asked their clan leader to solve it.)5. F (They finally ate nothing since the goose flew away.)

A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Again, Mercury asked, “What for the idol of Jupiter, the chief of gods?”“Five dollars,” replied the sculptor.Mercury was cut to the quick and disappeared.

Once upon a time, Mercury, the god of skill, was tickled by a strange idea. He becameanxious to know how human beings estimated his worth in comparison to other gods.“Oh, that. I shall give that free if you buy the other two,” pat came the reply.Then, he approached the sculptor and asked, “What price would you charge for the idol ofJuno, the goddess of marriage.”The sculptor replied, “Two dollars?”“And how much for Mercury?” asked the god.So, he disguised himself as a man and came to the earth. Roaming about, he came to thehouse of a sculptor where he saw idols of various gods, including his own.

Source: March 13, 2009 <http://kidsfront.com/stories-for-kids/only_others_can_tell_your_worth.html>

1

7

4

63

52


B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.

1. Who was Mercury?Jawaban: He was the god of skill.

2. What idol was charged for two dollars?Jawaban: Juno, the goddess of marriage.

3. Who was the chief of gods?Jawaban: Jupiter was.

4. What did Mercury feel after visiting the sculptor?Jawaban: He felt disappointed.

5. Why did he have such a feeling?Jawaban: Because he was considered unworthy by the sculptor. The sculptor would give his

statue for free if people bought the other two.

Variasi:

A. Answer to questions based on the text in Task A.Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut.

1. What did Mercury want to know?Jawaban: How human beings estimated his worth in comparison to other gods.

2. Where did he go?Jawaban: To the earth, to a sculptor’s house.

3. Who was Juno?Jawaban: The goddess of marriage.

4. How much was charged for Jupiter?Jawaban: Five dollars.

5. What would be given for free if he bought the idols of the other two gods?Jawaban: The idol of Mercury himself.

B. Suppose you were the sculptor in the story in Task A.Retell the text using your own words.You may make any necessary changes.

Contoh jawaban:Let me tell you a story about gods. Are you familiar with the name ‘Mercury’? Well, he

was the god of skill. You know, yesterday Mercury came to my house! At first, I did not knowthat it was him. He asked me the price of the idol of Juno. I answered that it was two dollars.He asked again, “What was the price of the idol of Jupiter, the chief of god?” I replied that itwas five dollars. Then, he asked me the last question, about the price of Mercury. You know, Iwanted him to buy my other sculptures. So, I decided to give the sculpture of Mercury for freeif he bought the other two. You know his response? His face turned red and without sayinganything he left my house. I was surprised. When I tried to remember his face, I felt that I hadever seen him. Then, I looked at the three sculptures. Oh, gosh! His face looked like one ofthem. He looked like Mercury, and I was sure that he was the Mercury himself! But when Irealized this, he had disappeared, and I didn’t know where he went . . . .


C. Work in groups of four.Look at the pictures below.Deliver a story based on the pictures using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:One day, Sandra the Milkmaid was on the way to market. She was carrying her milk in a pail

on her head. As she went along, she began calculating what she would do with the money that shewould get for the milk.

“I’ll buy some hens from Farmer Harris,” said she, “and surely they will lay eggs each morning.After twenty days, the eggs will be hatched. It means I will have many chicks. Soon, the chicks willgrow into hens and roosters, which I will sell them to market. Then, with the money that I get fromthe sale of these chickens, I’ll buy myself a finest beautiful dress and some jewelries. Next, I will goto the palace to see the princess and introduce myself with respect. Won’t all the young men comeup and speak to me? Every girl who knows me will be that jealous, but I don’t care. I shall just lookat her and toss my head like this.”

Suddenly, as she spoke to herself, she tossed her head back. The pail fell off, and all the milkwas spilt! She cried. All what she had dreamt of just faded away. Poor Sandra!

Adapted from: http://www.pacificnet.net/~johnr/cgi/aesop1.cgi?sel&TheMilkmaidandHerPail (May 24, 2006)

D. Tell your friend a narrative you like.

Contoh jawaban:Once upon a time, on the coast of Java in an area called Tanjung Perak, lived a variety of sea

animals. You know, they lived in peace and harmony. Only an octopus, called Cumi, could not getalong with the other sea creatures. You know why? Cumi was very cruel.

One day Cumi went to the house of a fish named Suro. He told Suro that one of the crocodiles,Boyo, would soon attack Suro. I tell you that . . . Suro and Boyo were close friends and kind to eachother. Of course, Suro did not believe Cumi.

Finally, Cumi went to the house of Boyo. This time Cumi was successful. Boyo got very upsetwith Suro. He swam hurriedly to Suro’s house. You know, Boyo was a very strong creature. Heattacked Suro and wounded him. At first, Suro was still calm and did not fight back, but he knewthat Boyo would never stop attacking him. So, Suro fought Boyo bravely until the sea turned redwith their blood.

1 2 3 4 5

7 8 106 9


In the place where they fought was built the city called Suroboyo. Suroboyo is a Javaneseword derived from Suro and Boyo. Suro means brave and Boyo means danger. Suroboyo,therefore, means brave in danger. In Indonesian language Suroboyo is pronounced and spelledSurabaya.

Source: September 22, 2008 <http://members.virtualtourist.com/m/5a195/126689/?frdir=yes>

A. Complete the text with the words from the box.

A Big Quiet House

a. small b. amazement c. larger d. barn e. solvef. explained g. room h. quiet i. dwelling j. silly

There was once a man who wished his small, noisy house was (1) ________ and quieter. Hewent to the wise old woman of the town and (2) ________ his need. She said, “I can (3) ________your problem. Just do as I say.” The man agreed.

“If you have a chicken, some sheep, a horse and a cow,” she said, “bring them into the housewith you.”

“That’s a (4) ________ thing to do,” thought the man. But he did it anyway. Now his house wasalready (5) ________, and with all those animals in it, there was no (6) ________ at all. Hereturned to the old woman and cried, “I need more room! The animals are so noisy. I can’t think!”“Take all those animals out of your (7) ________,” she replied.

When he had put all the animals comfortably back in the (8) ________, the man went into hishouse. To his (9) ________, it suddenly looked remarkably bigger! Without the animals inside, hishouse was now (10) ________ too!

Source: September 15, 2009 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/nutshell/stories/bigquiet.html>

Jawaban:1. c 2. f 3. e 4. j 5. a 6. g 7. i 8. d 9. b 10. h

Variasi:

A. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?Correct the false ones.

1. ______ The man wanted his house to be more beautiful.2. ______ He went to his mother to ask for advice.3. ______ The woman advised the man to bring animals into his house.4. ______ The man did exactly what the woman had told him to do.5. ______ The man also put some plants in his house.6. ______ There were also some cows in the house.7. ______ The man brought a chicken and a horse into the house.8. ______ The man thought the animals were noisy.9. ______ The man then sold all the animals.

10. ______ The man finally moved to a larger and quieter house.


Jawaban:1. F (He wished his house was larger and quieter.)2. F (He went to the wise old woman of the town.)3. T4. T5. F (He didn’t put plants in his house.)6. F (There was just one cow.)7. T8. T9. F (The man then put all the animals back in the barn.)

10. F (After he put the animals back in the barn, suddenly his house looked larger andquieter.)

B. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.

A

1. to wish2. to return3. silly4. barn5. amazement6. remarkably7. comfortably8. wise9. dwelling

10. quiet

B

a. surprisinglyb. foolishc. a house, flat, etc. where a person lives.d. to want something to happene. a large farm building for keeping animalsf. easilyg. without much noise or activitiesh. a feeling of great surprisei. to come/go backj. able to make sensible decisions

Jawaban:1. d 2. i 3. b 4. e 5. h 6. a 7. f 8. j 9. c 10. g

C. Fill in the blanks with the correct words in Task B column A.1. The man ________ that he could marry the princess.2. Please be ________. The baby is sleeping.3. Because of his greediness, the old man had to live in his old and bad ________ again.4. The woman could not sleep ________ because she always remembered her sad

experience.5. The king was kind and ________, so his people loved him.

Jawaban:1. wished 2. quiet 3. dwelling4. comfortably 5. wise


B. Make sentences based on the pictures and the words available below.Use the past continuous tense form.

a spider – sting wash – a golden fish – appearin the cooking pot

1 2 3

think hard – a lady – appear

4 5

plant rice – come try to move the stone – see

Contoh jawaban:1. The young man was sleeping when a spider stung him.2. The girl was washing the dishes when a golden fish appeared in the cooking pot.3. The young man was thinking hard when a beautiful lady suddenly appeared.4. The woman was planting rice when her husband came.5. The farmer was trying to move the stone when the king saw it.

Variasi:

A. Change the words in brackets into their suitable forms.1. Snow White ________ [clean] her house when her stepmother ________ [come].2. The prince ________ [travel] around the town when he ________ [see] a beautiful girl.3. While the witch ________ [cook], the two children ________ [try] to escape from her house.4. Lia ________ [study] when someone ________ [knock] at the door.5. Adi ________ [sing] while Rio ________ [accompany] him play the guitar.6. I ________ [sleep] when you ________ phone] me.7. What ________ [you, do] at seven o’clock last night?8. The gentlemen and ladies ________ [enjoy] the feast when suddenly the lamp ________

[go off].9. Mr. and Mrs. Harris ________ [not have lunch] at 12 p.m.

10. The three bears ________ [take a walk] around the forest when Goldilock ________[enter] their house.

Jawaban:1. was cleaning, came 2. was traveling, saw3. was cooking, were trying 4. was studying, knocked


C. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

5 “All right. I will open only one,” he promised. A large crowd of people said goodbye to him,and he went back to his land. After he got home, he opened the bigger of the two boxes. To hisamazement, there was a great deal of gold in the box.

3 The palace was very beautiful. The king of the turtles gave a feast for him and he metmany people. He had never seen such a good feast. He received a warm welcome there, andhe was very satisfied with everything. He thought there was no other place better than that one.He said to the turtle, “Thank you, I am glad to have met you.”

1 Long, long ago, some children were playing at a seaside when they found a turtle. Theybegan to bully the turtle. After a while, a young man came and said to them, “Stop it!” Thechildren went away then.

7 As soon as he opened the box, he became an old man. His hair turned white and his facewas full of wrinkles. He looked like an old man over eighty years old. It all happened ina moment. After that he regretted what he did. “Just because I broke the promise . . .,” he said,but it was too late.

4 When he was going to leave the palace, the turtle said, “I am going to give you two boxes,but you can only open one of the boxes. You must not open both. Don’t forget!”

2 “I really appreciate your kindness. I really would like to invite you to a wonderful palacenow,” the turtle said. As soon as the young man got on the back of the turtle, he was taken toa secret palace in the sea. When he arrived at the palace, he was very surprised and said tothe turtle, “What a nice place!”

6 “Heavens!” he said loudly. He was rich now. He thought, “The other one must also be full ofmoney.” He could not stand not opening the box, so he broke his promise and opened it.

TOPICS Online Magazine ©1997-2008 - Sandy and Thomas Peters - [email protected]

Source: November 4, 2009 <http://www.topics-mag.com/folk-tales/folk-tale-greed-japan2.htm>

5. was singing, was accompanying 6. was sleeping, phoned7. were you doing 8. were enjoying, went off9. were not having lunch 10. were taking a walk, entered

B. Make sentences using the following words.Use the past continuous tense form.

1. study – the lamp – go off2. walk down the street – see3. cut – finger – peel mango4. have lunch – phone – ring5. watch TV – arrive

Contoh jawaban:1. We were studying when the lamp went

off.2. Mr. Tom was walking down the street

when he saw an accident.3. When my younger brother cut his finger,

he was peeling a mango.4. The Richards were having lunch when

the phone rang.5. When Nia arrived, I was watching TV.


D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the text in Task C.

1. What is the suitable title for the text?A. A Magic Turtle.B. A Broken Promise.C. A Greedy Young Man.D. A Young Man and His Boxes.Jawaban: CDalam teks tersebut diceritakan bahwapemuda itu menerima dua kotak. Iaberjanji bahwa ia hanya akan membukasalah satu dari dua kotak itu, tetapi iamembuka kedua kotak tersebut.Akibatnya, penampilannya berubahmenjadi seorang laki-laki tua yang berusiadelapan puluh tahun.

2. Why did the turtle invite the young man tohis palace?A. Because he had saved the turtle from

bullying.B. Because he placed the turtle safely to

its habitat.C. Because he had given some food to

the turtle.D. Because he had saved the turtle from

being killed.Jawaban: ADalam teks terdapat kalimat-kalimat ”Theybegan to bully the turtle. After a while,a young man came and said to them, ’Stopit!’ The children went away then . . . ’I reallywould like to invite you to a wonderfulpalace now,’ the turtle said.’”. Jadi, penyuitu mengundang laki-laki muda kekerajaannya karena ia telah menyelamat-kan si penyu dari gangguan anak-anak.

3. What did the turtle give to the young man?A. A nice palace.B. A box full of gold.C. Two magic bags.D. Two boxes.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”When he was going to leave the palace,the turtle said, ’I am going to give you two

boxes . . . .’” yang artinya ”Ketika ia akanmeninggalkan kerajaan tersebut, penyuberkata, ’Saya akan memberikankepadamu dua kotak . . . .’”.

4. What did the young man promise to theturtle?A. To use the gold to help people.B. Not to come to the palace anymore.C. To open just one box out of two.D. Not to open the box before he arrived

home.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”When he was going to leave the palace,the turtle said, ’I am going to give you twoboxes . . . .’ All right. I will open only one,’he promised.” yang artinya ”Ketika ia akanmeninggalkan tempat itu, penyu berkata,’Saya akan memberikan kepadamu duakotak . . . . ’Baiklah, saya hanya akanmembuka satu kotak,’ janjinya.’”.

5. The statements below are TRUE based onthe text, except ________.A. the man broke his promiseB. the man opened the bigger box at firstC. the man found many people in the feastD. the man met a beautiful princess in

the feastJawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar untukpernyataan yang salah karena tidakterdapat dalam teks. Pilihan jawabanlainnya salah karena sesuai dengan isiteks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengankalimat ”After that, he regretted what hedid. ’Just because I broke the promise. . . .’ he said, but it was too late.”,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”After he gothome, he opened the bigger of the twoboxes.”, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”. .. and the king of the turtles gave a feastfor him and he met many people.”.


Variasi:

A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper story.Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

5 Another day the mule and the master passed the same route. The mule also broughtheavy loads of salt. It knew that the river was nearer. It ran as fast as it could. And then,blarr . . . it acted as if it had slipped. It drank the water and let the salt melt. “Great! I onlybrought light loads,” murmured the mule. The master knew its trick. He beat the mule andsaid angrily, “What a lazy mule! Get up and start to walk!”

3 “Ough . . . the salt has melted!” said the master angrily.

6 The next day the mule had to bring some sacks of cotton. It didn’t know about it. It walkedfast. It arrived at the river and did the same thing as before. However, it felt somethingdifferent. This time, the burden was even heavier. It wondered how it happened. It didn’t knowthat cotton absorbed the water. However, he had to bring the loads. The master knew it andlaughed. He said, “I told you. You’re in a big trouble. You bring cotton now. It becomes heavierwhen it is wet, you know,” said the master. He forced the mule to walk.

1 Once upon a time a mule and its master walked on the mountain. The mule brought manysacks of salt on its back. The stuff were so heavy and the sun shone very brightly. It made themule feel tired and thirsty. “What a hot day! I can’t walk any more,” the mule said.

4 “Sorry, Master. I didn’t know that,” the mule responded.

Adapted from: June 29, 2007 <http://www.e-smartschool.com>

2 “Suddenly, it saw a river not far away. “Aha . . . there is a river down there. I must gothere to get some water,” said the mule. It ran to the river and blarr . . . it slipped and fell intothe river. It tried to get up, but it was not easy. For a little while, it felt something. The burdenon its back became lighter when it stayed in the water a little longer. At last, the mule couldstand up, but the salt had melted.

B. Answer the following questions.1. What does the first paragraph tell you about?

Jawaban: It’s about a mule that brought heavy loads in a very bright sunny day.2. Why was the master angry?

Jawaban: Because the mule melted the salt intentionally.3. What did the mule feel knowing that the burden became lighter?

Jawaban: It felt very happy.4. Do you think the mule was tricky? Why/Why not?

Jawaban: Yes, it was. Because it remained in the water for some time to let the salt meltso its burden became lighter. It did such a thing for twice.

5. What did the mule bring on the last day of its journey?Jawaban: Some sacks of cotton.

6. “The master knew it and laughed.” (Last paragraph)What does the word “it” in the sentence refer to?Jawaban: It refers to the condition of the mule when he brought heavy loads of wet cotton.

7. What is the purpose of the story?Jawaban: To entertain the readers and to give the readers the moral value of the story.

8. What can you learn from the story?Jawaban: We should not be tricky.


A. Look at the pictures.Write a story based on the pictures and the cue words.

● a girl named Goldilocks● lose in a forest● find a little house● in the house of the father bear, the mother

bear, the baby bear

● knock at the door, no one opened it● enter the house

1 2

3 4

● three bowls: big blue, middle-sized anda little yellow

● taste the father bear’s porridge in the bigone – too hot

● taste the mother bear’s in the red bowl –too cold

● taste the baby bear’s in the smallest one– just right

● Goldilocks – sleepy and tired● sit on the father bear’s bed – too hard● sit on the mother bear’s bed – too soft● the baby bear’s bed – just right – sleep● the three bears – come home● hungry – go to the kitchen● Baby Bear: “Somebody has eaten up my

porridge!”

5

● three bears – go to the bedroom – see Goldilocks● Goldilocks: scream with fright – run out of the house

Pictures source: August 27, 2009 <http://mediainformatics.biz/kidsbook/bears.html>


Contoh jawaban:Goldilocks and the Three Bears

A girl named Goldilocks was walking in the woods when she found herself lost. She felt tiredand hungry. Just then Goldilocks saw a house. She knocked and knocked, but no one opened it.Then, she went inside. “Maybe there is something to eat in there.”

It was the house in which lived three bears: the mother bear, the father bear and the babybear. They were going out for a walk when Goldilocks entered their house.

Goldilocks saw some food on the table, and decided to taste it. First, Goldilocks tasted thefather bear’s porridge in the big blue bowl, but it was too hot. Then, Goldilocks tasted the motherbear’s porridge in the middle-sized red bowl, but it was too cold. But the baby bear’s porridge wasjust right, and Goldilocks ate it all up.

“My goodness, I’m sleepy,” Goldilocks said entering the bedroom. Goldilocks sat on the fatherbear’s bed, but it was too hard. Goldilocks then sat on the mother bear’s bed, but it was too soft.The baby bear’s little bed was just right, and Goldilocks fell asleep there in an instant.

After a short while, the three bears returned from the river. “Someone’s been eating myporridge!” said the father bear. “Someone’s been eating my porridge too!” said the mother bear.“Someone’s been eating my porridge, and they ate it all up!” cried the baby bear. They lookedaround the house to find who had done this. When they looked in the bedroom, they sawGoldilocks asleep on the baby bear’s little bed. Just then Goldilocks woke up, saw the three bearsand screamed with fright. The three bears tried to catch Goldilocks, but Goldilocks ran out of thewoods and all the way home, vowing never, EVER, to break and enter anybody’s home, or try toeat their stuff ever again . . .!

Adapted from: November 13, 2007 <http://www.englishbanana.com/>August 27, 2009 <http://mediainformatics.biz/kidsbook/bears.html>

B. Write a narrative.You may choose your own topic.

Contoh jawaban:

Sweet Porridge

There was a poor but good little girl who lived with her mother. They had nothing to eat. Oneday, the child went into the forest, and there an aged woman who was aware of her sorrow met her.She gifted her with a little pot, which when she said, “Cook, little pot, cook”, would cook good,sweet porridge, and when she said, “Stop, little pot”, it ceased to cook.

The girl took the pot home to her mother, and soon they got free from their poverty andhunger, and ate sweet porridge as often as they wanted.

One day, when the girl had gone out, her mother said, “Cook, little pot, cook.” And it did cookand she ate till she was satisfied, and then she wanted the pot to stop cooking, but did not knowthe word. So it went on cooking and the porridge rose over the edge, and still it cooked on until thekitchen and whole house were full, and then the next house, and then the whole street, just as if itwanted to satisfy the hunger of the whole world, and there was the greatest distress, but no oneknew how to stop it.

At last when only one single house remained, the child came home and just said, “Stop, littlepot”, and it stopped and gave up cooking, and whomsoever wished to return to the town had to eathis way back!

Adapted from: June 9, 2008 <http://www.kidsgen.com/fables_and_fairytales/sweet_porridge.htm>


3.3 Short Functional Texts: Little Jokes and E-mails

Read the following text.Once upon a time, a beautiful princess happened upon a frog in a pond.

The frog said to the princess, “I was once a handsome prince until an evil witch put a spell onme. One kiss from you and I will turn back into a prince. Then, we can marry, move into thecastle with my mom where you can prepare my meals, clean my clothes, bear my childrenand forever feel lucky for doing so.”

That night the princess had the frog’s legs for dinner.Source: November 17, 2009 <http://jokes4all.net/prince.html>

The text is a little joke. A joke is a thing said or written to amuse the listeners or thereaders. Sometimes you find jokes that aren’t funny. It may happen because the culturewhere the jokes are from are different from our culture.

Spoken Text

Written Text


[email protected]

[email protected]

Dear Mr. Haryanto,

I am Inneke, an SMU student. I really like the short

stories in your books. They are enjoyable to read

and have surprising endings. By the way, I have just

read a newspaper that you have just launched

a new book, Short Story V. How can I get the book?

I am very eager to read it. I have looked for it in

a bookshop at my region, but I couldn’t find it. I look

forward to hearing from you. Thank you.

Inneke


Answer the questions below.

1. Do you often listen to or read jokes?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

2. What jokes do you like to listen to or read?Contoh jawaban: Jokes about children, jokes about animals, etc.

3. Do you often send e-mails?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

4. Whom do you usually send e-mails to?Contoh jawaban: To my cousin and pen pals.

5. What do you usually talk in your e-mails?Contoh jawaban: About my school activities.

A. Your teacher is going to read you some questions.Write down the questions.Then, choose the best answer from the box for each question.

The text is an e-mail. An e-mail message is made up of several parts. Theyinclude:● header—It contains information about the sender, the routing and the time of the

message. The header always contains a subject line. This is a very important part ofthe message and you should always include a subject line. Some folks sort theirmessages by subject, so it is rude to not include a subject! The subject line indicatesthe purpose or content of the message.

● message body, where you write your message.● signature, which identifies the sender. This part is optional and must be set up inside

of your e-mail software.Source: November 19, 2009 <http://depts.alverno.edu/cil/mod2/emailparts.html (19)>

Pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Why was Cinderella no good at playing hockey?2. What has four legs, whiskers, a tail and flies?3. Why couldn’t Cinderella use horses to pull the Pumpkin Coach?4. What do ants take when they are ill?5. What did the Forty Thieves like to drink?

Sources: November 17, 2009 <http://www.scatty.com/jokes/fairy_tale/cinderella_jokes.html>;<http://www.scatty.com/jokes/fairy_tale/ali_baba_jokes.html>

The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe


a. Antibiotics.b. Because they were too busy playing stable tennis!c. A dead cat.d. Tea . . . they were the For Tea Thieves!e. Because she was always running away from the ball!

Jawaban:1. e 2. c 3. b 4. a 5. d

Variasi:

A. Read the questions and answers in Task A.Complete the following sentences with the words from the box based on them.

a. a round object we use for throwing, hitting or kicking in games and sportsb. teac. tabled. a partye. diesf. illg. flies

In the original story, Cinderella was running away from the ball which means (1) ________,but in the question 1, ball means (2) ________ in contrast with hockey.When a cat (3) ________, some (4) ________ fly around it.In the answer to question 3, actually the correct word for ‘stable’ is (5) ________.People can take antibiotics when they are (6) ________.Forty has similar pronunciation with ‘for (7) ________.

Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. g 5. c 6. f 7. b

B. You will hear the following words in the next task.Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

A

1. pumpkin2. coach3. ball4. whisker5. fly

B

a. sungut kucingb. keretac. labud. lalate. pesta dansa

Jawaban:1. c 2. b 3. e 4. a 5. d


Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher’s texts.What are the texts about?

Teks-teks yang dibacakan guru:Text 1

Hi, friends, one day a young child asked his mother, “Do men always snore?”And you know the answer? Well, she said, “No. Only when they’re sleeping.”

Source: The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe

Text 2I tell you something. There’s a patient who complained to his doctor. He said, “Doctor,

Doctor, I’m having trouble with my breathing.” Then, his doctor tried to calm him by saying,“O.K. I’ll give you something that will soon put a stop to that!”

Adapted from: October 8, 2007 <http://www.ahajokes.com/kdoc12.html>

Jawaban:Text 1 is about a kid who asked his mother why men snore.Text 2 is about a patient who complained about his breathing problem.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts you have heard in Task A.

Text 11. According to the mother, do men always snore?

Jawaban: No, they don’t.2. When do they snore?

Jawaban: Only when they are sleeping.

D. Listen to your teacher.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have heard?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:The psychiatrist was surprised to see a tortoise come into his office. “What can I do for

you, Mr. Tortoise?” asked the psychiatrist.“I’m terribly shy, doctor,” said the tortoise, “I want you to cure me of that.”“No problem. I’ll soon have you out of your shell.”

Source: The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe

1. ______ The joke is about a tortoise and a psychiatrist.2. ______ The psychiatrist felt worried to see a tortoise come.3. ______ The animal was terribly brave.4. ______ The animal had a shell.5. ______ The doctor would cure the animal by having him out of his shell.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (He felt surprised to see a tortoise come.)3. F (He was terribly shy.)4. T5. T


A. Complete the text with the words from the box.

3. In your opinion, what is funny about the joke?Jawaban: There is a misunderstanding between the kid and his mother. Maybe the kid’s

real question is, “Do men always snore when they are sleeping?”

Text 21. What did the patient complain about?

Jawaban: His breathing.2. Did the doctor actually want to stop the patient’s breathing or his breathing problem?

Jawaban: The patient’s breathing problem.

a. young b. future c. Biology d. adviced e. thrilled

A lonely frog, desperate for any form of company, telephoned the Psychic Hotline to find outwhat his (1) ________ had in store.

His Personal Psychic Advisor (2) ________ him, “You are going to meet a beautiful(3) ________ girl who will want to know everything about you.”

The frog was (4) ________ and said, “This is great! Where will I meet her, at work, at a party?”“No”, said the psychic, “in a (5) ________ class!”

Source: November 17, 2009 <http://www.comedy-zone.net/jokes/laugh/animals/animals4.htm>

Jawaban:1. b 2. d 3. a 4. e 5. c

B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.

1. How was the frog’s condition?Jawaban: He was lonely and desperate.

2. Why does he telephone the Psychic Hotline?Jawaban: To find out what his future had in store.

3. Whom was the frog going to meet?Jawaban: A beautiful young girl.

4. Where would the frog meet her?Jawaban: In a biology class.

5. What would the girl do with the frog actually?Jawaban: She would do a research about the frog.


Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan lain sebagaiberikut.

1. Why was the frog desperate for?Jawaban: Any form of company.

2. What did he telephone?Jawaban: The Psychic Hotline.

3. What advice did he get?Jawaban: That he was going to meet a beautiful young girl who wanted to know everything

about him.4. What did the frog probably feel to hear that he would mmeet a beautiful girl?

Jawaban: He was thrilled.5. What did the girl do?

Jawaban: She was a biology student.

When can we meet?

[email protected]

When can we get together to work on ourproject? I am available any time this weekafter 5 p.m. But I do have some otherappointments next week. I would like tomeet before we have our next class, soe-mail me and let me know what wouldwork for you.Thanks!

Chandra

Source: November 19, 2009 <http://depts.alverno.edu/cil/mod2/emailparts.html (19)>

C. Find a little joke in the Internet, in a magazine or a newspaper.Tell the joke to your friends.

Contoh jawaban:My little brother once had a guessing game with his friend. My brother said, “What is the

strongest animal?” His friend could not answer. After a moment, he answered it himself, “A snail.He carries his house on his back!” Ha . . . ha what a clever brother!

Source: June 29, 2007 <http://www.activityvillage.co.uk>

A. Read the e-mail below.Then, answer the questions.


Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.

Hi, Hanna, how are you? I haven’t heard from you for a long time.I’ve arrived in England. The weather is cold here. It snows every day.Luckily I bring a coat and jacket with me. Thanks for your advice.By the way, how is the weather in our country? Is it in the middle ofsummer or rainy season? Is it hot or wet? You have to tell me aboutthe weather in our country when you reply to mye-mail, O.K.? Hope to hear from you soon.

Deshinta

Questions:1. Where is Deshinta now?

Jawaban: In England.2. How is the weather there?

Jawaban: It is cold.3. What happens every day in the place?

Jawaban: It snows.

Questions:1. What is the purpose of the e-mail?

Jawaban: To ask about time/date to meet the addressee.2. Why does the writer want to meet the addressee?

Jawaban: To work together on their project.3. When is the writer available for doing the project?

Jawaban: Any time this week after 5 p.m.4. When does the writer want to meet the addressee?

Jawaban: Before their next class.5. What does the writer want the addressee to do?

Jawaban: To e-mail her and inform about the available time.

Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/Mts)

4. What is Hanna’s advice?Jawaban: To bring a coat and jacket.

5. What does Deshinta want to know?Jawaban: About the weather in their

country.


B. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good e-mail.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

How could you do such carelessness?

To: [email protected]:Subject: ComplaintIt was published in “TODAY” newspaper some months ago.

This is because there was an article which is very similar with mine.

I am one of your faithful readers.

Regards,

Jenita

Dear editors of SMART magazine,

I am happy because by reading your magazine, I can improve my English and get moreknowledge. However, when I read your last edition (edition XXI), I felt disappointed.

C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the e-mail in Task B?

1. ______ The purpose of the e-mail is to tell about Jenita’s compliment after reading themagazine.

2. ______ Jenita doesn’t like reading SMART magazine.3. ______ Jenita felt disappointed because the magazine published bad articles.4. ______ Jenita’s article was published some months ago.5. ______ “TODAY” newspaper published Jane’s article.

Jawaban:1. F (Its purpose is to complain about something.)2. F (She likes reading it.)3. F (She felt disappointed because the magazine published an article which was similar to

hers.)4. T5. T

8

7

1

6

5

3

2

4

A. Write an e-mail based on the situation below.

Suppose you have a problem dealing with your study, family or friends. You want to consult yourproblems to a good magazine consultant via an e-mail. How would your e-mail be?


[email protected]

What should I do?

Dear TEENAGE TODAY magazine,

I am sending this e-mail to you to consult about myproblem. Well, in a few weeks I am going to face the finaltest. However, up to now I can’t concentrate well in mystudy. This is because recently my mom and dad havealways been fighting. I don’t know why they fight, but itreally disturbs me a lot. I feel sad and want them to stopfighting, but I don’t know how to stop them. What should Ido, Ma’am? Please tell me. Thank you for your attention.

Lyana

[email protected]

Get a new place to study

Dear Lyana,

I know how you feel. Your heart may feel hurt and annoyed bythe situation in your house. I suggest that you study ina friend’s or relative’s home so that you can concentrate more.And to stop your parents from fighting is not an easy thing to do.Well, just talk to each of them about your feeling. I am sure theydon’t want to fight. They just feel difficult to control theiremotion. If this doesn’t succeed, talk to a third person. He/shecan be your grandmother or grandfather. Ask him/her to tellyour parents about your problem. Hopefully, it will work.

Love,Consultant

B. Exchange your e-mail you have written in Task A with a friend’s.Write a reply for the e-mail.

Suppose you were a magazine consultant. How would you help solve your client’s problem?

Contoh jawaban:

Contoh jawaban:


talita @gmail.co.id

When can we meet?

Dear friends,

It has been two years we didn’t meet each other. I am sureyou miss the situations when we played together, ate in BuWongso’s canteen, camped at school and had great timethere. Therefore, why don’t we conduct a reunion? I suggestthat it will be conducted in June or early July when we allhave holidays. What do you think? Please tell me youropinion about the place or date of the reunion. And if youhave an idea about interesting things to do in the reunion,please feel free to write. Thank you.

Amanda

Write a narrative which deals with fairies.

Read and memorize the words.Use them whenever you speak English.

clan : kaum, suku, margadeathbed : akhir hidup/waktu

meninggal duniato entitle : berjudulto happen upon : menemukanhurriedly : dengan terburu-buruloner : seorang penyendirimule : bagal

overhead : di atas kepalapeasant petaniroadway : jalan untuk kendaraanto roast : memanggangsculptor : pemahat/ahli patungto settle : membereskan,

menyelesaikanto stew : merebusto tickle : menggelikan,

menyenangkanwoodcutter : penebang kayu

C. Write an e-mail.You may choose your own topic.

Contoh jawaban:




Ira : Oh, it is raining again.Andi : Yeah, . . . and it seems that it will rain

heavily.Ira : By the way, what bus are you going to

take?Andi : Bus line two.Ira : Oh, we will be in the same bus then.Andi : Oh, yeah? What is your destination?Ira : To Jalan Senopati. What about you?Andi : To Sandy bookstore, on Jalan Ahmad

Yani.Ira : Here comes our bus. Let’s go.Andi : Let’s.

1. Where does the dialog take place?A. On a bus.B. At a bus stop.C. Near a traffic light.D. On the way home.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatyang dikatakan Ira, yaitu ”By the way, whatbus are you going to take?” dan jugakalimat ”Here comes our bus. Let’s go.”.Dari kedua kalimat ini dapat disimpulkanbahwa percakapan itu terjadi di sebuahhalte bus (at a bus stop).

2. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the dialog?A. Andi and Ira will be in the same bus.B. The bus passes Jalan Senopati.C. Andi is going to a bookstore.D. Ira is going to Jalan Ahmad Yani.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar untukpernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuaidengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ira ”ToJalan Senopati.”. Jadi, Ira akan ke JalanSenopati, bukan Jalan Ahmad Yani. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena sesuaidengan isi percakapan tersebut. Pilihanjawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Oh,we will be in the same bus then.”. Pilihan

jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat yangdikatakan Ira ”To Jalan Senopati.”. KarenaIra akan ke Jalan Senopati, dapatdipastikan bus itu melewati JalanSenopati. Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuaidengan kalimat yang dikatakan Andi, ” ToSandy book store, on Jalan Ahmad Yani.”.

This dialog is for questions 3 to 5.Ms. Ida: Excuse me, do you know where I can

meet Mr. Harno?Ryan : He is in the reading room, on the

second floor, near class VIIIB.Ms. Ida: It’s not true. Someone told me that

his office is on the first floor.Ryan : You’re right, but he usually goes to

the reading room when he doesn’tteach.

Ms. Ida: I see. Thank you.

3. Ms. Ida says, “It’s not true?”What does it mean?A. She is asking for information.B. She is denying information.C. She is giving information.D. She is getting information.Jawaban: BKalimat tersebut artinya ”Itu tidak benar.”.Kalimat ini digunakan untuk menyangkalinformasi.

4. What will Ms. Ida do after the conversation?A. She will go to the reading room.B. She will go to the first floor.C. She will go to Class VIIIB.D. She will go home.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan tersebut Nona Idamengatakan, ”Excuse me, do you knowwhere I can meet Mr. Harno?” yang artinya”Maaf, apakah kamu tahu di mana sayadapat bertemu Bapak Harno?” yangdijawab Ryan, ”He is in the reading room,on the second floor, near Class VIIIB.”yang artinya ”Dia ada di ruang baca, dilantai dua, dekat kelas VIIIB.”. Dari sinidapat disimpulkan bahwa Nona Ida akanpergi ke ruang baca, tempat Bapak Harnoberada saat itu.


5. The statement below is CORRECTaccording to the dialog, except ________.A. when the conversation takes place,

Mr. Harno doesn’t teachB. Mr. Harno likes to be in the reading roomC. Mr. Harno’s office is on the second floorD. class VIIIB is on the second floorJawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataanyang salah karena tidak sesuai dengankalimat yang dikatakan Ryan, yaitu ”You’reright . . . .” yang artinya ”Kamu benar . . . .”ketika menanggapi pernyataan Ida,”Someone told me that his office is on thefirst floor.” yang artinya ”Seseorangberkata kepada saya bahwa kantornyaberada di lantai satu.”. Jadi, kantor BapakHarno berada di lantai satu, bukan lantaidua. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena sesuai dengan isi percakapantersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuaidengan kalimat ”He is in thereading room . . . .” dan kalimat ”You’reright, but he usually goes to the readingroom when he doesn’t teach.”, (B) sesuaidengan kalimat ”You’re right, but usuallyhe goes to the reading room when hedoesn’t teach.”, dan (D) sesuai dengankalimat ”. . . on the second floor, nearClass VIIIB.”.


One day, two witches had a conversation.The first witch said, “I’m not ugly. I could marryanyone I pleased.” And you know, the secondwitch replied her, “But that’s the problem—youdon’t please anyone.”Source: The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe

6. What did the first witch’s sentence mean?A. She could marry anyone who liked her.B. She could marry anyone she wanted to.C. She could marry anyone she welcomed.D. She could marry anyone because she

made him happy.Jawaban: BKalimat yang diucapkan tukang sihirwanita yang pertama artinya ”Saya tidakjelek. Saya dapat menikah dengan siapapun yang saya suka.”.

7. The second witch says, “. . . you don’tplease anyone.”What does the word ‘please’ here mean?A. To make somebody annoyed.B. To make somebody happy.C. Choose.D. Like.Jawaban: BYang menyebabkan percakapan itu lucuadalah perbedaan kata ’please’ di sini.Kata ’please’ yang dimaksud olehperempuan kedua ini adalah membuatorang senang.


Subject: I want to meet youTo : Ima_lucu@yahoocomDate : Sun, February 28, 2010 10:08:11 –

08:00From : [email protected]

Dear Ima,

I feel happy because you have gota scholarship to study in the USA.Congratulations! You’re really a clever student.

I’m so sorry I couldn’t join your farewell partylast week. Actually I wanted to, but at thattime my little sister was hospitalized becauseof high fever.

When are you going to USA? I hope we canmeet before you go. And I wish you besuccessful in your study, and you will feel athome there. I look forward to hearing fromyou.

Ratna

8. When was the farewell party probably held?A. February 21, 2010.B. February 28, 2010.C. March 28, 2010.D. March 3, 2010.Jawaban: ADalam teks tersebut tertulis ”I’m so sorry Icouldn’t join your farewell party last week.”.Dalam teks itu terlihat bahwa e-mail itudikirim pada tanggal 28 Februari 2010.Berdasarkan kata ’last week’ di sini dapatdisimpulkan bahwa pesta itu diadakan padatanggal 21 Februari 2010 karena berjarakseminggu sebelum e-mail dikirimkan.


9. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the e-mail?A. Ima got a scholarship to study in the USA.B. Ratna didn’t join the farewell party.C. Ima’s sister was hospitalized last

week.D. Ratna hopes she can meet Ima before

she goes to USA.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar untukpernyataan salah yang karena tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”Actually I wanted to, butat that time my little sister was hospitalizedbecause of high fever.” yang artinya”Sebenarnya saya ingin, tetapi adikperempuan saya dirawat di rumah sakitkarena demam tinggi.”. Kata ’I’ dalamkalimat tersebut mengacu kepadapengirim e-mail, yaitu Ratna. Jadi, yangsakit dan dirawat di rumah sakit adalahsaudara perempuan Ratna, bukansaudara perempuan Ima. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isiteks.


In ancient times, a king commanded oneof his soldiers to place a very huge rock ona roadway. Then, he hid himself in bushes. Youknow why? Well, he wanted to see if anyonewould remove the huge rock. And . . . someof the wealthiest merchants and courtiers cameby. But . . . they simply walked around it. Evenmany loudly blamed the King and said, “Huh,why doesn’t he keep the roads clear?”

But no one did anything to get the stoneout of the way. Then, a peasant came along.He was carrying a load of vegetables. When hewas approaching the rock, the peasant laiddown his burden. He tried to move the stone tothe side of the road. After much pushing andstraining, he finally succeeded. When thepeasant picked up his load of vegetables, henoticed something. What was it? A purse waslying in the road where the rock had been. Thepurse contained many gold coins! And therewas a note from the King which said, “This goldwas for the person who removed the rock fromthe roadway.” The peasant learned what manyof us ever understand. Every obstacle presentsan opportunity to improve our condition.

Source: May 26, 2007 <http://www.baywideweb.com/content/fivelessons.htm>

10. What did the King ask his soldiers to do?A. To place a car on a roadway.B. To place a huge stone on a roadway.C. To place some plants on pots.D. To remove a huge stone on a roadway.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat pertamaparagraf satu ”In ancient times, a Kingcommanded one of his soldiers to placea very huge rock on a roadway.” yangartinya ”Pada zaman dahulu, seorang rajamemerintahkan anak buahnya untukmeletakkan sebuah batu yang sangatbesar di tengah jalan.”.

11. What did some of the wealthiest merchantsdo?A. They walked around the rock.B. They moved the rock.C. They climbed the rock.D. They hit the rock.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatkelima dan keenam paragraf satu ”And . . .some of the wealthiest merchants andcourtiers came by. But . . . they simplywalked around it.”. yang artinya ”Dan . . .beberapa saudagar paling kaya dananggota istana datang. Namun, . . .mereka hanya berjalan di sekitarnya.”.

12. Who was passing with a lot of vegetables?A. A king.B. A soldier.C. A peasant.D. A merchant.Jawaban: CDalam kalimat kedua dan ketiga paragrafdua dijelaskan ”Then, a peasant camealong. He was carrying a load ofvegetables.” yang artinya ”Kemudian,seorang petani datang. Ia membawamuatan sayuran.”. Jadi, yang melintasdengan membawa sayuran adalahseorang petani.

13. Why did the person lay down his burden?A. He felt tired.B. He would sell the vegetables.C. He wanted to move the rock.D. He would give the vegetables to

another peasant.


Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatkeempat dan kelima paragraf dua ”Whenhe was approaching the rock, the peasantlaid down his burden. He tried to move thestone to the side of the road.” yang artinya”Ketika ia mendekati batu itu, petanitersebut meletakkan bebannya. Iamencoba memindahkan batu itu ke pinggirjalan.”.

14. Below are what the peasant got, except________.A. gold coinsB. a valuable lessonC. the King’s noteD. some vegetablesJawaban: DDalam teks terdapat kalimat ”And therewas a note from the King which said, “Thisgold was for the person who removed therock from the roadway.” The peasantlearned what many of us ever understand.Every obstacle presents an opportunity toimprove our condition.”. Berdasarkankalimat ini diketahui bahwa yangdidapatkan petani itu adalah koin emas,catatan dari raja, dan juga pelajaran yangberharga. Jadi, yang tidak didapatkanpetani itu adalah vegetables (sayuran).

15. Rina ________ [do] her homework whenthe lamp [go] off.The correct words in brackets to completethe sentence are ________.A. was doing, wentB. did, was goingC. was doing, was goingD. were doing, wentJawaban: AKalimat ini menunjukkan kejadian yangterjadi pada waktu lampau. Kegiatan yangterjadi pada waktu yang lebih lama danlebih dahulu menggunakan the pastcontinuous tense (was/were + Ving), danyang lebih singkat menggunakan thesimple past tense. Dalam kalimat itu,diketahui bahwa kejadian yang lebih lamadan lebih dahulu terjadi adalahmengerjakan pekerjaan rumah, dan yanglebih singkat, yang terjadi adalah lampu

mati. Karena subjek adalah orang ketigatunggal, kata kerja yang digunakan adalahwas, sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benaradalah was doing dan went.


The Magic Candle

One day a young wanderer got lost ina wood. Suddenly he saw a light from an oldhut. He knocked at the door and an old womanopened it. She was crying. She said that thedevil had stolen her magic candle. The candlecould grant anything she asked. The wandererasked her where the devil lived. “In a castle notfar from here,” said the old woman.

The wanderer went to the castle. There hefound the devil, but he was old and weak.Therefore, when the wanderer grabbed themagic candle from the devil’s table and ranaway, the devil couldn’t chase him.

But the wanderer was not a kind man. Hedidn’t return the candle to the old woman, butkept it for himself. He lit the candle and madea wish, “I want to go far away from here.”Suddenly, the genies appeared and took him toa beautiful palace. There was a party in thepalace. The wanderer wanted to make somemoney. So, he lit the candle again and wishedfor some jewelry. He sold them to the guestsand was soon making a lot of money. Then, thePrincess came to buy the jewelry, but there wasnothing left. The wanderer felt in love with herand asked her to marry him. The kind princesssaid, “Yes”, and they got married the next day.In his happiness, the wanderer told the prin-cess about his adventure and the magic candle.Hearing that, the princess got very angry. Atnight she lit the candle and wished that thewanderer disappeared.

In the morning the wanderer awoke andfound himself back in his ugly house in thevillage.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: BahasaInggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII

16. Who did the wanderer get the candle from?A. The old woman.B. The devil.C. The princess.D. The guests.


Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ketigaparagraf dua ”Therefore, when thewanderer grabbed the magic candle fromthe devil’s table and ran away, . . . .” yangartinya ”Oleh karena itu, ketikapengembara itu merenggut lilin ajaib darimeja setan itu dan lari, . . . .”. Dari sinidisimpulkan bahwa pengembara itumengambil lilin dari setan.

17. What did the wanderer ask from the genies?A. Some jewelry.B. A lot of money.C. Having a party in a palace.D. Getting married to the princess.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatketujuh paragraf tiga ”So, he lit the candleagain and wished for some jewelry.” yangartinya ”Jadi, ia menyalakan lilin itu danmeminta perhiasan.”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena bukan hal yang dimintadari jin lilin itu. Pilihan jawaban (B) salahkarena ia mendapat uang bukan dari jin,tetapi karena ia menjual perhiasan yangdiberikan jin, (C) salah karena yangdiminta dari jin adalah pergi jauh daritempat ia berada, bukannya berpesta diistana, dan (D) salah karena ia memintaputri secara langsung untuk menikahdengannya, bukan lewat perantara jin.

18. Which statement is NOT TRUE about thetext?A. The princess got married to the

wanderer the day after he asked herto do so.

B. The wanderer found an old womancrying in an old hut.

C. The princess bought jewelry from thewanderer.

D. The devil was old and weak.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat kesembilanparagraf tiga ”Then, the Princess came tobuy the jewelry, but there was nothing left.”yang artinya ”Kemudian, putri itu datanguntuk membeli perhiasan itu, tetapi tidakada yang tersisa.”. Pilihan jawaban yang

lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat”The wanderer felt in love with her andasked her to marry him. The kind princesssaid ’Yes’, and they got married the nextday.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Heknocked at the door and an old womanopened it. She was crying.”, dan (D)sesuai dengan kalimat ”There he found thedevil, but he was old and weak.”.

19. Why did the princess get angry?Because ________.A. the wanderer told her that he had

stolen the candleB. the wanderer was drunk after they got

marriedC. the wanderer had a relationship with

the geniesD. the old woman told her that the

wanderer had stolen the candleJawaban: ADalam teks terdapat kalimat ”In hishappiness, the wanderer told the princessabout his adventure and the magic candle.Hearing that, the princess got very angry.”.Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa putri itumarah karena cerita pengembaramengenai lilin ajaib itu, yang diperolehkarena mencuri.

20. What can you learn from the story?A. We should be generous.B. We should not take other people’s

belonging.C. Keeping others’ belonging is harmful.D. A man should not marry a woman

from a higher class.Jawaban: BDalam cerita itu terlihat bahwapengembara kembali pada keadaannyasemula karena putri meminta jin lilin agarpengembara itu dilenyapkan darihadapannya. Putri marah karenapengembara berkata bahwa ia telahmendapatkan lilin ajaib secara tidak halal.Jadi, hal yang dapat kita pelajari dari ceritatersebut adalah bahwa kita tidak bolehmengambil milik orang lain serta,memperoleh sesuatu secara halal.


B. Write a narrative story which dealswith a prince or princess.

Contoh jawaban:Once upon a time there was a beautiful girl

called Sarah, who lived with her stepmother.Her stepmother was very bossy, greedy andarrogant. She hated Sarah.

One day when her father was workingoutside, the stepmother hit Sarah and expelledher from the house.

She went outside and walked far awayfrom the house. Suddenly, she saw a big melonfarm and went in it. After that, she hid in a bigmelon. She used to go out of the melon and gether food.

One day a prince visited the farm and sawthe big melon. “Cut this melon. I want to eat it,’’the prince said. The prince’s guards started tocut the melon. but they heard a voice from it.Sarah said, “Don’t cut me, please!” They wereall surprised at this situation. The prince said,“Who are you? Calm down, please come out.”

After that she came out. He fell in love withher. She told him her story, so the princedecided to marry her and they lived happilyever after.Written by Sanaa, Aisha and Fozya

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: BahasaInggris Sekolah Menengah Perama Kelas VIII







Nita : Excuse me, do you know where JalanSenopati is?

Evan : What number?Nita : 11A.Evan : Oh, you are looking for Mr. Sastra’s

house?Nita : You’re right.Evan : Well, just go straight the street, then

take the second turning on your left.The only house with yellow color is hishouse.

Nita : Thank you.

1. Nita says, “Excuse me, do you know whereJalan Senopati is?”What does it mean?A. She is asking for information.B. She is denying information.C. She is giving information.D. She is getting information.

2. Below is the description of the house Nitais looking for, except ________.A. it is yellowB. it is the biggest houseC. it is Mr. Sastra’s houseD. it is located at Jalan Senopati number

11A


Nia : Hi, Ira.Ira : Hi, Nia. Going to the library?Nia : Yup! What about you?Ira : Me too. By the way, it is very cold today.Nia : I think so. Maybe it will rain.Ira : Maybe. I hope it won’t rain at the time

we go home.Nia : I hope so. Anyway, are you going to

return the book?Ira : Yes . . . .Nia : May I have a look?Ira : Here you are.

Nia : Oh, a short story book. It seemsinteresting. I think I will borrow it afteryou.

Ira : O.K.

3. Where does the conversation probablytake place?A. At school.B. In the school library.C. On their way to a library.D. On their way home.

4. Ira says, “By the way, it is very cold today.”What does it mean?A. She wants to give information.B. She wants to ask for an opinion.C. She wants to start a conversation.D. She wants to maintain a conversation.

5. What is Nia’s plan?A. To borrow Nia’s book.B. To borrow a new short story book.C. To borrow the book which Nia is going

to return.D. To buy the same book as the one Ira

has bought.


A woman was walking in the park whenshe saw a man playing chess with his cat. Shesaid to the man, “I can’t believe what I’mseeing, a cat that plays chess, what a cleveranimal!!” The man replied, “Nah, lady, this cat isnot clever at all. I’m beating it 6 games to 1.”

Source: November 17, 2009 <http://cat-jokes.allthejokes.com/>

6. Why does the woman think that the cat isclever?A. Because it could talk.B. Because it could play chess.C. Because it could beat the man.D. Because it could understand what the

woman said.


7. What can you conclude from what the mansays?A. He misunderstood the woman.B. He did not agree with the woman.C. He liked playing with the cat.D. He didn’t like the cat.


comments. The clown was so well loved by hismaster that everyone at court showed him greatrespect. And so the Caliph was much surprisedone day when he heard his beloved clowncrying out in distress from the throne room.

The Caliph hurried there and wasastonished to find the guards beating the clownbadly.

“Leave him alone at once!” he ordered.“Why are you beating him?”

“We found him sitting on your throne,O majesty!” the captain of the guardsexplained.

“Out of my sight!” commanded the Caliph.“For sure the jester did not do it with theintention of offending me.”

The clown, however, continued to weepand wail even after the guards had left.

“Stop it!” said the irritated Caliph. “You’restill in one piece, aren’t you?”

“I’m not crying for myself, my Lord. I weepfor you,” the clown explained.

“For me?” exclaimed the Caliph in surprise.“Certainly! If I get beaten so badly for

having been only a few minutes on the throne,how many beatings must you have suffered inall the years that you have been there?”

Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior HighSchool (SMP/MTs)

10. What made the Caliph amused from hiscourt jester?A. His great respect.B. His clever comments.C. His pitiful look.D. His love for the Caliph.

11. The clown kept weeping because ________.A. he felt pity for the CaliphB. he wanted to offend the CaliphC. he couldn’t stand the beatingD. he only sat on the throne for a few

minutes

12. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. The Caliph loved the clown so much.B. The clown still wept even after the

guards had left.C. The Caliph didn’t see his clown sitting

on his throne.D. The clown thought that the Caliph

would not get any beating

Subject: invitationDate : Sun, February 28, 2010 10:08:11 –

08:00From : [email protected] : [email protected]

Hi Hanssen,

I was asked by Mr. Miller, the leader of ourtennis club, to let you know that we have madea plan for a tennis camp, which is to be heldon November 22–23, 2010 at the usualcampsite.

We hope you will join the camp. If it’simpossible, how about coming on either ofthe two days? I guess we can enjoy seeingautumn leaves as well as playing tennis.

All the best,

Johnson

Adapted from: November 17, 2009 http://

vu.flare.hiroshima-u.ac.jp/english/writing/intermediate/

informal/examples.htm

8. What is the e-mail about?A. The leader of a tennis club.B. A tennis competition.C. Autumn leaves.D. A tennis camp.

9. Which statement is NOT TRUE based onthe e-mail?A. Mr. Hanssen is the leader of the tennis

club.B. Mr. Miller asked Mr. Johnson about

the tennis camp.C. The tennis camp is going to be held in

autumn.D. Mr. Johnson hopes Mr. Hanssen is able

to join the two-day camp.

This story is for questions 10 to 14.

The Caliph and the Clown

The Caliph of Baghdad hired an intelligentand high spirited man as his court jester, andwas much amused by his clever, witty


13. “Why are you beating him?” (Paragraph 3)The word ‘you’ refers to ________.A. the clownB. the CaliphC. the guardsD. everyone at the court

14. “. . . and was astonished to find . . . .”(Paragraph 2)The synonym of ‘astonished’ is ________.A. amusedB. interestedC. surprisedD. discontented

For questions 15 and 16, choose the correctwords to complete the sentence.

The witch (15) ________ to hide herself whenthe prince (16) ________ her.

15. A. try B. tryingC. was trying D. were trying

16. A. see B. sawC. was seeing D. were seeing


The Story of the Coconut Tree

There was once an old man. He was very,very old. Some people said he was a thousandyears old! He was also very wise and he knewmany things. Many people came to visit him inhis cave near the sea. They always asked himto help them.

One day, a young man came to see thiswise old man. “O, wise father,” said the youngman, “I want to be useful to people. I want toserve them all my life. How can I do this?”

“That’s very good,” said the old man. “Hereis a magic box. Do not open it until you reachhome. If you open it now, something willhappen to you.”

“Thank you, wise father,” said the youngman. He took the box and left. When he wasout of the cave, he stopped. “I wonder what isin the box?” he said to himself. “I’m going tolook.”

He opened the box and at once he turnedinto a tall tree—a coconut tree. That was hispunishment for disobeying the old man advice,but he still had his wish because the coconuttree is very useful to people.

Source: November 4, 2009 <http://www.topics-mag.com/folk-tales/folk-tale-disobedience-malaysia.htm>

17. What did the young man want?A. He wanted to be rich.B. He wanted to be useful.C. He wanted to be an army.D. He wanted to work for the old man.

18. Where did the young man meet the old man?A. In a cave in the side of a hill.B. In a cave near the sea.C. In the young man’s home.D. In a forest.

19. Which statement is CORRECT about theyoung man?A. The old man gave him a box containing

jewels.B. The old man asked him to open the

box after three days.C. The old man didn’t want to help him.D. He opened the box when he was out

of the cave.

20. “That was his punishment for disobeyingthe old man.” (Paragraph 5)The word ‘punishment’ means ________.A. rewardB. penaltyC. paymentD. compensation

B. Write a narrative which deals witha royal family.



1. A. Kalimat yang dikatakan Nita artinya”Maaf, apakah Anda mengetahui dimana Jalan Senopati?”. Kalimat inidigunakan untuk meminta informasi.

2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidakterdapat dalam percakapan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan isi percakapan;(A) sesuai dengan kalimat Evan ”Theonly house with yellow color is hishouse.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimatEvan ”Oh, you are looking forMr. Sastra’s house?” serta jawabanNita ”You’re right.”, dan (D) sesuaidengan kalimat Nita ”Excuse me, doyou know where Jalan Senopati is?”dan nomor yang disebutkan Nita ’11A’.

3. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat yang dikatakan Ira, ”Going tothe library?” yang artinya ”Pergi keperpustakaan?” dan dijawab Nia,”Yup!”. Dari sini diketahui bahwapercakapan itu terjadi dalamperjalanan menuju ke perpustakaan.

4. D. Kalimat yang dikatakan Ira tersebutartinya ”Ngomong-ngomong, hari inisangat dingin.”. Kalimat ini merupakanbasa-basi yang tujuannya untukmemperpanjang percakapan,sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benaradalah (D) yang artinya ia inginmemperpanjang percakapan.

5. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat yang dikatakan Ira, ”Anyway,are you going to return the book?”yang artinya ”O, ya, apakah kamuakan mengembalikan buku itu?” dankalimat ”Oh, a short story book. Itseems interesting. I think I will borrowit after you.” yang artinya ”Oh, sebuahbuku cerita pendek. Kelihatannyamenarik. Saya kira saya akanmeminjamnya setelah kamu.”. Jadi,Nia akan meminjam buku ceritapendek yang akan dikembalikan Ira.

6. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat yang dikatakan wanita itu,”I can’t believe what I’m seeing, a catthat plays chess, what a cleveranimal!!” yang artinya ”Saya tidakpercaya apa yang saya lihat, seekorkucing yang dapat bermain catur,sungguh seekor kucing yangpandai!!”. Jadi, wanita itu berpendapatkucing itu pandai karena kucing itudapat bermain catur.

7. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat yang dikatakan laki-laki itu,”Nah, lady, this cat is not clever at all.I’m beating it 6 games to 1.” yangartinya ”Ibu, kucing ini sama sekalitidak pintar. Saya mengalahkannya 6lawan 1.”.

8. D. Pada paragraf satu dijelaskanmengenai rencana adanya kemahtenis (kalimat: ”. . . to let you knowthat we have made plans for a tenniscomp, . . . .”), dan pada paragraf duamengenai harapan Johnson agarHanssen mengikuti kemah itu(kalimat: ”We hope you will join thecamp.”). Jadi, e-mail itu mengenaikemah tenis. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai denganisi teks.

9. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar untukpernyataan yang salah karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . Mr. Miller,the leader of our tennis club, to let youknow that . . . .” yang artinya ”. . .Pak Miller, ketua klub tenis kita, untukmemberitahumu bahwa . . . .”. Jadi,yang merupakan ketua klub tenisadalah Pak Miller, bukan PakHanssen. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.

10. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatpertama paragraf satu ”. . . and wasmuch amused by his clever, wittycomments.” yang artinya ”. . . dansangat terhibur oleh komentar-komentarnya yang cerdik dan lucu.”.Kata ’his’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada pelawak tersebut (thejester).


11. A. Badut/pelawak tersebut terus-menerus mengangis karena ia merasakasihan (felt pity) pada sang Caliph.Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan si badut, ”I’m not crying formyself, my Lord, I weep for you . . . . IfI get beaten so badly for havign beenonly a few minutes on the throne, howmany beatings must you havesuffered in all the years that you havebeen there?”

12. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar untukpernyataan yang salah karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”Certainly! If Iget beaten so badly for having beenonly a few minutes on the throne, howmany beatings must you havesuffered in all the years that you havebeen there?” yang artinya ”Tentu saja!Jika saya dipukul dengan keraskarena berada di singgasana selamabeberapa menit saja, berapa banyakpukulan yang harus Anda deritadalam tahun-tahun Anda berada disana?”. Dari sini diketahui bahwabadut itu berpendapat bahwa Caliphakan menerima banyak pukulan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain sesuaidengan teks; (A) sesuai dengankalimat kedua paragraf satu,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat padaparagraf enam, dan (C) sesuaidengan paragraf empat dan lima.

13. C. Kata ’you’ pada kalimat tersebutmerujuk kepada orang yang telahdisebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu parapengawal (the guards). Hal ini dapatdiketahui pada kalimat ”The Caliphhurried there and was astonished tofind the guards beating the clownbadly.”. Jadi, kalimat ”Why are youbeating him?” merupakan ucapansang Caliph ketika ia menghardikpengawal tersebut.

14. C. Kata ’astonished’ yang artinya terkejutmemiliki arti yang sama dengan’surprised’. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya terhibur, (B) artinyatertarik, dan (D) artinya tidak senang/puas.

15. C. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai subjeknya, yang merupakanorang ketiga tunggal, sehinggadigunakan kata ’was’. Selain itu,kegiatan mencoba bersembunyimerupakan kegiatan yang terjadi padawaktu yang lebih lama dan lebihdahulu daripada kegiatan yangdilakukan pada waktu bersamaan,yaitu sang pangeran melihatnya.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) salah karena tidak sesuai dengansubjek yang merupakan orang ketigatunggal, (B) salah karena tidakmenggunakan kata kerja bantu (is/was), dan (D) salah karena tidaksesuai dengan subjek yangmerupakan orang ketiga tunggal.

16. B. Peristiwa yang kedua lebih singkatdan terjadi saat peristiwa pertamatelah terjadi, sehingga kejadian keduamenggunakan the simple past tense.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) salah karena tidak sesuai dengansubjek yang merupakan orang ketigatunggal (the prince), (C) salah karenayang menggunakan the pastcontinuous tense adalah kegiatanyang lebih lama dan mulai dilakukanterlebih dahulu, dan (D) salah karenatidak sesuai dengan subjek yangmerupakan orang ketiga tunggal.

17. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat kedua paragraf dua ”. . . saidthe young man, ’I want to be useful topeople. I want to serve them all mylife. How can I do this?’” yang artinya”. . . kata lelaki muda itu, ’Saya inginberguna bagi banyak orang. Sayaingin melayani mereka sepanjanghidup saya. Bagaimana saya dapatmelakukan hal ini?’”. Jadi, lelaki ituingin menjadi orang yang berguna.

18. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatkelima paragraf satu ”Many peoplecame to visit him in his cave near thesea.” yang artinya ”Banyak orangdatang mengunjunginya di guanya didekat laut.” dan kalimat pertama


paragraf dua ”One day, a young mancame to, see this wise old man.” yangartinya Suatu hari, seorang lelakimuda datang mengunjungi lelaki tuayang bijaksana ini.”. Dari kalimat-kalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkanbahwa pemuda itu menemui laki-lakitua di gua di dekat laut, tempat tinggallaki-laki tua itu.”.

19. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat pada paragrafempat dan lima ”When he was out ofthe cave, he stopped. . . . He openedthe box.” yang artinya ”Ketika ia keluardari gua, ia berhenti . . . . Ia membukakotak itu.”. Jadi, pemuda itu membukakotak ketika ia keluar dari gua. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

20. B. Kata ’punishment’ artinya ’hukuman’.Kata ini memiliki arti yang samadengan ’penalty’. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. (A) artinya imbalan/hadiah, (C) artinya bayaran, dan (D)artinya ganti rugi/bayaran.

B. Esai

Contoh jawaban:

The Boat that WentBoth on Land and on Water

There was once a great kingdom whoseking had a daughter to marry off. A bit proudshe was, but more beautiful than any. The king

was in no hurry to find her a husband. He lovedto have her with him for she was as quick asa warbler, as straight as an arrow, and as sunnyas an Easter day. He didn’t look forward toletting any young man have her, not evena king’s son. “Anyway,” thought he, “where will Iever find a real match for her? She’s mydaughter, after all, the daughter of a great king.”

But in time, the queen, the dishwasher, theminister and the cobbler, in fact everyone in thecastle and in the streets, began reminding theking at every turn that this daughter of his washis only child. He had to get her married—not toa prince, perhaps, if he couldn’t think of asuitable one, but at least to a capable lad whocould one day govern the kingdom.

“Is that what you want?” cried the king onemorning, as his minister brought the subject upfor the umpteenth time. “Is that your wish? Youwant a capable lad? All right, at the stroke ofnoon, have it announced with a flourish oftrumpets that I’ll give my daughter to anyonewho takes wood from my forest and builds mea boat that goes both on land and on water.Yes, I’ll say, to anyone who comes asking forher riding a boat like that!”

To himself he said, “A lot of water will flowunder the bridges before any mother’s sonbrings me a boat you can sail over fields andwaves. These fools won’t pester me any morewith their nonsense about having to get my girlmarried!”Source: April 14, 2008 <http://www.mordent.com/folktales/

french/boat/>


Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatanlistening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrasesdalam teks.

Text 1

Telaga Warna

Long long ago there was a kingdom in West Java. The kingdom was ruled by a king. Peoplecalled their king His Majesty Prabu. Prabu was a kind and wise king. No wonder if that country wasprosperous. There’s no hunger in this kingdom.

It was a very happy condition. But it was a pity that Prabu and his queen hadn’t got anychildren. It made the royal couple very very sad. Some old men and women who was respected byPrabu suggested that the king adopt a child. But Prabu and the queen didn’t agree. “No, thank you.But for us, our own daughter or son is better than adopted children.”

The queen was very sad. She often cried. That was why Prabu decided to go. He went to thejungle. There he prayed to God. Every day he begged for a child. His dream come true. A fewmonths later, the queen got pregnant. All people in the kingdom felt happy. They sent manypresents to the palace to express their happiness.

Nine months later a princess was born. People sent their presents again as a gift to the littleprincess. This baby grew as a beautiful teenager then.

Prabu and Queen loved their daughter so much. They gave whatever she wanted. It madePrincess a very spoiled girl. When her wish couldn’t be realized, she became very angry. She evensaid bad things often. A true princess wouldn’t do that. Even though the princess behaved badly,her parents loved her, so did the people in that kingdom.

Day by day, the princess grew more beautiful. No girls couldn’t compare with her. In a fewdays, Princess would be 17 years old. So, people of that kingdom went to palace. They broughtmany presents for her. Their presents were very beautiful.

Prabu collected the presents. There were really many presents. Then, Prabu stored them ina building. Some times he could take them to give to his people.

Prabu only took some gold and jewels. Then, she brought them to the goldsmith. “Pleasemake a beautiful necklace for my daughter,” said Prabu. “My pleasure, Your Majesty,” the goldsmithreplied. The goldsmith worked with all his heart and his ability. He wanted to create the mostbeautiful necklace in the world because he loved his princess.

The birthday came. People gathered in the palace field. When Prabu and queen appeared,people welcomed them happily. Prabu and his wife waved to their beloved people.

Cheers were louder and louder when the princess appeared with her fabulous pretty face.Everybody admired her beauty. Prabu got up from his chair. A lady gave him a small andglamorous pillow. A wonderful necklace was on it. Prabu took that necklace. “My beloved daughter,today I give this necklace to you. This necklace is a gift from people in this country. They love youso much. They presented it for you to express their happiness, because you have been growing toa woman. Please, wear this necklace,” said Prabu.

Princess accepted the necklace. She looked at the necklace in a glance. “I don’t want toaccept it! It’s ugly!” shouted the princess. Then, she threw the necklace. The beautiful necklacewas broken. The gold and jewels were spread out on the floor.


Everybody couldn’t say anything. They never thought that their beloved princess would didsuch a cruel thing. Nobody spoke. In their silence people heard the queen crying. Every woman feltsad and began crying too. Then, everybody was crying.

Then, there was a miracle. Earth was crying. Suddenly, from the underground, a springemerged. It made a pool of water. The place was getting full. Soon the place became a big lake.The lake sank all of the kingdom.

Nowadays the water on that lake is not as full as before. There is only a small lake now.People called the lake “Talaga Warna”. It means “Lake of Color”. It’s located in Puncak, West Java.On a bright day, the lake is full of color. So beautiful and amazing. These colors come fromshadows of forests, plants, flowers and sky around the lake. But some people said that the colorsare from the princess’ necklace, which spreads at the bottom of the lake.


Text 2

The Story of Kelana Sakti

Once upon a time in North Sumatra, there was a kingdom named Purnama. The king wasKing Indra Sakti. He was a wise king. All of his people lived prosperous and happy. The king andthe queen had a baby boy. He was the prince of the palace.

In Purnama kingdom, there was a small village. Kelana Sakti and his parents lived there.Kelana Sakti was a nice boy. He was diligent and always helped his parents.

One day, there was bad news from the kingdom. King Indra Sakti was terribly ill. All the palacehealers tried to heal him, but did not succeed. The King was getting weaker and weaker everyday.So, he called all his family and the palace commander, Panglima Badau, to meet him.

“My wife, please forgive all my mistakes. I cannot live any longer. Please take care of our son.Make him the king when he is adult,” said the king to the queen. Then, he continued, “PanglimaBadau, I trust this kingdom to you. You are the king until my son is adult. Please train him andteach him how to be a good king.”

Not long after that, King Indra Sakti died. Panglima Badau then became the king. He reallyenjoyed his time as a king. He often had parties and neglected the people. Soon, the kingdom wasin a mess and the king only had fun in his parties. To pay all his parties, Panglima Badau asked hispeople to pay expensive taxes. Soldiers went to people’s house to collect the money, and that wasincluding Kelana Sakti’s house. Because Kelana’s parents didn’t have any, the soldiers broughtthem and sent them to jail. Kelana Sakti asked them not to bring his parents, but a soldier wasangry at him and hit him. Kelana Sakti was unconscious. When he was awake, he was inside anold man’s house.

“Where am I? Where are my parents?” “Don’t worry. You are in my house. You are safe here.Your parents are in the palace. The king sent them to jail,” said the old man.

Since then, Kelana Sakti lived with the old man. He learned many things from him, especiallymartial arts. When Kelana Sakti was adult, he completely changed. He was a man with great skillsof martial arts. It was time for him to go to the palace and freed his parents. The old man gave himthe blessings and asked him to be careful.

So, Kelana Sakti fought bravely against the soldiers. He won. Then, the last one was fightingagainst Panglima Badau himself. Again he won the fight and freed everybody in jail. Then, he sentPanglima Badau to jail. The prince was so thankful to Kelana Sakti. The prince then asked KelanaSakti to be the palace commander.

Source: March 29, 2008 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/>


Text 3

The King’s Son and the Painted Lion

A King, whose only son was fond of martial exercises, had a dream. He was warned that hisson would be killed by a lion. Afraid the dream will come true, he built for his son a pleasant palaceand adorned its walls for his amusement with all kinds of life-sized animals, among which was thepicture of a lion.

When the young Prince saw this, his grief at being thus confined burst out a fresh, and,standing near the lion, he said: “O you most detestable of animals! Through a lying dream of myfather’s, which he saw in his sleep, I am shut up on your account in this palace as if I had beena girl. What shall I now do to you?” With these words he stretched out his hands towarda thorn-tree, meaning to cut a stick from its branches so that he might beat the lion.

However, one of the tree’s prickles pierced his finger and caused great pain andinflammation. It made the young Prince fell down in a fainting fit. A violent fever suddenly set in,from which he died not many days later.

Source: July 4, 2007 <http://www.pacificnet.net/~johnr/cgi/aesop1.cgi?sel&TheOldWomanandthePhysician>

Text 4

The Legend of Lake Batur

A long time ago, there lived on the island of Bali a giantlike creature named Kbo Iwo. Thepeople of Bali used to say that Kbo Iwo was everything, a destroyer as well as a creator. He wassatisfied with the meal, but this meant for the Balinese people enough food for a thousand men.

Difficulties arose when for the first time the barns were almost empty and the new harvest wasstill a long way off.This made Kbo Iwo wild with great anger. In his hunger, he destroyed all thehouses and even all the temples. It made the Balinese turn to rage. So, they came together to plansteps to oppose this powerful giant by using his stupidity.

They asked Kbo Iwo to build them a very deep well, and rebuild all the houses and temples hehad destroyed. After they fed Kbo Iwo, he began to dig a deep hole. One day he had eaten toomuch, he fell asleep in the hole. The oldest man in the village gave a sign, and the villagers beganto throw the limestone they had collected before into the hole. The limestone made the water insidethe hole boiling. Kbo Iwo was buried alive. Then the water in the well rose higher and higher until atlast it overfl owed and formed Lake Batur. The mound of earth dug by Kbo Iwo is known as MountBatur.

Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 5

Running For His Life

One day a cheetah went hunting by himself in the woods. He spotted a rabbit in theunderbrush and chased him out into the open. The rabbit darted this way and that. The cheetahfollowed. The rabbit ran, with the cheetah at his heels, around trees and through an open field.When the cheetah began to tire of the chase, the rabbit, with one last burst of energy, dashed intothe thicket and escaped to safety.

As the cheetah turned back for home, a tiger who had seen the chase jeered at him, saying,“Some hunter you are! You let that rabbit get the best of you!”

“You forget,” replied the tired cheetah, “about the rabbit’s strife! I was only running for mysupper. He was running for his life!”

Source: October 23, 2008 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/aesops/stories/>


Text 6

Antlers

A handsome stag with majestic antlers admired himself in a lake. As he looked at hisreflection he thought, “My antlers are beautiful! But these spindly legs of mine are so skinny I wish Icould hide them in shame.”

Just then a hunter’s arrow whizzed by and the stag bounded into the woods. As he ran, hisbeautiful antlers caught and snagged on the branches of a low-growing tree. Struggling, he finallypulled himself free. If it weren’t for the exquisite speed of his legs, he would surely have beencaptured.

After that, when he gazed at his spindly legs, his pride would swell. “In times of danger,” hethought, “they serve me well.”

Source: October 23, 2008 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/aesops/stories/>


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:● ask for, give and refuse to

give agreement,● respond to a statement,● tell about people’s life and

experiences,● deliver spoken notices,● write people’s life and

experiences,● write notices, and● use direct and indirect

speech correctly.

Suppose there is an exchange studentprogram at school. There is a student from Australiathat joins it. She only speaks English.

On one occasion, the principal asks you to accompanyher to go around. You ask her whether she agrees to go to thebeach. What would you say? How does your friend respond to it?Suppose she suggests an idea. She asks for your agreement. Howdo you respond to it? Don’t worry. You will learn and practice how toask for, give and refuse to give agreement. You will also learn andpractice how to respond to people’s statements.

Furthermore, you will learn and practice how to tell people’s lifeand experiences using recounts. So, pay attention to your teacher. Doevery task your teacher asks you to do. Experience the learningprocess.

198 UNIT 4 Recounts

Look at the picture and read the dialog.

4.1 Expressions

Asking for, Giving and Refusing to Give Agreement

Asking for Agreement

● Do you agree if . . . ?● Don’t you think so?● All right with you?● Would you agree with

me?● How about hanging

around?

Agreeing/GivingAgreement

● Sure. I do agree.● Yes, I do.● Yes. It’s not a big deal.● That’s a good idea.● That’s great.

Disagreeing/Refusing to Give Agreement

● How do you know that?● Are you sure?● I’m really sorry, but . . . .● (I’m afraid) . . . is/are wrong.● I don’t think . . . .● I’m not sure you’re right about

. . . .

The bold-typed sentences are expressions ofasking for and giving agreement. The man isasking for agreement and the woman is givingher agreement.

What do you thinkabout this notebook?

It’s good.

What if I buy it?

I agree. I think it cansupport your study.

The bold-typed sentence is an expression toexpress disagreement.

Let’s go to the beachthis weekend.

Sorry, I disagree.It’s too far.

Here are some other expressions to ask for, give and refuse to give agreement.


Responding to a Statement

Statement

● I read an interesting story.● I visited Dewi last week.● I’ll go to Jakarta tomorrow.● Wait! There’s another thing.● I go swimming every day.● We should join an English course.

Responding to a Statement

● Please tell me about it.● Did you? How was she?● Really? What will you do there?● What is it?● Do you?● Why not?

Mr. Rahmad : I really like this car.Mr. Agung : Do you? What do you like about

this car?Mr. Rahmad : There is an air conditioner and

a radio. The air conditioner willmake us comfortable. The songsfrom the radio will surely entertainus on our way to everywhere.

Mr. Agung : That’s right.


The bold-typed sentences are expressions to respond to a statement.

Here are some other expressions to respond to a statement.

Answer the questions orally.

1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 3?Jawaban: Starting, extending and ending a conversation; asking for, giving and denying

information.2. Do you think that your English is getting improved?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

200 UNIT 4 Recounts

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Sally : Where are we going to spend our holiday next December, dear?Joe : The children want to go to Bali, but I want to go to Jatim Park. I’m not sure.Sally : I’d like to go Jatim Park, too. My friends have told me that it’s amazing.Ella : Sorry, Mom, Dad. I don’t agree if we go to Jatim Park. I think it is more interesting to

go to Bali.Derry : I agree with Ella. We have two weeks off. I think visiting Bali will be fantastic.Ella : That’s right.Joe : Well, we can talk about it tomorrow. Let me finish my work now.

1. ______ The dialog is about making a plan for vacation.2. ______ The people in the dialog are talking about their holiday in November.3. ______ The children want to go to Jatim Park.4. ______ Jatim Park is amazing.5. ______ They will talk about their plan the next day.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (They are talking about their holiday in December.)3. F (The children want to go to Bali.)4. T5. T

A. Listen to your teacher.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.

Variasi:

Listen to your teacher carefully.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Ratih : What are you doing?Tim : I’m going to turn on this CD.Ratih : That’s a good idea, but don’t be to loud, please.Tim : This kind of music is enjoyable to be heard if we turn it aloud.Ratih : I don’t agree. Listen! Loud music may gradually harm your hearing.Tim : Well then.

1. ______ The speakers are brother and sister. 2. ______ They are talking about a hit song on the CD. 3. ______ The boy will turn on the CD aloud. 4. ______ The girl agrees with the boy’s idea to turn on the CD aloud. 5. ______ According to the girl, loud music may not harm the hearing.


B. Listen to your teacher.Answer the questions below.

Jawaban:1. T2. F (They are talking about the boy’s plan to turn on a CD.)3. T4. F (The girls doesn’t agree with his idea. She says that loud music may gradually harm

the hearing.)5. F (She says that loud music may gradually harm the hearing.)

1. What are the boy and the girl talking about?Jawaban: Helping people who lost their houses because of flood.

2. What are they planning to do to the suffering people?Jawaban: Holding fund-raising to help them.

3. What are they going to do to conduct the plan?Jawaban: They are going to write a proposal and hand it to the OSIS.

4. Does Fakih think that the OSIS committee will agree with their idea?Jawaban: Yes, he does.

5. Jenny said, “Good idea.” What does she express?Jawaban: She gives her agreement.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Fakih : Have you heard the news about people who lost their houses because of flood?Jenny : I have.Fakih : Do you agree if we hold fund-raising to help them?Jenny : Absolutely! We should help them ease their burden.Fakih : That’s right. What if we write a proposal and hand it to the OSIS?Jenny : Good idea.Fakih : I think the OSIS committee will agree with you.Jenny : No doubt.

Variasi:A. Listen to your teacher.

Answer the following questions based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Rian : Dion, do you like fishing?Dion : No, I don’t. Why?Rian : Well, I have a plan to go fishing this weekend. I’ll be glad if you can join.Dion : No, thanks. I don’t like fishing. Don’t you think it is a boring activity?Rian : Sorry, I disagree. At first some people may think that it is boring. But, soon they’ll

find out that it is actually exciting, especially when there’s a fish caught on the rod.Dion : But . . . it can take an hour, even more. I think it only wastes time.Rian : Maybe. But, that will teach us to be more patient.Dion : Well, that’s your opinion and I appreciate it.

202 UNIT 4 Recounts

1. What does Rian plan to do this weekend?2. Does Dion have the same hobby as Rian?3. What does Dion think about fishing?4. According to Rian, why are people excited when fishing?5. Is Dion going to join Rian?Jawaban:1. He plans to go fishing.2. No, he doesn’t.3. It’s boring.4. To see a fish caught on the rod.5. No, he isn’t.

B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs below based on what you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Dialog 1Firman : Dad, what if I join a karate extra-curricular club? Do you (1) agree?Father : It depends. Do you really (2) want it?Firman : I do, Dad.Father : O.K., then. I agree. But, remember, your school is the first (3) priority.Firman : Thanks, Dad. Don’t worry about it. The practice is only (4) twice a week. Wednes-

day and Saturday.Father : I see. Where does it take place?Firman : In the school (5) hall.Father : O.K.

Dialog 2On the way home . . . .Andi : I really (1) like the meatballs in our school canteen.Doni : Do you? How do you like them?Andi : Um . . . I think they are (2) tasty.Doni : Really? You like meatballs, don’t you?Andi : Yup! That’s my (3) favorite food. I eat meatballs almost every day.Doni : Do you?Andi : Yeah. One more thing, the meatballs in our canteen are not (4) expensive.Doni : I see. No wonder you like to (5) buy there.Andi : Right!

C. In pairs, practice the dialogs in Task B with your partner.D. Answer the questions below based on the dialogs in Task B.1. Who are talking in the dialog 1?

Jawaban: A father and his son.2. What does Firman want to join?

Jawaban: A karate extra-curricular club.3. Does his father agree with his idea?

Jawaban: Yes, he does.4. What are Andi and Doni talking about in dialog 2?

Jawaban: The meatballs in their school canteen.5. How is the thing they are talking about?

Jawaban: They’re tasty and the price is not expensive.


E. Listen to your teacher.Write down the dialog you have heard.Share your work with the class.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Ramon : Esti, have you done your assignment?Esti : You mean the writing assignment?Ramon : Yup. Have you done it?Esti : Not yet. What about you?Ramon : I haven’t either. I have no idea of how to start and write the composition well.Esti : Me too. Do you agree if we ask Oki’s mother? She’s a good writer, isn’t she?Ramon : That’s a good idea. Let’s go.

F. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task E.1. What do you think Ramon and Esti are?

Jawaban: They are students.2. What are Ramon and Esti talking about?

Jawaban: About their writing assignment.3. What problem do they face?

Jawaban: They have no idea of how to start and write the composition well.4. What is Esti’s suggestion to solve the problem?

Jawaban: She suggests that they ask Oki’s mother.5. Ramon said, “That’s a good idea.” What does he express?

Jawaban: He expresses his agreement.

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

1. Rosa : Next Sunday we will havea holiday, won’t we? Whatabout going to Mount Bromo?

Rima : ________ because the air inMount Bromo is very cold. I amsure we cannot stand it.

A. I disagreeB. I agree with youC. That’s a good ideaD. There is no doubt about it

Ujian Nasional

Jawaban: ADalam percakapan, Rosa mengatakan”What about going to Mount Bromo?” yangartinya ”Bagaimana kalau pergi ke GunungBromo?”. Ucapan itu digunakan untukmeminta persetujuan. Respons yang tepatadalah ”I disagree” karena Rimamenjelaskan alasannya ”. . . because theair in Mount Bromo is very cold.” yangartinya ”. . . karena udara di GunungBromo sangat dingin.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena mengungkapkanpersetujuan. Hal itu tidak sesuai denganalasan yang diucapkan Rima.

204 UNIT 4 Recounts


Lelly : Wow, there’s the Jakarta Post here.Sigit : (2) ________Lelly : I know it’s very useful for us as

students. Not only do we get interestingthings, but we can also improve ourEnglish.

Sigit : I think so. (3) ________.Lelly : But how do you get the paper? Do you

buy or borrow it from the library?Sigit : No, my father subscribes to it.

2. A. I can’t read it.B. Can I borrow it?C. It must be expensive.D. You should read English newspaper.

Adapted from: Ujian NasionalJawaban: DJawaban ini sesuai sebagai respons ataspernyataan Lelly ”Wow, there’s the JakartaPost here.” yang artinya ”Wow, adaJakarta Post di sini.”. Pilihan jawaban inijuga sesuai dengan respons Lellyselanjutnya ”I know it’s very useful for usas students.” yang artinya ”Saya tahu suratkabar ini sangat bermanfaat bagi kitasebagai siswa.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan responsyang diucapkan Lelly.

3. A. That’s why I put it here.B. That’s why I read it.C. That’s why my father reads it.D. That’s why you read it.

Adapted from: Ujian NasionalJawaban: BRespons pada jawaban (B) artinya ”Itulahsebabnya saya membacanya.” Pilihanjawaban ini benar karena sesuai denganucapan Lelly ”Not only do we getinteresting things, but we can also improve

our English.” yang artinya ”Kita tidak hanyamemperoleh hal-hal yang menarik, tetapijuga akan dapat meningkatkan bahasaInggris kita.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan ucapanLely sebelumnya.

4. Rina : Look! The baby zebra cannot findits food.

Anto : It doesn’t know the danger in itssurrounding either.

Rina : ________Adapted from: Ujian Nasional

A. No, thanks.B. I think soC. I don’t say thatD. That’s greatJawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai sebagai respons ataspernyataan Anto ”It doesn’t know thedanger in its surrounding either.” yangartinya ”Anak zebra itu juga tidak tahubahaya yang ada di sekitarnya.” Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai sebagai respons atas ucapan Antotersebut.

5. Mira : I plan that our trip destinationnext weekend is TangkubanPerahu and Maribaya.

Bagus: ________ because it will costa lot of money and take muchtime to get there.

A. I disagree with youB. I agreeC. I am worriedD. I accept your idea

Ujian Nasional


Jawaban: ADalam percakapan, Mira mengatakan ”Iplan that our trip destination next weekendis Tangkuban Perahu and Maribaya.” yangartinya ”Saya berencana bahwa tujuanpiknik kita minggu depan adalahTangkuban Perahu dan Maribaya?”.Ucapan itu digunakan untuk mengungkap-kan rencana. Respons yang tepat adalah ”Idisagree with you.” karena Bagus

menjelaskan alasannya ”. . . because it willcost a lot of money and take much time toget there.” yang artinya ”. . . karena akanbanyak makan biaya dan makan banyakwaktu untuk sampai di sana.”. Pilihanjawaban (B) dan (D) salah karenamengungkapkan persetujuan. Pilihanjawaban (C) salah karena mengungkapkanrasa cemas.

A. Step forward with your partner.Perform the dialog below.

Etik : It’s a nice Sunday morning. What if we go swimming? Don’t you agree?Yuyun : Um . . . I don’t know. It’s a nice morning, but it is cold now.Etik : Cold? Aren’t you feeling well?Yuyun : No, I’m not. But, we can get cold if we go swimming in such weather.Etik : Do you have another option?Yuyun : What about jogging around the town square? After jogging, we can buy many kinds of

food and drink there.Etik : No problem. Let’s go.Yuyun : O.K.

Variasi:

Ask the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.1. When did the dialog happen?

Jawaban: On Sunday morning.2. How was the weather that day?

Jawaban: According to Yuyun, it was a nice morning, but it was cold.3. Was Etik alright?

Jawaban: Yes, she was.4. Did Yuyun agree to swim?

Jawaban: No, she didn’t.5. What would the girls do then?

Jawaban: They would go jogging around the town square.

206 UNIT 4 Recounts

Ivon : What do you (1) ________ if we go (2) ________ at the new mall?Ikka : Anything (3) ________?Sari : Yeah. The mall offers special discounts for (4) ________. It’s up to 50% plus 20%. I think

it’s the best offer.Mother : Do you think so? Sorry, I have to (5) ________ with you. Those prices have been marked

up, you know.Sari : Nope. Anyway, do you come or not?Mother : No, I won’t.

Jawaban:1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. f

a. special b. browsing c. fashiond. think e. agree f. disagree

Variasi:A. Complete the dialog with the correct words from the box.

● practice ● good idea ● join

● play ● competition

Bonny : Hi, Tama. Next month there will be a junior high school badminton (1) ________ inour town.

Tama : Really?Bonny : Yes. Is it O.K. if we (2) ________ it?Tama : Yeah. I agree. We always (3) ________ badminton once a week, don’t we?Bonny : Um . . . what if we (4) ________ four times a week for the competition? Do you

agree?Tama : Four times a week?Bonny : Yup!Tama : I’m sorry. I don’t think it’s a (5) ________. What about three times a week?Bonny : No problem.

Jawaban:1. competition 2. join 3. play 4. practice 5. good idea

B. Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box.



Mr. and Mrs. Ray are trying to reorganizetheir kitchen.Mr. Ray : What do you think if I put the

small table here at the corner?Mrs. Ray : Sorry, I don’t think it is a good

idea, dear. I may bump into it.

Mr. Ray : Er . . . what about here?Mrs. Ray : Perfect! Just perfect.

1. The dialog occurs ___________.A. in the living roomB. in the dining roomC. in the kitchenD. in the bedroom


Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama percakapan tersebut ”Mr. andMrs. Ray are trying to reorganize theirkitchen.” yang artinya ”Bapak dan IbuRay mencoba menata ulang dapurmereka.”. Itu artinya percakapan ituterjadi di dapur (in the kitchen).

2. Mrs. Ray says, “Sorry, I don’t think it isa good idea, dear.”She expresses ________.A. her agreementB. her disagreementC. her disappointmentD. her happinessJawaban: BKalimat ”Sorry, I don’t think it is a goodidea, dear.“ artinya ”Maaf, saya pikir itubukan ide yang bagus, sayang.”.Berdasarkan artinya, pernyataan itudigunakan untuk mengungkapkanketidaksetujuan (disagreement).

3. “I may bump into it.” The word ‘it’ hererefers to ________.A. the small table B. the fridgeC. the stove D. the round

tableJawaban: AKata ’it’ merupakan kata ganti bendatunggal. Kata tersebut menggantikankata benda tunggal yang telahdisebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu smalltable. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak ada di dalam percakapanitu.

4. Riri : Indonesia has to import rice thisyear.

Eka : ________ Indonesia isan agricultural country, isn’t it?

The suitable response to the statementis ________.A. How come?B. Congratulations!C. Let me handle it.D. Thank you for telling me that.Jawaban: ARiri mengatakan bahwa Indonesiamengimpor beras tahun ini. Responsyang sesuai atas pernyataan itu adalahrasa tidak percaya (How come?) karenaIndonesia adalah negara agraris(Indonesia is an agricultural country,isn’t it?). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan pernyataanRiri dan pernyataan Eka selanjutnya.

5. Ramli : Let’s go to the library.Oki : Sorry. I do not want to go there.Ramli : What about going to the

canteen?Oki : ________.Ramli : O.K. Let’s go.A. Not bad! B. Is that so?C. I disagree. D. Good idea!Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut, mula-mulaRamli mengajak Oki ke perpustakaan,tetapi Oki tidak setuju.Kemudian Ramlimengusulkan ke kantin. Berdasarkanpernyataan Ramli berikutnya ”O.K. Let’sgo.” yang artinya ”Baiklah. Ayo.”disimpulkan bahwa Oki setuju dengangagasan itu. Pilihan jawaban yangmenyatakan setuju adalah pilihan (D).

C. Arrange the sentences into a good dialog.Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Mr. And Mrs. Smith are in the lobby of a hotel to book a room.

Mr. Smith : Er . . . I don’t think it’s a good idea.Mr. Smith : Which room do you like, dear?Mr. Smith : O.K. We’ll take a room which overlooks the south sea.Mr. Smith : What if we book a room which overlooks the south sea?Mrs. Smith : What about a room which overlooks the garden?Mrs. Smith : Well, that’s good. I like it.Mrs. Smith : Any better idea?

3175

64

2

208 UNIT 4 Recounts

D. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task C.1. Where did the dialog occur?

Jawaban: In a hotel lobby.2. Who were involved in the dialog?

Jawaban: Mr. and Mrs. Smith.3. What were they doing?

Jawaban: They were going to book a room.4. Which room did the woman like?

Jawaban: She liked a room which overlooked the garden.5. Did her husband agree with her idea?

Jawaban: No, he didn’t.6. What did he say?

Jawaban: He said, “Er . . . I don’t think it’s a good idea.”.7. Did he have a better idea?

Jawaban: Yes, he did.8. What did he suggest?

Jawaban: He suggested that they booked a room which overlooked the south sea.9. Did his wife agree?

Jawaban: Yes, she did.10. What did she say?

Jawaban: She said, “Well, that’s good. I like it.”.

E. Arrange the sentences into a good dialog.Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Agung : What about you, Ferry?Agung : What about asking Egar to join us in our English study club?Agung : Sorry, Willy. Well, please tell us your opinion.Ellis : Willy could be right.Ellis : I have no objection.Willy : No one asked about my opinion?Willy : Frankly speaking, I disagree with that idea. You know, Egar’s house is far

enough. He has to go here and there by bike. Do you think he will be active inour club?

Ferry : Sure. I agree. The more people join it, the marrier it will be.Ferry : Come on, guys. Give him a chance!

F. Answer the questions based on the proper dialog in Task E.1. What did the boys talk about?

Jawaban: Whether Egar should join their English study club or not.2. Who agreed with Agung’s idea?

Jawaban: Ellis and Ferry did.3. Did Willy agree?

Jawaban: No, he didn’t.4. What was his reason?

Jawaban: He said that Egar’s house was far enough and that he had to go here andthere by bike. So, Willy didn’t think that Egar would be active in that club.

5. What was the final conclusion?Jawaban: They gave Egar a chance.

3168257

49


C. Create dialogs based on the situations below.Perform the dialogs.

1. You ask your father to buy a laptop. You explain that you need it very badly in the future. Yourfather agrees to buy it. He asks you to go with him next week to an electronic store nearby.You disagree because it is not a complete store. How would the conversation go?

2. Your town has a new playground. You and your family go there. You think that the place isnice. Your little brother disagrees with you. He/she says that there should be more trees andsome more facilities. How would the conversation go?

Contoh jawaban:1. Puput : Dad, would you buy me a laptop? I need it very badly in the future. Morever, I think

Dion may need it as well. Don’t you think so?Mr. Arifin : You’re right. Well, what if we go to the nearby electronic store next week?Puput : Sorry, Dad, I disagree. That store is not complete. We’d better go to the electronic

center. We have so many choices and we may bargain there.Mr. Arifin : Is that so? O.K.

3. Tessa : What a nice playground!Inong : I don’t think so.Tessa : Why do you say that?Inong : Look. It is very hot here. It needs more trees, so it will be green and shady. Besides, it

needs some more facilities, such as a tunnel, a pond of sand, electric vehicles, anda trace track.

Tessa : You could be right.

Variasi:

In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations.Then, practice the dialogs in front of the class.1. You and your classmates are visiting The Safari Park in Prigen, East Java. It has com-

plete and magnificent animal collection. You express your amazement. Your friends agreewith you. One of them says that people have to keep the wealth well. He/she asks foryour agreement. You agree. What would you and your friend say?

2. You and your friend are in a movie theater. Your friend has an idea to see an actionmovie. He/she asks whether you agree to see the movie or not. You disagree. Whatwould he/she say? How would you respond?

3. You and your friends are walking together on the way home after school. Coincidentally,your friend finds a wallet on the road. He/she takes it. You say that both of you should goto the nearest police station to report the finding. But, your friend disagrees and suggestsgiving the wallet directly to the owner’s house. What would both of you say?

Contoh jawaban:1. Tina : This Safari Park is really amazing! The animals are marvelous. Look at that bird. I

have never seen such a beautiful creature before.Alisa : Yeah! You are right! I think we have to keep this precious heritage well. Don’t you

think so?Tina : Absolutely!

2. Rina : Here we are now. What do you want to see?Dewi: Any idea?Rina : What about an action movie?

210 UNIT 4 Recounts

4.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the following monolog.Listen, all. Now I’m going to tell you about one of our patriots. He is Adam Malik. Do you

know who he is?Adam Malik was born on July 22, 1917 in Pematang Siantar, North Sumatra. He got his

elementary education in a Dutch-run primary school and then a religious school. You knowwhat? He had actively participated in the Indonesian national movement from an early age.When he was only seventeen, he was elected Chairman of the Partai Indonesia in PematangSiantar and Medan, both in North Sumatra. Quite young to be a leader, wasn’t he?

Then, Adam Malik decided to leave Sumatra for Java. Later on December 13, 1937 hefounded the Antara press bureau. You know, it is now known as the Antara News Agency, theofficial Indonesian news agency.

Adam Malik had important roles in the events leading up to Indonesia’s Declaration ofIndependence.

Let me tell you. Adam Malik had stunning careers. Some of them were the duties ofa diplomat, as an ambassador to the Soviet Union and Poland, as Foreign Affairs Minister, asPresident of the United Nations General Assembly, as the Chairmanship of the People’sConsultative Assembly or MPR, and as a vice president. In 1982, Adam Malik received theDag Hammarskjöld Award from the United Nations. Unfortunately, he had to end his devotionto his beloved country. He passed away on 5 September 1984 in Bandung, West Java.Because of his service, he has been recognized as one of our National Heroes.

Source: December 8, 2009 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adam_Malik/>

The text above is a spoken recount. A recount text tells us about past events. That’swhy, it mostly uses the simple past tense.

A spoken text usually uses some direct greeting to the listeners, such as “Goodmorning, everyone” or “Listen all.” It also uses some fillers, such as “you know”, “well” and“Let me tell you”.

Dewi: Sorry, I don’t like action movies. What about comedy drama? We need to relax,right?

Rina : No problem. O.K., let’s buy the tickets.Dewi: O.K.

3. Doni : Look! It’s a wallet! Someone has dropped it.Reni : Yeah. Let’s go to the police station to report this finding.Doni : I don’t think it’s a good idea. The place is too far from here. Just wait!Reni : What do you find?Doni : I find an identity card. Look, the owner lives not far from here! What if we go to

the address and give it back to the owner?Reni : O.K. I think it is much better than going to the police station.


Written Text

Read the following text.Study the structure of the text.

Adam Malik

Orientation

Adam Malik was born in Pematang Siantar, North Sumatra toAbdul Malik and Salamah Lubis. After completing Junior HighSchool, he received his first job as a shopkeeper, filling in time byreading books and increasing his knowledge.

A Series ofEvents

Adam Malik quickly developed an interest in politics and inthe age of just 17, became the Chairman of the Pematang Siantarbranch of Partindo (Indonesia Party). In this position, hecampaigned for the Dutch Colonial Government to grantindependence to Indonesia. As a result of this, he was put inprison for disobeying the Colonial Government’s ban on politicalassemblies. Once he was freed, he left Pematang Siantar forJakarta.

After leaving his hometown, Adam Malik pursued a job asa journalist. He wrote for Partindo’s Party Magazine and PelitaAndalas Newspaper. In 1937, along with like-minded colleagues,Malik formed ANTARA. ANTARA would develop to becomeIndonesia’s national news agency.

Adam Malik played an important role in the events leading upto Indonesia’s Declaration of Independence.Adam Malik had stunning careers. Some of them were the dutiesof a diplomat, as an ambassador to the Soviet Union and Poland,as Foreign Affairs Minister, as President of the United NationsGeneral Assembly, as the Chairmanship of the People’sConsultative Assembly or MPR, and as a vice president. In 1982,Malik received the Dag Hammarskjöld Award from the UnitedNations. He passed away on 5 September 1984 in Bandung,West Java.

Re-orientationBecause of his service, he has been recognized as a National

Hero of Indonesia.

Source: December 8, 2009 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adam_Malik>

212 UNIT 4 Recounts

Grammar Section

Look at the pictures and read the sentences.

Direct and Indirect Speech

The text is a written recount text. It functions to retell past events. The structure of thetext is:● Orientation (background)

It introduces important information on significant historical events. It answersquestions such as: Who?, When?, Where? and Why?

● Events/A series of eventsIt records the main events as they occurred in a chronological order. Each paragraphfocuses on one specific event or period of time.

● Re-orientation (optional closure of events)It shows the historical significance of the events which have been recorded.

The language features of a recount are:

1. use past tenses, such as: declared, signed, prepared and represented.2. use time conjunctions, such as: while, then, finally, at last and before.

Do you?

What did father sayabout my idea, Mom?

He said that he agreedwith your idea.

At 5:00 p.m.

1 2Actually, I agree that Jajangjoins a football club. I just

don’t want he gets hurt.

A few minutes later . . .

Look at the bold-typed sentence in dialog 1. It’s called a direct speech. A direct speechis the exact word of someone. When we write a direct sentence, we should put quotationmarks (“. . . .”).


The bold-typed sentence in dialog 2 is called an indirect speech. It retells what someonehas said. In an indirect speech, you retell what someone has said by saying, for exampleMr. Jasson said, Ms. Julia replied, the boy answered, etc. Moreover, you have to changecertain things as follows.1. Pronouns

When you change a direct speech into an indirect one, you have to modify the pronounsin order to adjust the subject of that indirect speech.Example:Direct Speech● David said, “Ervan wants to send you an e-mail.”

Indirect Speech● David said that Ervan wanted to send me an e-mail.

2. Adverbs of TimeAdverbs of time should also be adjusted to make the statement clear.Example:Direct Speech● Bagus said, “I met Ms. Aulia in a Padang restaurant yesterday.”

Indirect Speech● Bagus said that he had met Ms. Aulia in a Padang restaurant the day before.

Here are the changes of adverbs of time.

3. TensesYou also have to modify the tenses because the time setting of direct and indirect speechis different. Study the explanation below.

here there this (evening) that (evening)these (days) those (days) now thentoday yesterday (two weeks) ago (two weeks) beforenext (week) the following (week) tomorrow the following daylast week the week before/the previous week

Direct Speech

Simple PresentRiza said, “I use my computer.”Simple PastRiza said, “I used my computer.”Simple PerfectRiza said, “I have used my computer.”Present ContinuousRiza said, “I am going to use mycomputer.”Simple FutureRiza said, “I will use my computer.”

Indirect Speech

Simple PastRiza said that she used her computer.Past PerfectRiza said that she had used her computer.Past PerfectRiza said that she had used her computer.Past ContinuousRiza said that she was going to use hercomputer.Past FutureRiza said that she would use her computer.

214 UNIT 4 Recounts

Answer the questions.

1. What do you know about recounts?Jawaban: Recounts are texts which tell past experiences or past events.

2. What tense do you use in telling recounts?Jawaban: We use the simple past tense.

3. Suppose your teacher asks you to talk about a famous person. Who will you talk about? Why?Jawaban: I will talk about Bung Karno because he was the Indonesian founding father.

Anna Pavlova (portrait by JeanThomassen)

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Anna Pavlovna Pavlova (February 12, 1881–January 23,

1931) was the most famous ballet dancer of the early 20thcentury.

She was born in St. Petersburg, Russia to a poor peasantfamily. And . . . she trained at the Imperial Ballet School untilshe graduated at the age of 18. Then she danced with theMariinsky Theatre. In the first years of the Ballets Russes, sheworked briefly for Serge Diaghilev before founding her owncompany and performing throughout the world.

Her most famous showpiece was ‘The Dying Swan’choreographed for her by Michel Fokine. The music piece was‘the Swan part of Camille Saint-Saëns the Carnival of theAnimals’.

Source: December 8, 2009 <http://www.famouspeople.co.uk/a/annapavlova.html>

A. Look at the picture and listen to your teacher.Then, answer the questions based on what you have heard.

1. What is the text about?Jawaban: About Anna Pavlovna Pavlova.

2. What was she?Jawaban: The most famous ballet dancer of the early 20th century.

3. Where was she born?Jawaban: In St. Petersburg, Russia.

4. What were her parents?Jawaban: Poor peasants.

5. How old was she when she graduated from the Imperial Ballet School?Jawaban: At the age of 18.


B. Listen to your teacher and choose A,B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. The text is about ________.A. Youth PldegeB. Indonesia Raya, our national anthemC. Indonesian political situation during

the Dutch colonializationD. The spirit of Indonesian youth during

the Dutch colonializationJawaban: BJawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimatpertama bacaan ”Our national anthem is’Indonesia Raya’ . . . .” yang artinya ”Lagukebangsaan kita adalah ’Indonesia Raya’. . . .”.

2. The song was composed in ________.A. 1828 B. 1918C. 1928 D. 1938Jawaban: CJawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimatkedua paragraf satu ”The song wascomposed in 1928.” yang artinya ”Lagu ituditulis pada tahun 1928.”.

3. The song was composed by _______.A. W.R. SupratmanB. Adam MalikC. Indonesian YouthD. HattaJawaban: AJawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimatkedua paragraf tiga ”The song was firstintroduced by its composer, WageRudolf Supratman.” yang artinya ”Lagu itupertama kali diperkenalkan olehpengarangnya Wage Rudolf Supratman.”.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:

Our national anthem is “IndonesiaRaya” meaning Indonesia the Great. Thesong was composed in 1928.

The colonial policy of those dayswas “divide and rule”. It was a policy thatdeliberately aggravated language, ethnic,cultural and religious differences among thepeople.

The birth of Indonesia Raya marked thebeginning of Indonesiannationalist movements. The song was firstintroduced by its composer, WageRudolf Supratman. This occured at thesecond All Indonesian Youth Congress onOctober 28, 1928 in Batavia, now Jakarta. Itwas the moment when Indonesian youth ofdifferent ethnic, language, religious andcultural backgrounds gathered. Theyresolutely pledged allegiance to: “Onenative land, Indonesia. One nation, theIndonesian nation. One unifying language,the Indonesianlanguage.”

Soon the song, calling for the unity ofIndonesia, became popular. It was echoedat Indonesian political rallies, where peoplestood in solemn observance. The songaroused national consciousness among thepeople throughout the archipelago.

Adapted from: August 26, 2008 <http://www.londoh.com/pag001a_indonesia_raya.htm>

Variasi:Find the meaning of the words below.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. ballet = ballet 2. century = abad3. poor = miskin 4. peasant = petani5. to train = berlatih, belajar 6. Imperial = yang berhubungan dengan istana7. to graduate = lulus 8. age = usia9. briefly = dengan singkat 10. to found = mendirikan

11. to perform = menampilkan 12. throughout= di seluruh13. showpiece = pertunjukan terbaik 14. carnival = karnaval

216 UNIT 4 Recounts

4. “This occured at the second All IndonesianYouth Congress on October 28, 1928 . . . .”(Paragraph three)The word ‘occur’ can be best replaced by________.A. promise B. startC. last D. happenJawaban: DKata ’occur’ dan ’happen’ artinya terjadi.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenaartinya berbeda; (A) artinya berjanji,(B) artinya mulai, dan (C) artinyaberlangsung.

C. Look at the picture and listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Text yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Julia Roberts was (1) born on October 28, 1967. She is an American

actress.Julia Roberts was born Julie Fiona Roberts in Smyrna, Georgia. She

was first (2) caught the attention of movi-egoers with her performance inthe film ‘Mystic Pizza’ in 1988. The following year she was featured in‘Steel Magnolias’. She acted as a young (3) bride battling diabetes.She (4) garnered her first Oscar nomination as Best Supporting Actress for

5. These are what stated in the YouthPledge, except ________.A. one native land, IndonesiaB. one nation, the Indonesian nationC. one people, the Indonesian peopleD. one unifying language, the Indonesian

languageJawaban: CJawaban ini tidak sesuai dengan isi tekspada kalimat terakhir, paragraf tiga ”Onenative land, Indonesia. One nation, theIndonesian nation. One unifying language,the Indonesian language.” yang artinya”Satu tanah air, Indonesia. Satu bangsa,Bangsa Indonesia. Satu bahasa, BahasaIndonesia.”.

Variasi:Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.You will hear those words in Task C.

A

1. attention2. bride3. enemy4. fame5. to feature6. huge7. husband8. life9. movie-goer

10. nod11. performance12. to catapult13. to escape14. to garner15. to portray

B

a. pengantin perempuanb. membintangic. pecandu bioskopd. perhatiane. mengumpulkanf. melontarkang. pertunjukanh. ketenarani. kehidupanj. suamik. musuhl. kemenanganm. melarikan dirin. menggambarkan, melukiskano. besar sekali

Jawaban:1. d2. a3. k4. h5. b6. o7. j8. i9. c

10. l11. g12. f13. m14. e15. n


her (5) performance. She catapulted to worldwide (6) fame co-starring with Richard Gere in theCinderella-story ‘Pretty Woman’ in 1990. She (7) earned her a second Oscar nod, this time as BestActress.

Her next (8) huge box-office success was the thriller ‘Sleeping with the Enemy’. Here she(9) portrayed a battered wife who escapes from her (10) husband and starts a new life.

Adapted from: December 8, 2009 <http://www.famouspeople.co.uk/j/juliaroberts.html>

AVerb

1. become2. begin3. break4. brush5. build6. buy7. catch8. choose9. clean

10. drink11. fall12. feel13. find14. fly15. forbid16. give17. hear18. hold19. know20. leave

Meaning

menjadimemulai, mulaimerusak, memecahkanmenyikatmembangunmembelimenangkapmemilihmembersihkanminumjatuhmerasakanmenemukanterbangmelarangmemberimendengarmemegangmengetahuimeninggalkan

AVerb

21. meet22. pay23. ride24. ring25. send26. shout27. sit28. sleep29. berbicara30. mengambil31. berbicara32. mengajar33. berterima kasih34. berpikir35. mengetik36. memahami37. menunggu38. berjalan39. memenangkan40. menulis

Meaning

bertemumembayarmengendaraimembunyikanmengirimkanberteriakduduktidurberbicaramengambilberbicaramengajarberterima kasihberpikirmengetikmemahamimenungguberjalanmemenangkanmenulis

Variasi:

A. Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task C?1. ______ The text is about Julia Roberts.2. ______ She is 40 years old now.3. ______ She got her first Oscar for her film ‘Pretty Woman’.4. ______ Julia Roberts acted her first film entitled ‘Mystic Pizza’.5. ______ In ‘Steel Magnolias’ she acted as a wife who ran away from her husband.

Jawaban:1. T 2. F (She is 42 years old now, because she was born on October 28, 1967.) 3. F (She earned her second Oscar for her film ‘Pretty Woman’, as Best Actress.)4. T 5. F (In ‘Sleeping With the Enemy’ she portrayed a battered wife who escapes from her

husband).

B. Listen to your teacher and write down the verbs.What do those verbs mean?Share your work with the class.

Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

218 UNIT 4 Recounts

C. Write the past form of the verbs in Task B.Share your work with the class.

Jawaban:

AVerb

1. become2. begin3. break4. brush5. build6. buy7. catch8. choose9. clean

10. drink11. fall12. feel13. find14. fly15. forbid16. give17. hear18. hold19. know20. leave

Past Form

becamebeganbrokebrushedbuiltboughtcaughtchosecleaneddrankfellfeltfoundflewforbadegaveheardheldknewleft

AVerb

21. meet22. pay23. ride24. ring25. send26. shout27. sit28. sleep29. speak30. take31. talk32. teach33. thank34. think35. type36. understand37. waited38. walked39. won40. wrote

Past Form

becamebeganbrokebrushedbuiltboughtcaughtchosecleaneddrankfellfeltfoundflewforbadegaveheardheldknewleft

D. Make ten sentences using the words from Task C.Contoh jawaban:1. My father built this house last year.2. Did you buy this mangosteen, in the supermarket, Mom?3. I didn’t drink your iced tea.4. Finally, the police found the victim in the bush. 5. When did you give the prize to the winner?6. Yoga and I heard a baby crying this morning.7. Mother left the supermarket a few minutes ago.8. The secretary sent the invitation letter last week.9. Maya typed her assignment yesterday.

10. Who wrote this proposal?


A. Deliver the monolog below in turns.

Jaya Suprana was born on January 27, 1949 in Denpasar, Bali to Lambang and Lily Suprana.He is married to Julia. He is an Indonesian composer, pianist, businessman and televisionpresenter.

Jaya Suprana studied music at Musikhochschule Muenster and Folkwanghochsule Essen,West Germany, between 1967 and 1976. Since then he has given piano recitals worldwide, as wellas composing his own music. Jaya Suprana also presents his own national weekly talkshow calledthe Jaya Suprana Show.

Jaya Suprana has been President Director of PT Jamu Jago, one of Indonesia’s largestmanufacturers of herbal medicine, since 1983. He had worked there as Marketing Director since1976. Apart from his business and musical activities, he established the Indonesian Museum ofRecords (MURI) on January 27, 1990, and is its director. He also founded an orphanage, PantiAsuhan Rotary-Suprana.

Adapted from: December 8, 2009 <http://indonesiafamous.blogspot.com/>

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to marry = menikah, menikahi 2. composer = pengarang, penggubah3. since = sejak 4. recital = pertunjukan5. worldwide = di seluruh dunia 6. manufacturer = pabrikan7. herbal medicine = jamu 8. apart from = terlepas dari9. to establish = mendirikan 10. orphanage = rumah panti asuhan

B. Answer the questions below based on the monolog in Task A.

1. Where was Jaya Suprana born?Jawaban: In Denpasar, Bali.

2. How old is he now?Jawaban: He’s 60 years old now.

3. Who are Lambang and Lily Suprana?Jawaban: They are Jaya Suprana’s parents.

4. Who is Julia?Jawaban: She is Jaya Suprana’s wife.

5. How long did he study music?Jawaban: For nine years.

6. Where has Jaya Suprana worked since 1976?Jawaban: In PT Jamu Jago.

7. What was his position in his company in 1976?Jawaban: He was the Marketing Director.

8. What did he found on January 27, 1990?Jawaban: He founded the Indonesian Museum of Records (MURI).

220 UNIT 4 Recounts

Variasi:A. Read the text below.

Deliver a monolog based on it.Do it in turns.Anggun Cipta Sasmi, an Indonesian singer, was born on April 29,

1974, in Jakarta. Her name in Indonesian means “Grace born out ofa dream”.

At a young age, Anggun Cipta Sasmi decided to follow in herfather, Darto Singo’s footsteps, and become an entertainer. During herearly years, she was influenced by rock sounds of native Javaneseartists and the rock & roll icon, Elvis Presley. She began performing atthe age of 7 and recorded her first album two years later. By the timeAnggun was 17, she was a successful national rock star.

Anggun Cipta Sasmi began to feel unsatisfied with her success inAsia and, at 19, she left Indonesia in hopes of breaking through in theEuropean music charts. With her first husband, she moved to Londonand then Paris, where she met music producer Erick Benzi. He was the one who had producedmusic for stars such as Celine Dion, and Johnny Hallyday, a popular French singer. Benzi wasquite impressed by Anggun’s talent and immediately offered her to work with him on her newalbum. He persuaded her to move away from her original rock influences and experiment witha more sensual and romantic sound. Anggun’s smooth new style would prove an immediatesuccess in France. Her first French album, ‘Au Nom de la Lune’ (titled Anggun for Indonesiaand Japanese market and ‘Snow On The Sahara’ in other 13 countries including the US) notonly skyrocketed Anggun to fame in France, the album was also a major hit in her nativecountry, Indonesia. Her second album ‘Desirs Contraires’ (Chrysalis in foreign and US markets)proved to be a worldwide hit as well.

Adapted from: December 8, 2009 <http://indonesiafamous.blogspot.com/search?updated-max=2007-02-

15T01%3A16%3A00-08%3A00&max-results=8>

Contoh jawaban:Hi, guys. You are familiar with the girl in the photograph, aren’t you? Do you like her

songs? Me, too. I love her songs very much. Well, let me tell you about her.Anggun Cipta Sasmi who was born on April 29, 1974 in Jakarta is an Indonesian famous

singer. At her young age, she followed her father’s footsteps, Darto Singo ato be an entertainer.She was influenced by rock sounds of native Javanese artists and the rock & roll icon, ElvisPresley. At the age of 7 she already performed her talent. Two years later, she made her firstalbum. You know, at 17 years old, she was a successful national rock star. That’s amazing!

She decided to leave Indonesia in hopes of breaking through in the European musiccharts. With her first husband, she moved to London and then Paris. There she met ErickBenzi, a music producer. You know what. Erick Benzi was the one who had produced music forstars such as Celine Dion and Johnny Hallyday, a popular French singer. Anggun’s talentimpressed him and he immediately offered her to work with him on her new album. He askedAnggun to move away from her original rock influences and experiment with a more sensualand romantic sound. She agreed and this smooth new style would prove an immediate successin France. Her first French album, ‘Au Nom de la Lune’ which entitled Anggun for Indonesia andJapanese market and ‘Snow On The Sahara’ in other 13 countries including the US not onlyskyrocketed Anggun to fame in France. The album was also a major hit in her native country,Indonesia. Her second album ‘Desirs Contraires’ or ‘Chrysalis’ in foreign and US marketsproved to be a worldwide hit as well.

Well, guys, that’s my story about Anggun Cipta Sasmi. I hope her experiences inspire us toget our wish. Thank you.


B. Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the text inTask A.Correct the false ones.

1. (T/F) Anggun Cipta Sasmi was born on April 19, 1974.2. (T/F) Anggun Cipta Sasmi was inspired by Darto Singo, her father.3. (T/F) She recorded her first album at the age of 7.4. (T/F) Erick Benzi is a popular French singer.5. (T/F) Anggun’s second album ‘Desirs Contraires’ became a worldwide hit.

Jawaban:1. F (She was born on April 29, 1974.)2. T3. F (She began performing at the age of 7 and recorded her first album two years later. It

means she recorded her first album when she was 9 years old.)4. F (Erick Benzi is a music producer whom Anggun met in Paris.)5. T

C. Find the story of a famous person who inspires you.Tell your friends about him/her.

Contoh jawaban:Sir Alexander Fleming is famous as the discoverer of the antibiotic substance lysozyme

and for isolating the antibiotic substance penicillin from the fungus Penicillium notatum.Fleming was born in Ayrshire, Scotland. He attended St Mary’s Hospital medical school in

London until World War I broke out. He participated in a battlefield hospital with many of hiscolleagues in the fronts of France. Being exposed to the horrid medical infections by the dyingsoldiers, he returned to St. Mary’s after the war. He went there with renewed energy insearching for an improved antiseptic.

Both of Fleming’s discoveries happened entirely by accident during the 1920s. The first,lysozyme, was discovered after mucus from his nose dropped into a bacterium laced Petri dish (hesneezed). A few days later, it was noted that bacteria where the mucus had fallen had beendestroyed.

Fleming’s labs were usually in disarray, which led to be to his advantage. In September1928, he was sorting through the many idle experiments strewn about his lab. He inspectedeach specimen before discarding it and noticed an interesting fungal colony had grown asa contaminant on one of the agar plates streaked with the bacterium Staphylococcus aureus.Fleming inspected the Petri dish further and found that the bacterial colonies around the funguswere transparent because their cells were lysing. Lysis is the breakdown of cells, and in thiscase, potentially harmful bacteria. The importance was immediately recognized, however thediscovery was still underestimated, initially used to clean his glassware. Fleming issueda publication about penicillin in the British Journal of Experimental Pathology in 1929.

For his achievements, Fleming was knighted in 1944 and shared the Nobel prize forPhysiology or Medicine in 1945 with Florey and Ernst Boris Chain.

Adapted from: December 8, 2009 <http://www.famouspeople.co.uk/a/alexanderfleming.html

D. There must be a famous person in your region.Tell something about his/her personal background and achievements.Do it in turns.

222 UNIT 4 Recounts

C. Look at the pictures and find references about the people in the pictures.Ask and answer questions about one of them.Look at the example.

1.

Picture source:<http://yezzman.tripod.com>

2.

Teks untuk guru:Mohammad Hatta was born in Bukittinggi on August 12,

1902. His father, Haji Mohammad Djamil, died when he waseight months old and he was left with his six sisters and hismother. As in the matrilineal society of Minangkabau tradition,he was then raised in his mother’s family. His mother’s familywas a wealthy one that Hatta was able to study in Dutchschools.

He went to the Dutch language elementary school (ELS orEuropeesche Lagere School) in Padang from 1913 to 1916. Hedid it after he had finished Sekolah Melayu (‘Malay School’) inBukittinggi. When he was thirteen, he passed an exam thatentitled him to follow the Dutch secondary school (HBS orHogere burgerschool) in Batavia.

Source: September 19, 2008 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammad_Hatta>

Picture source:<http://www.

tamanismailmarzuki.com/tokoh/soed_files/

image002.jpg>

Teks untuk guru:Saridjah, well-known as Ibu Soed after she married Bintang

Soedibjo, was born on March 26, 1908 in Sukabumi. She livedwith her foster father Prof. Dr. Mr. J.F. Kramer, retired VicePresident Hoogerechtshof in Jakarta. He was the one whoSaridjah learned how to sing, play musical instrument, especiallyviolin, from.

Saridjah studied in Kweekschool in Bandung. Then, shetaught in HIS after she graduated from it. Here she began towrite and compose songs.

Ibu Soed was famous as three musician era, the Dutch,Japanese and Indonesian era. She performed her voice for thefirst time in NIROM Radio, Jakarta, in 1927-1928.

One day, our national flag, Sang Merah Putih, in theIndonesian Radio Station (RRI) building was going to be fallen.Jusuf Ronodipuro bravely was against this action, even thoughhe was ready to be shot. Knowing that heroic action andpatriotism, Ibu Soed’s patriotism was aroused. Then, she showedher heart movement on a heroic song entitled ‘BerkibarlahBenderaku’. One of its lines says ‘Siapa berani menurunkanengkau, serentak rakyatmu membela’ meaning ‘Anyone whodares to put you down, your people will fight against italtogether’. This song was only created in fifteen minutes.

Mohammad Hatta

Ibu Soed


Ibu Soed’s songs, predicted more than 200 songs, are devoted to children. She alsowrote a drama script and performed it, ‘Kanak-Kanak Sumi Ballet Operette’ in GedungKesenian, Jakarta in 1955 together with Nani Loebis Gondosapoetro as the dance directorand R.A.J. Soedjasmin as the music director.

With her expert in playing violin, she had a big chance to accompany the firstperformance of our national anthem Indonesia Raya in Gedung Pemuda on October 28,1928.

Source: December 8, 2009 <www.tamanismailmarzuki.com/tokoh/soed.html>

3.

Picture source: <http://www.north-sulawesi.org/

personalities.html>

Teks untuk guru:

Gerungan Saul Samuel Yacob Ratulangi, who is morepopularly known as Sam Ratulangi, was born on November 5,1890 in Tondano, North Sulawesi. After finishing HoofdenSchool (king’s school) in Tondano, he continued his studies ata Technical School (KWS) in Jakarta. In 1915, he receiveda diploma as a teacher of science in middle school fromHolland, and four years later he received a doctor of sciencedegree from a school in Switzerland. In Holland he was thehead of Indonesian Association, and in Switzerland he was thehead of an organization of Asian students.

After returning from Europe, Sam Ratulangi taught scienceat AMS (high school level school) in Yogyakarta, and eventuallymoved to Bandung to start the Indonesian Insurance Firm. Forthree years, from 1924 to 1927, he was appointed as secretaryof Council of Minahasan Students. He used position for thewelfare of the people by starting new areas for agricultural use,starting a foundation for educational funds, etc. Because of hisfierce effort, the government of Holland abolished forced labor inMinahasa.

As a member of Volksraad in 1927, Ratulangi demandedthat the goverment of Holland abolish differences oftreatment in the political, economic and educational fieldsbetween the Dutch and Indonesians. In 1932, he took part in theestablishment of Vereniging van Indonesische Academici (TheUnited Scholars of Indonesia). This organization was aimed tobring together the scholars of Indonesia to bring about a feelingof nationalism among the people of Indonesia.

In early August of 1945, Ratulangi was appointed asa member the Preparatory Committee on IndonesianIndependence. After the Republic of Indonesia was established,he was appointed to the position of govenor of Sulawesi. Hewas arrested by the Dutch and exiled to Serui, Irian Jaya, afterthe United Nations struggled to keep Sulawesi as part theRepublic of Indonesia.

On June 30, 1949, Sam Ratulangi died in Jakarta asa enemy prisoner. His body was buried back in Tondano.Source: December 8, 2009 <http://www.north-sulawesi.org/personalities.html>

Sam Ratulangi

224 UNIT 4 Recounts

Example:A : Do you know Ibu Soed?B : Yes, I do. I sang a lot of her songs. One of them was ‘Berkibarlah Benderaku’. What about

you?A : I know her very much. She was born on March 26, 1908. She married Mr. Bintang Soedibjo.

That’s why, she was called Ibu Soed.B : That’s right. And more, Prof. Dr. Mr. J.F. Kramer claimed her as his daughter. He taught her

how to learn about music, how to sing and play violin.



The Caka period in Indonesia witnessedthe introduction of the Sanskrit language andthe Pallawa script by the Indian Prince Aji Caka(78 AD). The Devanagari script of the Sanskritlanguage was also used, as shown in ancientstone and copper inscriptions (paracasthies)which have been unearthed. The language andscript were adapted and called the Kawilanguage and included words and phrasesderived from Javanese.

Early trade relations were establishedbetween South India and Indonesia. Sumatrawas then named Swarna Dwipa or “the island ofgold”, Java was called Java Dwipa or “the riceisland”, and a Hindu kingdom of Crivijaya inSumatra and Nalanda in South India were notconfined to religious and cultural exchanges.They later developed diplomatic relations, andeven covered a wide range of trade.

The influx of Indian settlers continued duringthe period from the first to the seventh centuryAD. Peacefully and gradually the Hindu religionspread throughout the archipelago. It wasadopted by all layers of the people of Java, butlimited to the upper classes on the other islands.

Source: December 8, 2009 <http://www.asianinfo.org/asianinfo/indonesia/pro-history.htm>

1. Prince Aji Caka came from ________.A. Indonesia B. IndiaC. Persia D. Spain

Jawaban: BHal ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . thePallawa script by the Indian Prince AjiCaka (78 AD).”. Jadi, Pangeran Aji Cakaberasal dari India.

2. Which island was called the island of gold?A. Sumatra. B. Java.C. Kalimantan. D. Irian Jaya.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat keduaparagraf dua, ”Sumatra was then namedSwarna Dwipa or ’the island of gold’,. . . .”yang artinya ”Kemudian Sumatra dijulukiSwarna Dwipa atau ’pulau emas’, . . . .”.

3. How long did the Indian settlers’ movementto Java last?A. For a century.B. For not more than five centuries.C. For at least six centuries.D. For more than seven centuries.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat pertamaparagraf tiga ”The influx of Indian settlerscontinued during the period from the first tothe seventh century AD.” yang artinya”Arus penduduk India berlangsung terus-menerus selama periode abad pertamasampai abad ketujuh.”. Jadi, perpindahanpenduduk India ke Jawa berlangsungselama sekitar enam abad.


Another known Buddhist kingdom wasCailendra in Central Java. It was ruled by thekings of Cailendra Dynasty. During their rule(750-850 AD), the famous Buddhist temple,


Borobudur, was built. In 772 AD other Buddhisttemples were also built. They include theMendut, Kalasan and Pawon temples. All ofthese temples are now preserved as touristobjects near the city of Yogyakarta. TheCailendra kingdom was also known for itscommercial and naval power, and its flourishingarts and culture. A guide to learn singing,known as the Chandra Cha-ana, was firstwritten in 778 AD.


4. Cailendra Dynasty ruled Cailendra kingdomin Central Java for ________.A. fifty yearsB. a centuryC. one hundred and fifteen yearsD. more than one hundred years

Jawaban: BJawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Itwas ruled by the kings of CailendraDynasty. During their rule (750–850 AD),. . . .”. yang artinya ”Kerajaan ini diperintaholeh raja-raja Dinasti Syailendra. Selamapemerintahan mereka (750–850 setelahMasehi), . . . .”. Jadi, Dinasti Syailendramemerintah selama 100 tahun atau satuabad (a century).

5. The text is about ________.A. Cailendra DynastyB. a famous Buddhist templeC. Prambanan templeD. Borobudur templeJawaban: AGagasan utama bacaan tersebut terdapatpada kalimat pertama dan kedua, yaitutentang Dinasti Syailendra. Kalimat-kalimatberikutnya merupakan kalimat pendukung.

Variasi:

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.Read the text and answer questions 1 and 2.

In their search for spices, the Portuguesearrived in Indonesia in 1511, after theirconquest of the Islamic kingdom of Malaccaon the Malay Peninsula. They were followedby the Spaniards.


1. “. . . the Portuguese arrived in Indonesiain 1511, after their conquest of . . . .”The bold-typed word means ________.A. failure B. battleC. struggle D. defeatJawaban: DKata ’conquest’ dan ’defeat’ memiliki artipenaklukan. Pilihan jawaban lainnyasalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyakegagalan,(B) artinya peperangan, dan (C) artinyaperjuangan.

2. Spaniards are people who come from________.A. Mexico B. SpainC. Portugal D. France

Jawaban: BSpaniards artinya orang-orang Spanyol.Jadi, Spaniards berasal dari Spanyol(Spain).


The first known hominid inhabitant ofIndonesia was called “Java Man”, or Homoerectus. They lived here half a million yearsago. Then, some 60,000 years ago, theancestors of the Papuans moved eastwardthrough these islands. Later, in about thefourth millennium B.C., they were followed bythe ancestors of the modern-day Malays,Javanese and other Malay-Polynesiangroups who now make up Indonesia’spopulation.

Thousands of years later, trade contactswith India, China and the mainland ofSoutheast Asia brought outside cultural andreligious influences to Indonesia. One of thefirst Buddhist empires, known as Sriwijaya,was located on the coast of Sumatra aroundthe strategic Strait of Malacca. This kingdomserved as the center of a trading network ofthe archipelago more than a thousand yearsago.

226 UNIT 4 Recounts

Later on, in Java, large kingdoms of theisland erected some exquisite religiousmonuments, such as Borobudur, the largestBuddhist monument in the world. In the 14thcentury, Majapahit Kingdom, the last andmost powerful of early Hindu-Javanesekingdoms, once controled and influencedmuch of the archipelago.

Next, Indian Moslem traders beganspreading Islam in Indonesia in the eighthand ninth centuries. In the 13th century, thefirst Islamic states were already establishedthere, known as Samudera Pasai. Soonafterwards, rulers on Java’s north coastadopted the new creed. The faith graduallyspread throughout archipelago, and todayIndonesia is the world’s largest Islamicnation.Source: April 4, 2008 <http://www.indo.com/indonesia/

history.html>

3. “They lived here half a million yearsago.” The underlined word refers to________.A. Samudera PasaiB. JavaC. IndonesiaD. PapuaJawaban: CKata ’here’ adalah kata ganti tempatyang artinya di sini. Hal ini mengacupada keterangan tempat yang telahdisebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu Indone-sia. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (D) salahkarena disebutkan setelah katatersebut. Pilihan jawaban (B) salahkarena Java yang disebut sebelumnyamenunjuk pada ”Java Man”, atau Homoerectus, bukan keterangan tempat.

4. What is the main idea of paragraph 1?A. The Indonesia’s population.B. Kinds of tribes in Indonesia.C. The Indonesian’s culture.D. Indonesia’s first inhabitants.Jawaban: DHal ini sesuai dengan informasi padakalimat pertama paragraf 1, ”The firstknown hominid inhabitant of Indonesiawas called ”Java Man”, or Homoerectus.”.

5. The following statements are TRUEaccording to the text, except ________.A. there was another Hindu–Javanese

kingdom after MajapahitB. in the 13th century there was an

Islamic kingdom in IndonesiaC. overseas traders brought cultural

influences to IndonesiaD. Sriwijaya was located on the strategic

Strait of MalaccaJawaban: APernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A)bertentangan dengan kalimat keduaparagraf tiga, ”. . . Majapahit Kingdom, thelast and most powerful of early Hindu-Javanese . . . .”, yang menyebutkan bahaMajapahit merupakan kerajaan Hindu-Jawa yang terakhir dan paling berkuasa.

6. What was the role of Sriwijaya for morethan a thousand years ago?A. It became the center of culture.B. It became the first Buddhist empire.C. It had built some religious monuments.D. It served as the trading center in the

archipelago.Jawaban: DHal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhirparagraf dua, ”This kingdom served as thecenter of a trading network of thearchipelago more than a thousand yearsago.”. Frasa ’this kingdom’ dalam kalimatini mengacu pada kerajaan Sriwijaya.

7. Who brought Islam to Indonesia?A. Indian traders.B. Chinese traders.C. Indian Moslem traders.D. Traders from Majapahit.Jawaban: CHal ini sesuai dengan informasi padakalimat pertama paragraf empat, ”Next,Indian Moslem traders began spreadingIslam in Indonesia in the eighth and ninthcenturies.”.


He is still one of the most recognizablemen on earth. And decades after he burstupon the scene as a gold medal winner at


the 1960 Olympics in Rome, Italy,Muhammad Ali remains a magical figure,known and loved throughout the world.

Ali brought new speed and grace tohis sport, and his charm and wit changedforever what we expect a champion to be.His accomplishments in the ring were thestuff of legend: two fights with SonnyListon, where he proclaimed himself “TheGreatest” and proved he was; threeambitious wars with Joe Frazier; thestunning victory over George Foreman inZaire; and dethroning Leon Spinks tobecome heavyweight champion for thethird time. But there was always far moreto Muhammad Ali than what took place ina boxing ring.

His early embrace of the Nation ofIslam and his insistence on being calledMuhammad Ali instead of his “slavename”, Cassius Clay, introduced a newera in black pride. His refusal to beinducted into the United States armyanticipated the growing antiwar movementof the 1960s. And his willingness to stagehis fights in different countries such asKinshasa, Zaire; Manila, Philippines; andKuala Lumpur, Malaysia, signaled a shiftaway from super power dominancestoward a growing awareness of theimportance of the third world.

Today Ali is a deeply religious manwho causes feeling of love and respectwherever he travels.

8. From the text, we know thatMuhammad Ali ________.A. is a boxerB. is not a boxer anymoreC. still plays boxing so farD. never played boxing well

Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari paragrafterakhir yang menyebutkan bahwaMuhammad Ali adalah seorang yangreligius. Dengan kata lain, sekarang iabukanlah seorang petinju lagi (not aboxer anymore). Pilihan jawaban (A)salah karena petinju adalah profesinyadulu (was a boxer).

9. Muhammad Ali boxed dramaticallywhen he fought three times against________.A. Sonny ListenB. Joe FrazierC. George ForemanD. Leon Spinks

Ujian Nasional 2005/2006Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatkedua paragraf dua ”Hisaccomplishments in the ring were . . .,three ambitious wars with Joe Frazier; .. . .” yang menyebutkan tigapertarungan Muhammad Ali yangambisius dengan Joe Frazier. Jadi,pilihan jawaban (B) benar.

10. “Today Ali is a deeply religious manwho causes feeling of love . . . .” (Lastparagraph)The underlined word has the oppositemeaning to ________.A. develops B. understandsC. traces D. preventsJawaban: DKata ’to cause’ mempunyai maknamenyebabkan. Kata yang memilikimakna berlawanan dengan ’to cause’adalah ’to prevent’ yang artinyamencegah. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamengembangkan, (B) artinya mengerti/memahami, dan (C) artinya melacak.

228 UNIT 4 Recounts

B. Read the text.Decide whether the statements that follow are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.

Maria Yosephine Catharina Maramis was born in Kema, a small port cityin North Sulawesi, on December 1, 1872. Her ambitions were to promote thewomen’s rights, so they can take care of their family and educate theirchildren.

Maria became an orphan when she was six years old. Since then, withher two siblings, she was raised by her uncle and aunt Ezam Rotinsulu inAirmadidi. Maria’s education only reached elementary school. At that time,Minahasan girls were not permitted to study more than elementary level.They only stayed at home and helped their parents until it was time to getmarried.

Maria’s uncle was an esteemed person. He was very well-known. The introduction andrelationship between Maria and Reverend Ten Hoeven, whom she met through her uncle,expanded Maria’s knowledge. Since then, Maria aspired to advance the women of Minahasa. Thisaspiration was further cultivated when she married an HIS Manado teacher in 1890. With the helpof her husband, Yoseph Frederik Calusung Walanda, and several other scholars, Maria startedan organization in July 1917. This organization was named Percintaan Ibu Kepada AnakTurunannya—PIKAT (The Love of a Mother Toward Her Children).

The purpose of this organization was to teach women with elementary school level educationfamily matters, like cooking, sewing, taking care of babies, hand crafting and others. Maria thoughtthat women were very important in the family, and they were responsible for the future of theirchildren.

The PIKAT organization was accepted by society and in a short period of time, branches ofthe organization were established in Sangir Talaud, Gorontalo, Poso, Ujung Pandang, Bogor,Malang, Surabaya, Bandung, Cimahi and Magelang. There were also branches in Kalimantan,Balikpapan, Sangusangu and Kotaraja.

Maria Walanda Maramis died in 1924, and was buried in Maumbi, North Sulawesi.Adapted from: December 8, 2009 <http://www.north-sulawesi.org/personalities.html>

Statements:1. (T/F) Maria was 52 years old.2. (T/F) She was born in a small port city, Kema, in South Sulawesi.3. (T/F) She had three siblings. So, there were four children in her family.4. (T/F) Maria’s education only reached elementary school because no women were allowed to

study more than elementary level that time.5. (T/F) Maria married Reverend Ten Hoeven in 1890.6. (T/F) Her husband was a teacher.7. (T/F) Maria founded an organization Percintaan Ibu Kepada Anak Turunannya – PIKAT in

1927.8. (T/F) The PIKAT organization had branches in some big cities, i.e. in Sangir Talaud,

Gorontalo, Poso, Jakarta and Magelang.Jawaban:1. T2. F (Maria Yosephine Catharina Maramis was born in Kema, a small port city in North

Sulawesi.)3. F (She had two siblings, so there were three children in her family.)4. T5. F (Maria’s husband was Yoseph Frederick Calusung Walanda. Reverend Ten Hoeven was

the one who expanded Maria’s knowledge.)


6. T7. F (Maria started PIKAT organization in July 1917.)8. F (The PIKAT organization was accepted by society and in a short period of time, branches

of the organization were established in Sangir Talaud, Gorontalo, Poso, Ujung Pandang,Bogor, Malang, Surabaya, Bandung, Cimahi, and Magelang.)

Variasi:

A. Fill in the blanks with the suitable phrases or sentences from the box.

a. Reynolds entered college to study medicine in 1970b. After several very unpleasant experiencesc. And why the autobiography?d. was published in February 2001

Laura Reynolds was born in Perth, Australia in 1944. Her autobiography, Coming toTerms, (1) ________. It faithfully depicts the incredible obstacles she had to overcome toachieve her dream of becoming a doctor.

Reynolds had a difficult childhood and lost her mother when she was fourteen. She leftschool the following year and a year later stowed away on a ship going to the United States.

(2) ________ in the United States, she returned to Australia in 1968, where she worked inbars and nightclubs. She also abused alcohol and drugs and suffered from depression. Thatwas when she sought professional medical advice, was diagnosed depressive, and put onmedication.“Thanks to the treatment, my depression lifted and I no longer felt the lethargy and the lack ofself-esteem. Once I was no longer depressed I had the energy and the self-confidence tomove ahead,” she comments.

(3) ________ and became a doctor, graduating from Otago Medical School in 1975, agedthirty-one. She currently works as a general practitioner and spends her free time volunteeringwith underprivileged youth.

“I’m seeing people who remind me of the way I was. I really like to be able to educatepeople and to help people make responsible decisions.”

(4) ________ “I guess it was an attempt to deal with my past. It was a kind of therapy forme . . . although I had overcome a number of obstacles to become a doctor. I had not focusedon the underlying problems that I had from my childhood, and they kept coming back to biteme.”

Source: Green Light Five,Jawaban:1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c

B. Find the meanings of the words below.Share your work with the class.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to depict = menggambarkan2. incredible = luar biasa3. obstacle = hambatan, gangguan4. to overcome = mengatasi (masalah)5. to achieve = mencapai/meraih6. to stow away = menyelinap sebagai penumpang gelap7. to abuse = menyalahgunakan

230 UNIT 4 Recounts

8. to suffer from = menderita dari9. to seek = mencari

10. lethargy = kelesuan

C. Read the proper text in Task A.Answer the questions below.

1. What is the text about?Jawaban: About Laura Reynolds’ life

experience.2. What does she do?

Jawaban: She’s a doctor.

C. Read and change the statements below into indirect speech.

1. Secretary: Sorry, Sir. The manager wants to see you.2. Waitress: Hold on for a second. Everything will be ready in ten minutes.3. Mother: Father has just arrived home.4. Uncle Rustam: I will arrive at the airport tomorrow.5. The students: We returned the books yesterday.

Jawaban:1. The secretary said that the manager wanted to see me.2. The waitress asked me to hold on for a second. She also said that everything would be ready

in ten minutes.3. Mother said that father had just arrived home.4. Uncle Rustam said that he would arrive at the airport the following day.5. The students said that they had returned the books the day before.

Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.Write down his/her sentences.Share your work with the class.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Ari said, “I love watching football.”2. Mr. Ronald said, “I will join a seminar in Balikpapan next week.”3. The students said, “Finally, we won the Olympiad championship.”4. Sandy said, “I visited my grandparents last week.”5. Jane and her friends said, “Learning English is fun.”6. Hanif said, “I am going to join a conversation club next Saturday.”7. That man said, “We have to chase away those colonizers from our beloved country.”8. The director said to me, “I want you to handle this financial dispute right now.”9. Lani and her sister said, “We will watch ‘New Moon’ this afternoon.”

10. Father and mother said, “We are going to spend our weekend in Bali next week.”

B. Change the sentences in Task A into indirect speech.Read your work aloud.

Jawaban:1. Ari said that he loved watching football.2. Mr. Ronald said that he would join a seminar in Balikpapan the following week.3. The students said that finally they had won the Olympiad championship.4. Sandy said that she had visited her grandparents the previous week.

3. In what year did she lose her mother?Jawaban: In 1958.

4. When did she enter the United States?Jawaban: When she was 16 years old

(in 1960).5. How long did she study medicine?

Jawaban: For five years.


5. Jane and her friends said that learning English was fun.6. Hanif said that she was going to join a conversation club the following Saturday.7. That man said that they had to chase away those colonizers from their beloved country.8. The director said to me that she wanted me to handle that financial dispute then.9. Lani and her sister said that they would watch ‘New Moon’ that afternoon.

10. Father and mother said that they were going to spend their weekend in Bali the followingweek.

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctindirect speech.

1. Mother said to me, “Rosida and Viviocalled a few minutes ago.”A. Mother said to me that Rosida and

Vivio called a few minutes ago.B. Mother said to me that Rosida and

Vivio called a few minutes before.C. Mother said to me that Rosida and

Vivio just called a few momentsago.

D. Mother said to me that Rosida andVivio had called a few minutesbefore.

Jawaban: DKalimat langsung menggunakan thesimple past tense dan keterangan waktua few minutes ago. Oleh karena itu,kalimat tidak langsung menggunakanthe past perfect tense denganketerangan waktu a few minutes before.

2. Arif said, “We have to do our homeworktonight.”A. Arif said that they had to do their

homework that night.B. Arif said that they have to do their

homework tonight.C. Arif said that they had to do their

homework tonight.D. Arif said that we had to do our

homework that night.Jawaban: AKalimat langsung menggunakan thesimple present tense dan keteranganwaktu tonight. Oleh karena itu, kalimattidak langsung menggunakan the simplepast tense dengan keterangan waktuthat night, serta pronoun ’we’ menjadi’they’.

3. The Prince said, “I’m going to lead mytroops to face the Dutch in Ambarawa.”

A. The Prince said that I’m going tolead my troops to face the Dutch inAmbarawa.

B. The Prince said that he is going tolead his troops to face the Dutch inAmbarawa.

C. The Prince said that he was goingto lead his troops to face the Dutchin Ambarawa.

D. The Prince said that he was goingto lead my troops to face the Dutchin Ambarawa.

Jawaban: CKalimat langsung menggunakan thesimple future tense. Oleh karena itu,kalimat tidak langsung menggunakanthe future tense dalam bentuk past,yaitu was going to lead. Kata ganti ’I’dan ’me’ yang mengacu pada the Princeberubah menjadi ’he’ dan ’his’.

4. “We won the battle although we onlyused these sharp bamboos,” said thosesoldiers.A. Those soldiers said that we had

won the battle although we onlyused those sharp bamboos.

B. Those soldiers said that they hadwon the battle although they onlyused those sharp bamboos.

C. Those soldiers said that they hadwon the battle although we onlyused those sharp bamboos.

D. Those soldiers said that they hadwon the battle although we onlyused these sharp bamboos.

Jawaban: BKalimat langsung menggunakan thesimple past tense. Oleh karena itu,kalimat tidak langsung menggunakanthe past perfect tense, yaitu ’had won’.Kata ganti ’we’ yang mengacu pada

232 UNIT 4 Recounts

those soldiers berubah menjadi ’they’,serta kata ’these’ berubah menjadi’those’.

5. “Tantri and I are doing our writingassignment at the moment,” Dita said.A. Dita said that Tantri and her were

doing their writing assignment then.B. Dita said that Tantri and I were

doing their writing assignment then.

C. Dita said that Tantri and her aredoing our writing assignment then.

D. Dita said that Tantri and I are doingour writing assignment then.

Jawaban: AKalimat langsung menggunakan thepresent continuous tense denganketerangan waktu at the moment. Olehkarena itu, kalimat tidak langsungmenggunakan the past continuoustense dengan keterangan waktu then.

love opor kupat show an eagle live at a neat and cleanneighborhood

have an antique bamboo lamp find a bird nest/yesterday

D. Work in groups of three.Ask and answer questions about the pictures below.Use direct and indirect speech.Look at the example.

Example:Arin : Whose mobile phone is that?Ben : What did Arin say?Ayu : She asked whose mobile phone was that.

321

4 5

Contoh jawaban:1. A : I love opor kupat.

B : What did she say?C : She said that she loved opor kupat.

2. A : Let me show you an eagle.B : What did he say?C : He said that he would show me

an eagle.3. A : My aunt and uncle live at a neat

and clean neighborhood.B : What did he say?

C : He said that his aunt and unclelived at a neat and cleanneighborhood.

4. A : My grandpa has an antiquebamboo lamp like that.

B : What did she say?C : She said that her grandpa had

an antique bamboo lamp like that.5. A : Galih found a bird nest yesterday.

B : What did he say?C : He said that Galih had found a bird

nest the day before.


A. Rearrange the sentences into a good text.Read your work aloud.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:So don’t wait!There’s always an answer.Make a plan to deal with each thing.I started studying to become a teacher.My work was often boring and always busy.I’m now a primary school teacher and it’s as good as I imagined.Write a list of the things that are stopping you from getting your dream job.I’d been working as a secretary for three years when I decided to change my career.It certainly wasn’t easy; I continued working full-time to pay for my training at night school.I was exhausted most of the time, but after two years, I finally got my qualifications andresigned.

Source: New English Life Intermediate Test Booklet

710932681

45

Variasi:Guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Talent is something you’re born with.Skills are something you’ve learned to do.I now own five restaurants around the U.S.At the time, it was my dream job! Later I became a chef.My best advice is to find out what your skills and talents are.As a student, I earned $295 a week in cash working in a beach cafe.People like doing things that come naturally to them, so work and enjoy!But you have to know the meaning of hard work if you want to achieve your goals.It was hard work, I was often in a hot kitchen for twelve hours a day, six days a week.


7852

16

943

B. Write about someone’s experience.Share your work with the class.

Contoh jawaban:The mayor, Jaime Lerner, along with the council, began developing the world-famous system

in Curitiba, Brazil in 1971.Mr. Lerner had grown up in Curitiba and knew that the street was an important part of city life

for the residents. He made many of the streets into pedestrian areas, with no access for cars. Thecouncil put in flowers, lights and kiosks where people could sell food and other products. Toencourage shoppers to use the new areas, the mayor gave away free paper so that local childrencould paint pictures in the street. Cyclists also benefit from 150km of cycle lanes, which follow oldriver valleys and railway tracks around the city.


234 UNIT 4 Recounts

C. Write five sentences in direct speech.

Example:Tika said, “I am reading a history book right now.”

Contoh jawaban:1. Lina said, “I will go to see a film this afternoon.”2. My father said, “A pickpocket stole my wallet yesterday.”3. The children said, “We had a football match last week and we won.”4. The teacher said, “You have to submit the assignments on my desk tomorrow.”5. My brother said, “I like playing video games every weekend.”

D. Exchange your work in Task C with your friend’s.Rewrite his/her sentences into indirect speech.

Example:Tika said that she was reading a history book then.

Contoh jawaban:1. Lina said that she would go to see a film that afternoon.2. My father said that a pickpocket had stolen his wallet the day before.3. The children said that they had had a football match a week before and they had won.4. The teacher said that we had to submit the assignments on his/her desk the following day.5. My brother said that he liked playing video games every weekend.

Variasi:

Let’s play a game.Work in groups of three.Follow the instructions below.1. Draw lots.2. The looser, let’s say A, has to make a sentence in direct speech. Then, he/she whispers

the sentence to B.3. Next, B has to tell C what A has just said to him/her in indirect speech.4. Finally, C says what B said in direct speech.6. Do it in turns.

Example:A said to B, “I love playing this game.”B said to C, “A said that he loved playing that game.”C said, “A loves playing this game.”

Contoh tanya jawab:Rina : I will go to the library at the second break.Diana : Rina said that she would go to the library at the second break.Tika : Rina will go to the library at the second break.Diana : My grandmother arrived from village this morning.Tika : Diana said that her grandmother had arrived from village that morning.Rina : Diana’s grandmother arrived from village this morning.Tika : I have lost contact with my friend since last year.Rina : Tika said that she had lost contact with her friend since a year before.Diana : Tika has lost contact with her friend since last year.


4.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken and Written Notices

Spoken Text

Written Text

Read the following text.“Attention, all. You should put off your jacket and put it over there. Thank you.”

The text above is a spoken notice. A notice is short and simple information which isdelivered to the target audience. The information must be easily understood.


PUT OFF YOUR JACKETKEEP IT IN THE CLOAKROOM

The text above is a written notice. A written notice must also be short, simple andreadable. So you should be careful with the choice of the letters and words.


1. Where do you usually hear or find notices?Contoh jawaban: In public places, such as schools, hospitals, airports and supermarkets.

2. Can you find a notice in your school? What is it about?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. It says “Be quiet! The exam is in progress!”

236 UNIT 4 Recounts

A. Listen to your teacher.Write down the notices you have just heard.

Notice yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Stand in queue, please.2. Please behave yourself.3. Make sure you have locked your bike.4. Dilarang mendahului! Jalan berliku-liku.5. For motor cyclists, please turn on your head lamp.

B. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

1. You may hear the notice _________.A. at schoolB. in a fashion shopC. in a swimming poolD. in a beauty clinicJawaban: BNotice tersebut artinya ”Perhatian kepadasemua pengunjung. Anda hanyadiperbolehkan membawa dua pakaian kedalam ruang pas. Terima kasih.”. Jadi,pemberitahuan itu didengar di tokopakaian (in a fashion shop).

2. What does the notice mean?A. Visitors cannot bring more than two

items into the fitting room.B. Visitors can bring more than two

items into the fitting room.C. Visitors cannot buy more than two

items from the fitting room.D. Visitors can buy more than two

dresses.

Notice yang dibacakan guru:


Attention to all visitors. You may only bringtwo items into the fitting room. Thank you.

Jawaban: ANotice tersebut artinya ”Perhatian kepadasemua pengunjung. Anda hanyadiperbolehkan membawa dua pakaian kedalam ruang pas. Terima kasih.”. Ituartinya pengunjung tidak boleh membawalebih dari dua pakaian ke ruang pas.


This text is for question 3.

Please put on your rubber shoes to avoidelectric shock.

3. What should the listeners do?A. They should bring their rubber shoes.B. They should not touch any electric

sockets.C. They should wear their rubber shoes

on the working area.D. They should not wear their rubber

shoes on the working area.Jawaban: CNotice tersebut artinya ”Mohon pakailahsepatu karetmu untuk menghindarisengatan listrik.”. Itu artinya pendengarharus memakai (wear) sepatu karetnya dilingkungan kerja. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengannotice tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamereka seharusnya membawa sepatukaret, (B) artinya mereka seharusnya tidakmenyentuh saluran listrik, dan (D) artinyamereka seharusnya tidak memakai sepatukaret di lingkungan kerja.




We’d like to apologize that taking pictures inthe gas pump is prohibited.

4. You hear the notice in _________.A. a gas pumpB. a bus stationC. a railway stationD. a repair shopJawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”. . . taking pictures in the gas pump isprohibited.”

5. The word ‘prohibited’ in the notice means__________.A. permittedB. allowedC. showedD. not allowedJawaban: DKata ’prohibited’ artinya ’dilarang’. Kata inisama artinya dengan ’not allowed’. Pilihanjawaban (A) dan (B) artinya diperbolehkanatau diizinkan. Pilihan jawaban (C) artinyaditunjukkan.

A. Say the notices below aloud.Do it in turns.

1. Thank you for banking with us.2. Please handle with care. Fragile items.3. Be careful! The road is under construction.4. Customer number 47, please go to cashier 7. Thank you.5. Before you leave the room, make sure no electronic appliances are plugged in.

B. Work in pairs.Ask and answer questions about the notices in Task A.

Example:A : Where do you hear notice number 1?B : In an ATM booth, right?A : That’s right.B : Why does the voice thank us?A : Because we have used their service.

C. Understand the situations below.Deliver spoken notices based on them.

1. Suppose you are a teacher. You see three students are chatting and don’t pay attention toyour lesson. What would you say?

2. Your brother often recharges his mobile phone when it is on. You know it is not good for thephone. You try to tell him about it. What would you say?

3. Suppose you are a tour guide. You are guiding some American visitors in a sacred place.Everyone should put off their shoes or sandals before entering the place. One of those visitorsare forget to put his shoes off. What would you say to him?

238 UNIT 4 Recounts

Variasi:Dengan perintah yang sama, guru dapat memberikan kegiatan berikut di kelas lain.1. Suppose you are a security guard of an electric power plant. You see four boys are going

to enter the place. It is dangerous for them. You try to remind them. What would you say?2. Suppose you work in a well-known restaurant as customer service. You want to improve

the service. So you ask your customers’ input. You ask them to call certain number if theyfeel unpleasant about the restaurant. What would you say?

Contoh jawaban:1. Listen, all. You are not allowed to play around this electric power plant. It’s dangerous.2. Dear customer. Please dial 899 when you find something inconvenience about our

restaurant. Thank you.

NO ENTRY

BEWARE OF PICKPOCKETS

KEEP THE CLASSROOM CLEAN

SHOPLIFTERS ARE PROSECUTED

Contoh jawaban:1. Attention, boys. Don’t chat. Pay attention to the lesson.2. Turn off your mobile phone while recharging it. It is not good for your phone.3. Excuse me, Sir. Please put off your shoes before entering this sacred place. Thanks.


1.

The sign means ________.A. we may enter the roomB. we can enter the roomC. we are allowed to enter the roomD. we are forbidden to enter the roomJawaban: DNotice itu berarti kita dilarang masukruangan (we are forbidden to enter theroom).

2.

What does the text mean?A. We must make a pocket.B. We must be careful of pickpockets.C. We must have a pocket.D. We must be friendly to pickpockets.Jawaban: BNotice itu berarti awas ada copet. Jadi, kitaharus berhati-hati (be careful) denganpencopet.

3. What does the notice below mean?

A. Do not throw rubbish in the room.B. Do not destroy everything in the room.C. Do not sleep in the room.D. Do not speak in the room.Jawaban: ANotice itu berarti jagalah ruang kelas tetapbersih. Yang berarti pula kita tidak bolehmembuang sampah di ruang kelas (do notthrow rubbish in the room).

4.

Where do you usually find the sign above?A. In a supermarket.B. In a garden.C. In a train station.D. In an airport.Jawaban: ANotice itu berarti siapa saja yang mengutilakan ditindak. Jadi, notice itu dipasang disupermarket.


DO NOT LITTER5.

This notice means we ________.A. throw your rubbish hereB. cannot throw rubbish hereC. bring your own rubbishD. cannot pick up the rubbish

Jawaban: BNotice itu berarti jangan membuangsampah di tempat ini (do not throw rubbishhere).

B. Complete the notices with the proper words from the box.

● check ● reach ● stuff ● switch off ● pay● children ● available ● leave ● the store ● cashiers

Notice yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. Please ________ the bill only in ________ 1 and 2.2. Please ________ your stuff before you ________ the store.3. Please keep your ________ in the locker ________.4. Keep out of ________ of ________.5. Please ________ the lamp before you ________ the room.

Jawaban:1. pay; cashier 2. check; the store 3. stuff; available4. reach; children 5. switch off; leave

C. Arrange the words into good notices.

1. lock–bike–your2. pace–your–keep3. put–places–everything–proper–their–in4. left–please–to–turn–the baggage claim5. the tank–while–turn off–mobile phone–your–filling upJawaban:1. Lock your bike.2. Keep your pace.3. Put everything in their proper places.4. Please turn left to the baggage claim.5. Turn off your mobile phone while filling up the tank.

Write notices based on the situations below.

1. Your father just paint the bench. You remind everyone not to sit on it.2. You remind your friends to pay attention to the lesson.3. You ask your friends to keep the classroom clean and tidy.4. You remind your family to turn off lamps when they are not used.5. You warn the kids in your neighborhood not to play on the street.

240 UNIT 4 Recounts

Share your experience to your classmates.Do it before the class.

Read and memorize the words.Use them whenever you speak English.

ambassador : duta besarancient : kunoburden : bebancommittee : panitiacomposer : pengarangconquest : penakklukanconsciousness : kesadarandestination : tujuanesteem : mulia, terpandangexquisite : indah sekali, sangat elokfaith : keyakinan, kepercayaanfame : ketenaran, kemashuranimmediate : segerainscription : prasastinative : penduduk asli, pribumiobstacle : halangan, rintanganquite : amat, sangatrights : hak-hakscholar : sarjanaself-confidence : rasa percaya dirishoplifter : pengutilsolemn : khidmat, seriusspices : rempah-rempahto aspire : bercita-citato avoid : menghindarito book : memesan

to bump : menabrakto decide : memutuskanto depend : bergantungto doubt : ragu-raguto ease : meringankan,

mengurangito fill up : mengisito follow : mengikutito gather : berkumpulto hand something : menyerahkanto improve : memperbaiki, bertambah

baikto influence : memengaruhito leave for : pergi keto lose : kehilanganto murk up : menaikkan hargato offer : menawarkanto overlook : menghadap keto preserve : memelihara, menjagato recognize : mengenalito rule : memerintahto seek : mencarito stow : menyelinap masuk,

bersembunyi sebagaipenumpang gelap

to subscribe : berlanggananto take place : terjadito turn off : mematikanto warn : memperingatkantown square : alun-alun kota

Contoh jawaban:1. Wet paint.2. Pay attention to the lesson, please.3. Keep the classroom clean and tidy.4. Turn off the lamps when you don’t use them.5. Don’t play on the street. Dangerous!



Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2.

Rita : Dad, what do you think if wesubscribe a cable TV?

Father : That’s a good idea. I think you canimprove your English when we havea cable TV.

Rita : That’s right.

1. The speakers are talking about ________.A. a cable TVB. an idea to subscribe a cable TVC. English channels in a cable TVD. the benefit of subscribing a cable TV

for the girlJawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapanRita, yaitu ”Dad, what do you think if wesubscribe a cable TV?” yang artinya ”Ayah,bagaimana menurut pendapat Ayah kalaukita berlangganan TV kabel?”. UcapanRita ditanggapi ayahnya dengan ungkapanpersetujuan, yaitu ”That’s a good idea.”.Jadi, percakapan itu tentang gagasanberlangganan TV kabel (an idea tosubscribe a cable TV).

2. Father said, “That’s a good idea.” It meanshe expresses his ________.A. opinion B. disagreementC. agreement D. happinessJawaban: CUcapan ”That’s a good idea.” artinya ”Ituide yang bagus.”. Itu artinya ayah setuju(agree) atas gagasan Rita.

3. Diana : I missed the six o’clock bus thismorning.

Seno : Did you take the next bus?Diana : Yes, but the bus was crowded.

I did not get a seat.

The Diana look tired because ________.A. she went with SenoB. she took the six o’clock bus

C. she didn’t get a seat along the wayD. she got a seat; although, the bus was

crowdedJawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Diana,yaitu ”I did not get a seat.” yang artinya”Saya tidak mendapat tempat duduk.”.Jadi, Diana kelihatan lelah karena ia tidakmendapat tempat duduk (she didn’t geta seat along the way).


Koes Plus was well-known as popmusic group in the seventies until theeighties. At that time most Indonesianpeople were crazy about their songsbecause they were nice and simple. Everyradio station broadcasted these songs andalways put them in the top of pop music.Their music shows were always full ofaudience.


4. The text is about ________.A. a famous band named Koes PlusB. a famous boy band from EnglandC. people who love their favorite bandD. famous songs in sixties and seventiesJawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama bacaan, yaitu ”Koes Plus waswell-known as pop music group in theseventies until the eighties.” yang artinya”Koes Plus terkenal sebagai kelompokmusik pada tahun 70 sampai 80an.”.Kalimat-kalimat lain dalam bacaanmerupakan gagasan pendukung.

5. At that time, people loved Koes Plus songsvery much because ________.A. they had simple lyricsB. they talked about ordinary peopleC. every radio station broadcast these

songsD. the songs were nice and simple

242 UNIT 4 Recounts

Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatkedua teks, yaitu ”At that time mostIndonesian people were crazy about theirsongs because they were nice andsimple.” yang artinya ”Pada saat itusebagian besar orang Indonesia tergila-gila dengan lagu-lagu mereka karena lagu-lagu itu bagus dan sederhana.”.


Talking about Euro 2000, DavidTrezeguet was the hero. His golden goal has(6) ________ France to be a country that cancombine the World Cup and Euro cup.Trezeguet is one of “France’s diamonds”.France should thank (7) ________ forchoosing France instead of Argentina.When he was 16 months old his parents leftArgentina. When he was 2 years old, hisparents took him back to Argentina. Hespent his (8) ________ with his peersplaying football. People agree thatArgentina has so many talented footballplayers. And the atmosphere really shapedTrezeguet to be a football player.

Taken from: Hello Magazine no 183, February 2001

6. A. led B. defeatedC. chosen D. destroyedJawaban: APilihan jawaban (A) artinya menjadikan,(B) artinya mengalahkan, (C) artinyamemilih, dan (D) artinya menghancurkan.Berdasarkan konteks kalimat soal, pilihankata yang tepat adalah led, sehinggakalimat itu berarti ”Tendangan emasnyamengantarkan Perancis menjadi negarayang mampu menyatukan World Cup danEuro Cup.”.

7. A. it B. herC. him D. themJawaban: CPilihan jawaban menunjukkan personalpronouns (kata ganti orang) sebagai objek.Teks tersebut menceritakan tentang DavidTrezeguet. Jadi, kata ganti orang yangtepat adalah him. Pilihan jawaban (A)adalah kata ganti benda/hewan, (B) adalahkata ganti orang perempuan, dan(D) adalah kata ganti orang jamak.

8. A. adulthood B. parenthoodC. childhood D. fatherhood

Ujian Nasional 2005/2006Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban (A) artinya masa remaja,(B) artinya kedudukan sebagai orang tua,(C) artinya masa kanak-kanak, dan (D)artinya kebapakan. Berdasarkan kontekskalimat tersebut, pilihan kata yang tepatadalah childhood. Hal ini sesuai dengankalimat sebelumnya. Jadi, kalimat ituartinya ”Ia menghabiskan masa kanak-kanaknya dengan teman sepermainannyabermain sepak bola.”


9. The notice above means ________.A. the readers should read the books

properlyB. the readers should read the books in

the roomC. the readers may leave the books on

the tableD. the readers should put the books back

at the proper place after reading themJawaban: DNotice itu artinya ”Letakkan buku di tempatsemula setelah Anda membacanya.”.Maksudnya sama seperti pada pilihanjawaban (D) yaitu para pembacaseharusnya meletakkan kembali buku-buku yang telah mereka baca ke tempatsemula.

10. You find the notice ________.A. in a classroomB. in a libraryC. at homeD. in a book storeJawaban: BBerdasarkan arti notice tersebut, yaitu”Letakkan buku di tempat semula setelahAnda membacanya.”, notice itu dapatditemukan di perpustakaan (in a library).

PUT THE BOOKS BACKAT THE PROPER PLACEAFTER YOU READ THEM



Nadia Comaneci became a big favorite ofboth spectators and the media at the 1976Summer Olympics in Montreal, Canada. By thetime the games ended, she had won three goldmedals and a bronze in individual competitionsand also a silver team medal. But, apart fromher medals, she will always be remembered forbeing the first gymnast ever to receive a perfectscore, earning a 10.00 on the asymmetric bars.In the history of the Olympic Games, nobodyhad achieved a perfect 10 before.

However, this was not the first time shehad performed this feat. She had arrived inNorth America a few months before theMontreal games and had taken part ina number of pre-Olympic tournaments. Shewon a series of titles, often earning perfectscores for her routines.

Comaneci went on to compete in the 1980Moscow Olympics, which many Westernnations boycotted, where she won individualgold medals in the floor exercises and on thebalance beam. In 1989 she defected fromRumania to the United States.

Source: Green Light Four

11. When did Comaneci get her perfect score?A. At the 1967 Summer Olympics in

Montreal, Canada.B. At the 1976 Summer Olympics in

Montreal, Canada.C. At the 1976 Winter Olympics in

Montreal, Canada.D. At the 1996 Summer Olympics in

Montreal, Canada.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama dan terakhir paragraf satu bacaantersebut.

12. “. . ., and had taken part in a number ofpre-Olympic tournaments.” (Paragraph 2)The phrase ‘to take part’ is similar to________.A. to participate B. to depend onC. to watch D. to trainJawaban: AFrasa ’to take part’ dan ’to participate’artinya sama, yaitu ikut ambil bagian atauberpartisipasi. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinyabergantung pada, (C) artinya menonton,dan (D) artinya berlatih.

13. When did Comaneci run away from hercountry to the United States?A. In 1976. B. In 1980.C. In 1989. D. In 1998.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatterakhir paragraf tiga bacaan tersebut,yaitu ”In 1989 she defected from Rumaniato the United States.”.

14. come–Belinda–niece–that–her–she–said1 2 3 4 5 6 7

would–with8 9

The proper arrangement of the words is________.A. 2–7–4–6–8–9–5–1–3B. 2–7–4–8–3–1–6–5–9C. 2–7–6–1–8–4–9–5–3D. 2–7–4–6–8–1–9–5–3Jawaban: DSusunan kata yang benar adalah 2–7–4–6–8–1–9–5–3, sehingga menjadi kalimat”Belinda said that she would come with herniece.”.


Frida Kahio was born in the suburbs ofMexico City on July 6, 1907 and died in thesame month, forty-seven years later. By allaccounts, she was, and still is, Mexico’s leadingfemale artist.

At the age of six, Frida was stricken withpolio. By the time she was fifteen, she wantedto become a doctor, uncommon for a woman atthat time, and she; therefore, entered highschool with this ambition. Nevertheless, herbehavior during this period left a great deal tobe desired and she associated with a band ofno-goods, playing pranks and wreaking havocon teachers and classmates alike.

Then, at the age of eighteen, the cruelhand of fate struck. While returning home in thecompany of her boyfriend, the bus in which theywere traveling crashed and a handrailpenetrated her pelvis. She survived witha broken leg, collarbone and pelvis, andshattered ribs. It was in the hospital;nevertheless, that she started painting.


244 UNIT 4 Recounts

15. Which is TRUE according to the text?A. Frida Kahio died in 1954.B. Frida Kahio died when she was 45

years old.C. Frida Kahio died because of polio.D. Frida Kahio was a famous doctor in

Mexico.Jawaban: AKalimat pertama paragraf satumenjelaskan bahwa Frida Kahio lahir padatanggal 6 Juli 1907 dan meninggal padabulan yang sama 47 tahun kemudian. Ituartinya Frida meninggal pada tahun 1954(1907 + 47 = 1954).

16. “. . ., the bus in which they were travelingcrashed and . . . .” (Last paragraph) Theword ‘they’ refers to ________.A. Frida’s teachersB. Frida’s teachers and friendsC. Frida and her boyfriendD. Frida’s boyfriend and his friendsJawaban: CKata ’they’ tersebut mengacu kepada Fridadan pacarnya karena sesuai dengan anakkalimat ”While returning home in thecompany of her boyfriend, . . . .” yangartinya ”Ketika pulang ke rumah denganditemani pacarnya, . . . .”.

17. According to the text, Frida Kahio was, andstill is, a leading ________.A. singer B. painterC. teacher D. doctorJawaban: BKalimat terakhir bacaan ”It was in thehospital, nevertheless, that she startedpainting.” menunjukkan bahwa Frida Kahioadalah seorang pelukis terkenal.

Read the text and answer uestions 18 and 19.

Jawaban: ANotice itu artinya ”Mohon matikan pesawattelepon genggam Anda selamapenerbangan. Sinyal telepon akanmengganggu sistem navigasi.”.Berdasarkan artinya, notice tersebutditujukan kepada penumpang pesawatterbang (airplane passengers).

19. The opposite meaning of the phrase ‘toturn off’ is to ___________.A. turn over B. returnC. turn on D. put onJawaban: CFrasa ’to turn off’ artinya mematikan.Lawan katanya adalah ’to turn on’ yangartinya menghidupkan/menyalakan. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya berbalik, (B) artinyakembali, dan (D) artinya mengenakan.

20. Allice : We have to submit our report nextweek.

Neo : What did Allice say?Septi : ________A. She said that we had to submit our

work next week.B. She said that we had to submit our

work the following week.C. She said that she had to submit her

work the following week.D. She said that we have to submit our

work next weekJawaban: BKalimat langsung itu menggunakan subjek’we’, bentuk present ’have to’, danketerangan waktu ’next week’. Oleh karenaitu, dalam kalimat tidak langsung, subjek’we’ tetap karena Neo dan Septi yangdiajak bicara, ’have to’ berubah menjadi’had to’ dan ’next week’ berubah menjadi’the following week’.

II. Write a notice based on the cluebelow.

You realize that some of your friends do notlock their bikes. It is dangerous. So, you askyour friends to lock their bikes.

Contoh jawaban:

PLEASE TURN OFF YOUR MOBILEPHONE DURING THE FLIGHT.

THE SIGNAL MAY BOTHER THENAVIGATION SYSTEM.

18. The notice is aimed to ________.A. airplane passengersB. airplane crewC. ticket officersD. all the ground crew

PLEASE LOCK YOUR BIKES


Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 4. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.

Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi


246 UNIT 4 Recounts



Vino : Mom, do you agree if we go tograndpa’s house this weekend?

Mother : No, I don’t think it’s a good idea. Youknow, father is very busy lately.

Vino : I see.

1. What does Vino propose?A. To visit his friend.B. To visit his grandpa.C. To go to his uncle’s house.D. To stay at home with his family.

2. Mother said, “No, I don’t think it’s a goodidea.” It means she is expressing her________.A. opinion B. disagreementC. agreement D. happiness

3. Jati : Let’s go to the canteen.Viona : Sorry, I’m broke.Jati : Don’t worry. It’s on me.Viona doesn’t go to the canteen because________.A. she has no moneyB. Jati wants to treat herC. she wants to go to the libraryD. she has already brought her lunch


I’ve always had a strong relationship withmy family. An important influence on mypersonality was my grandmother, Hannah. Shewas born in 1930 into a poor family with sevenchildren—they had to take very good care ofeach other in order to survive. Growing up insuch difficult conditions had a positive effect onher, teaching her to share everything, behonest, helpful, hard-working, and affectionate.My grandmother taught me all these things,making me realize that family is more importantthan material possessions.


4. The text is mainly about _________.A. the writer’s familyB. the writer’s lifeC. the writer and her familyD. the writer’s grandmother

5. “. . . making me realize that family is moreimportant than material possessions.”(Last sentence) The word ‘realize’ can bebest replaced by ________.A. stay B. dealC. grow D. understand


Jed Mitchell—I spent many hours as achild listening to my Uncle Wilson’s stories. Hewas the youngest of 11 children whose familylived in a fishing town in Scotland. Life washard and with so many mouths to feed, thechildren began working from an early age. Atjust 14, my uncle began his first job asa fisherman. That was the beginning of hisadventures—he traveled and worked in Alaska,South-East Asia, India, and Africa. He educatedhimself, learned to be a chef, an engineer,a farmer, and photographer. Uncle Wilsontaught me that life is special and that youshould take every opportunity that you can to fillit with adventure.


6. The text is about ________.A. Jed MitchellB. Jed Mitchell’s uncleC. Jed Mitchell’s fatherD. Jed Mitchell’s family

7. “That was the beginning of hisadventures––he traveled . . . .”The word ‘he’ refers to ________.A. Jed Mitchell’s fatherB. Jed MitchellC. Uncle WilsonD. Uncle Wilson’s brother


8. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the text?A. Uncle Wilson told Jed to travel when

he had a chance.B. Uncle Wilson had to work at the early

age.C. Uncle Wilson has 11 brothers or sisters.D. Uncle Wilson was a fisherman.

Read the text and answer question 9.

11. The statements below are TRUE aboutSarah, except ________.A. she is a teacher nowB. she felt her former job was often boringC. she loved to become a secretaryD. she took a night school to become

a teacher

12. How long did Sarah Cooper study beforeshe became a teacher?A. For a year.B. For two years.C. For two and half years.D. For three years.

13. “. . ., I finally got my qualifications andresigned.”The similar meaning of the phrase ‘toresign’ is to ________.A. quit B. waitC. continue D. change

14. he–told–Steve–me–would–that–go to–the 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

following–Borobudur Temple–Sunday 8 9 10

The best arrangement of the words is________.A. 3–2–4–5–7–1–6–9–10–8B. 3–2–4–6–7–5–1–9–8–10C. 3–2–6–4–1–7–-5–9–8–10D. 3–2–4–6–1–5–7–9–8–10


During the Japanese occupation inIndonesia, Sudirman trained to becomea battalion commander in Peta, the “homelanddefense” army promoted by the Japanese.When Japan surrendered and Sukarnoproclaimed Indonesian independence, heorganized his Peta battalion intoa Banyumas-based regiment of the Republicanarmy to resist Dutch reoccupation of its formercolony. The first major battle that he led was theBattle of Ambarawa against the British and theDutch (November–December 1945). OnDecember 12 he led a “coordinated attack”against British positions in Ambarawa, drivingthe British all the way to Semarang. The battleended at December 16.Source: September 20, 2008 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/

Sudirman>

DON’T PICK THE FLOWERS

PPLEASE CROSS THE ROADAT THE OVERHEAD BRIDGE.

IT’S CROWDED ALL THE TIME.

9. You can find the notice ________.A. in a marketB. at homeC. at a bicycle shedD. in a garden


10. People should cross the road at theoverhead bridge because ________.A. the road is crowdedB. the road is under constructionC. a policeman watches the passers-byD. there are many people standing on

the street


Sarah Cooper—I’d been working as a secretaryfor three years when I decided to change mycareer. My work was often boring and alwaysbusy. I started studying to become a teacher. Itcertainly wasn’t easy; I continued workingfull-time to pay for my training at night school.I was exhausted most of the time, but after twoyears, I finally got my qualifications andresigned. I’m now a primary school teacher andit’s as good as I imagined. So don’t wait! Writea list of the things that are stopping you fromgetting your dream job. Make a plan to dealwith each thing. There’s always an answer.


248 UNIT 4 Recounts

15. What does the text tell you about?A. Sudirman’s life.B. Indonesian people’s condition during

colonization.C. The British army’s intention to reoccupy

Indonesia.D. Sudirman’s spirit to drive out Dutch

and British armies.

16. Who founded PETA?A. Dutch.B. Japanese.C. Indonesian army.D. The Dutch and the British armies.

17. It took ________ days to drive the Britishall the way to Semarang.A. two B. threeC. four D. five


18. What should the guests do?A. Bringing a camera.B. Keeping their camera.C. Taking pictures.D. Not taking pictures.

19. Erlambang said that he had missed hisearly bus the day before.That statement means ________.A. Erlambang missed his early bus

yesterday.B. Erlambang misses his early bus the

day before.C. Erlambang has missed his early bus

yesterday.D. Erlambang missed his early bus the

day before.

20. Iwang said, “Jodie and I spent three daysin Yogyakarta last week.”What did Iwang say?A. Iwang said that Jodie and I had spent

three days in Yogyakarta the previousweek.

B. Iwang said that Jodie and I spentthree days in Yogyakarta the previousweek.

C. Iwang said that Jodie and he hadspent three days in Yogyakarta theprevious week.

D. Iwang said that Jodie and he hadspent three days in Yogyakarta lastweek.

II. Write a spoken notice.You can choose your own topic.

TAKING PICTURES IS NOT ALLOWED.



1. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai denganucapan Vino, yaitu ”Mom, do youagree if we go to grandpa’s house thisweekend?” yang artinya ”Bu,setujukah Ibu kalau kita pergi kerumah kakek akhir pekan ini?”. Hal itusama artinya dengan mengunjungikakeknya (to visit his grandpa).

2. B. Ucapan ”No, I don’t think it’s a goodidea.” artinya ”Tidak, saya pikir itubukan ide yang bagus.”. Itu artinya ibuVino tidak setuju (disagree) dengangagasan Vino.

3. A. Berdasarkan isi percakapan, Vionaberkata, ”Sorry, I’m broke.” yangartinya ”Maaf, saya tidak punyauang.”. Jadi, Viona tidak pergi kekantin karena tidak punya uang (shehas no money).

4. D. Teks tersebut secara keseluruhanmembahas tentang nenek penulis (thewriter’s grandmother) yang bernamaHannah, tentang tanggal ia lahir, latarbelakang keluarganya, kehidupannyayang sulit, dan kepribadiannya(’honest, helpful, hard-working andaffectionate’). Jawaban ini sesuaidengan kalimat kedua bacaan ”Animportant influence on my personalitywas my grandmother, Hannah.” yangartinya ”Pengaruh yang sangatpenting dalam pribadu saya adalahnenekku, Hannah.”.

5. D. Kata ’realize’ dan ’understand’ artinyasama, yaitu memahami. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya tinggal, (B) artinyaberurusan, dan (C) artinyaberkembang atau tumbuh.

6. B. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama teks ”Jed Mitchell––I spentmany hours as a child listening to myUncle Wilson’s stories.”. Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya adalah kalimatyang menjelaskan tentang paman JedMitchell. Jadi, teks tersebut berisitentang paman Jed Mitchell (JedMitchell’s uncle).

7. C. Kata ’he’ mengacu kepada tokohutama bacaan, yaitu Uncle Wilson.

8. C. Pilihan jawaban itu tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”He was the youngestof 11 children whose family. . . .” yangartinya ”Ia adalah anak termuda dari11 anak dalam keluarganya . . . .”. Ituartinya Paman Wilson mempunyai 10saudara laki-laki atau perempuan.

10. A. Notice tersebut artinya ”Mohonmenyeberang di jembatan layang.Jalan ini ramai setiap saat”.Berdasarkan artinya penyeberangmenggunakan jembatan penyeberangkarena jalanan ramai.

11. C. Pilihan jawaban ini tidak sesuaidengan kalimat pertama dan keduabacaan tersebut, yaitu ”I’d beenworking as a secretary for three yearswhen I decided to change my career.My work was often boring and alwaysbusy.” yang menjelaskan bahwapekerjaannya sebagai sekretarissering membosankan.

12. B. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Iwas exhausted most of the time, butafter two years, I finally got myqualifications and resigned.” yangartinya ”Saya sangat lelah setiap saat,tetapi setelah dua tahun, akhirnyasaya mendapatkan ijazah danmengundurkan diri.”.

13. A. Kata ’to resign’ dan ’to quit’ artinyasama, yaitu mengundurkan diri atauberhenti. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinyamenunggu, (C) artinya meneruskan,dan (D) artinya mengubah.

14. D. Susunan kata yang benar adalah 3–2–4–-6–1–5–7–9–8–10, sehinggamenjadi kalimat ”Steve told me that hewould go to Borobudur Temple thefollowing Sunday.” yang artinya ”Stevememberi tahu saya bahwa ia akanpergi ke Candi Borobudur pada hariMinggu yang akan datang.”.

15. D. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”. .., he organized his Peta battalion intoa Banyumas-based regiment of theRepublican army to resist Dutch

250 UNIT 4 Recounts

reoccupation of its former colony.”yang artinya ”. . ., ia mengaturpasukan Peta-nya menjadi pasukanRepublik yang berbasis di Banyumasuntuk melawan pasukan Belandayang ingin menduduki kembali bekaskoloninya.”. Kesimpulannya, tekstersebut tentang semangat Sudirmanmengusir pasukan Belanda danInggris (Sudirman’s spirit to drive outDutch and British armies).

16. B. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama bacaan, yaitu ”During theJapanese occupation in Indonesia,Sudirman trained to becomea battalion commander in Peta, the‘homeland defense’ army promoted bythe Japanese.” yang artinya ”Selamapendudukan Jepang di Indonesia,Sudirman berlatih menjadi komandanpasukan Peta, pasukan pembelatanah air yang diprakarsai olehJepang.”.

17. D. Dua kalimat berikut, yaitu ”OnDecember 12 he led a ‘coordinatedattack’ against British positions inAmbarawa, driving the British all theway to Semarang. The battle ended atDecember 16.” menunjukkan bahwapeperangan itu berlangsung selama5 hari (12–16 Desember).

18. D. Notice itu artinya ”Dilarang mengambilgambar.”. Berdasarkan artinya, paratamu dilarang mengambil gambar (nottaking pictures).

19. A. Kalimat tidak langsung itu dalambentuk past perfect ’had missed’dengan keterangan waktu ’yesterday’.Oleh karena itu, dalam kalimatlangsung bentuk past perfect berubahmenjadi simple past tense ’missed’dan keterangan waktu ’the daybefore’ berubah menjadi ’yesterday’.

20. C. Kalimat langsung itu menggunakansubjek ’Jodie and I’, bentuk simplepast tense ’spent’ dan keteranganwaktu ’last week’. Oleh karena itu,dalam kalimat tidak langsung subjek’Jodie and I’ berubah menjadi ’Jodieand he’, ’spent’ berubah menjadi ’hadspent’ dan ’last week’ berubahmenjadi ’the previous week’.

B. Uraian

Contoh jawaban:

Be careful!The road is under construction.


Text 1

In 1996 the US gymnastic team started the competition well and after the first stage was inthird place behind Russia and Rumania. Then, in the floor exercises, Kerri Strug scored 9.825—a very high score and enough to put the US in second place. The US women’s team had neverbeaten the Russians. Now, at the start of the final day, they were leading. The floor exercises werestill continuing and the vault—Kerri’s best event—was still to come.

In the vault, the first two members of the US team received only average marks. Meanwhile,the Russians were performing excellent routines in the floor exercises. Then disaster struck the USteam. Dominique Moceanu did her two vaults and fell both times. Now it was all up to Kerri, whowas the last of her team to go. She tried the very difficult Yurchenko vault but she fell on her firstattempt. One fall in the finals is quite rare but this now made it three in a row for the US team! AsKerri walked away, everyone could see that she was limping.

She knew that she should withdraw from the competition. But she also knew that if she didn’tmake the second vault and score well, the US team would lose its lead. Showing great courageand determination, she decided to go for it. Even though her ankle was causing her terrible painwith every step, she ran hard towards the vault. She hit the board, flew through the air, and landedperfectly. She held her position for a couple of seconds—long enough for the vault to count asa clean vault—and then collapsed to the floor in agony. Then came the score—9.712. It wasenough to keep the US team in the lead. They had won for the first time ever!

By now Kerri couldn’t even walk because of the terrible pain in her ankle. Bela Karolyi, hercoach, carried her up to collect her team gold medal. By attempting that second vault, sheeffectively put herself out of the Individual and All-Around events. For her courage andunselfishness, Kerri Strug won the praise and admiration of people around the world.


Text 2

Jim Thorpe was one of the greatest American football players and athletics all-rounders of alltime. He was born around I 888 in Oklahoma. His original Native American name was Wa-tho-huck(“Bright Path”). His parents were of Sauk and Fox ancestry.

At the 1912 Olympic Games in Stockholm, Sweden, Thorpe won gold medals in both thepentathlon and the decathlon events. Then, early in 1913 1913, a Massachusetts reporterdiscovered that Thorpe had played semi-professional baseball in North Carolina in 1909 and 1910.At that time the Olympic Games were open only to amateur athletes, that is, athletes who hadnever played any sport for money. The US Amateur Athletic Union (AAU) confronted Thorpe aboutthese findings.

In a letter to the AAU, Thorpe admitted that he had played baseball saying, “I did not play forthe money but because I liked to play ball.” It was later found that he had received perhaps as littleas $2 per game. In a letter to the AAU, Thorpe wrote, “I was not very wise to the ways of the world.I hope I will be partly excused by the fact that I was an Indian schoolboy and did not know what Iwas doing!” Nevertheless, the AAU stripped him of his two medals.

Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatanlistening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrasesdalam teks.

252 UNIT 4 Recounts

After the Olympics, Thorpe enjoyed a long and very successful career in professionalbaseball. He died in 1 953. For years, many people lobbied for Thorpe to be reinstated as Olympicchampion. They argued that the distinction between amateur and professional was no longerapplicable.

Finally, in 1982, International Olympic Committee restored Thorpe’s Olympic title and hisstatus as an amateur. However, officially, even today, he is only listed as a co-winner.



Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. Rosita : What is your opinion about mystamp collections?

Gerry : ________.A. I have more stamps collectionsB. Please give me some stampsC. I need your help to arrange these

stampsD. I think you should add more stamps

collections from other countriesJawaban: DKalimat Rosita tersebut merupakanungkapan meminta pendapat. ResponsGerry yang paling tepat adalahmenyatakan pendapat. Di antara keempatpilihan jawaban, yang merupakanungkapan menyatakan pendapat adalah(D) yang artinya menurut saya kamuseharusnya menambah lebih banyakkoleksi perangko dari negara lain. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) merupakanungkapan memberi informasi, (B)merupakan ungkapan meminta sesuatu,dan (C) merupakan ungkapan memintabantuan.

2. Teddy : You look very busy arranging thebooks. May I help you?

Anya : ________.A. In my opinion, they are interesting booksB. No, thanks. I can do it myselfC. I bought some new booksD. I agree with youJawaban: BKalimat ’May I help you?’ merupakanungkapan menawarkan bantuan. ResponsAnya yang tepat untuk kalimat tersebutadalah menerima atau menolak bantuantersebut. Di antara keempat pilihanjawaban, yang merupakan ungkapanmenolak bantuan adalah (B) yang artinyaTidak, terima kasih. Saya dapatmelakukannya sendiri. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) merupakan ungkapan

menyatakan pendapat, (C) merupakanungkapan memberi informasi, dan(D) merupakan ungkapan persetujuan.

3. Riana : What do you know about thespeech contest in our school?

Adinda : ________.A. It will be held next month in the school

hallB. I’ll help you prepare the speech

contestC. I think it is good to improve students’

speaking skillD. Yeah, I’m listeningJawaban: AKalimat Riana merupakan ungkapanmeminta informasi. Respons Adinda yangpaling tepat adalah memberi informasi.Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, yangmerupakan ungkapan memberi informasiadalah (A) yang artinya lomba pidatotersebut akan diadakan bulan depan diaula sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) merupakan ungkapanmenawarkan bantuan, (C) merupakanungkapan memberi pendapat, dan(D) merupakan ungkapan memberiperhatian terhadap lawan bicara.

4. Icha : Do you agree if we make a smallgarden in the back yard?

Roy : Yeah. I agree with your idea. But,will our father agree with it?

Icha : I’m sure he will.Who are talking in the dialog?A. A mother and a son.B. A father and a daughter.C. A sister and a brother.D. A teacher and a student.Jawaban: CPercakapan tersebut terjadi antara Ichadan Roy. Icha mengusulkan untukmembuat kebun kecil di halamanbelakang. Roy setuju, tetapi dia raguapakah ayah mereka menyetujuinya (But,will our father agree with it?). Jadi, dapat

254 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

disimpulkan bahwa yang bercakap-cakapadalah seorang saudara perempuan dansaudara laki-laki.

5. Faiz : Why didn’t you buy this beautifuldress? It really suits you.

Kirana : You know, it’s very expensive.I can’t afford it.

Where does the dialog happen?A. In a fashion store.B. In a shoe store.C. In a bookstore.D. In a restaurant.Jawaban: AFaiz bertanya pada Kirana mengapa diatidak membeli baju yang bagus tersebut(Why didn’t you buy this beautiful dress?).Kirana menjawab bahwa dia tidak mampumembelinya karena baju tersebut sangatmahal. Jadi, dipastikan percakapantersebut terjadi di toko baju (in a fashionstore).


Jakarta Garden City – The Preferred Choice

6. Quality-control workmanship and with6 months’ defects liability period.

7. Good potential increase in property priceover the long term.

8. The township development is managed byKeppel Land.

Source: October 15, 2009<http://www.foruminvestorindonesia.com/JGC.pdf>

6. What is the purpose of the text?A. To entertain the readers.B. To advertise something.C. To convince the readers.D. To attract the readers.Jawaban: BTeks tersebut merupakan brosur, yaitutentang Jakarta Garden City. Jadi, tujuanteks tersebut adalah mengiklankansesuatu (to advertise something).

7. How are the roads and streets in theJakarta Garden City?A. Long.B. Short.C. Narrow and well-lit.D. Wide and well-lit.Jawaban: DJalan-jalan di Jakarta Garden City lebar(wide) dan terang (well-lit). Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat ”Enhancedinfrastructure with wide roads for ease oftraveling, well-lit street, . . . .”.

8. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the text?A. There are many communal facilities in

Jakarta Garden City.B. People can reach Jakarta Garden City

easily.C. There are no flood control systems in

Jakarta Garden City.D. Jakarta Garden City has modern

lifestyle.Jawaban: CPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah (C) tidak ada sistem pengawasanbanjir di Jakarta Garden City. Hal itu tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . well-designeddrainage and flood control systems andprofessional estate management.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) sesuaidengan kalimat ”. . . and communal

1. Good accessibility and increased mobility,about 20 minutes to Kelapa Gading,35 minutes to Jakarta CBD and 45 minutesto airport.

2. A safe and secure haven to raise a family.3. Presence of amenities such as shopping

mall, hypermarket, wet and dry markets,international medical center, resort hotel,international school and communal facilitiessuch as clubhouse, sports center, etc.

4. Enhanced infrastructure with wide roadsfor ease of traveling, well-lit street,hygienic sanitary system, around the clocksecurity (24 hour CCTV), well-designeddrainage and flood control systems andprofessional estate management.

5. A modern lifestyle & integrated township tolive, work and play.


facilities such as clubhouse, sports center,etc.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Goodaccessibility and increased mobility, . . .”,dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”A modernlifestyle & integrated township . . .”.


Once upon a time, there were twobutterflies, Teri and Roni. They were friends.Teri and Roni had the same crown.

One day, Kodi a frog, saw Teri and Roniquarrelling. “You took it!” said Roni.

“No, I did not!” said Teri.“Hey, what’s the matter?” asked Kodi.“Teri stole my crown!” said Roni.“No, I didn’t,” said Teri.“Yesterday, I still had my crown when

she came to visit me,” said Roni.“Today I cannot find the crown! Look!

She is wearing it!” Roni shouted.“My mom gave me this crown,” Teri

explained.Kodi suggested they all go to Roni’s

house. “Where did you put it?” said Kodi toRoni.

“I put it on the table,” Roni answered.They didn’t find the crown.“Maybe it fell down.” Kodi looked under

the table. Nothing was there.“It was my favourite crown!” Roni

sobbed.“I didn’t steal yours, but if you like it so

much, you can have mine,” Teri gave Ronithe crown.

“It’s here!” Kodi saw the crown behindthe curtain.

Roni stopped crying, “Thank God, Kodifound it!”

“Sorry, Teri, I accused you. I’m a terriblefriend!”

“It’s okay,” said Teri. “Let’s say thanksto Kodi!”

9. Where did Kodi find the crown?A. Under the table.B. On the table.C. Behind the curtain.D. In the house.Jawaban: CDalam teks terdapat kalimat ”’It’s here!’Kodi saw the crown behind the curtain.”

yang artinya ”’Ini dia!” Kodi melihatmahkota di belakang tirai. Jadi, Kodimenemukan mahkota tersebut di balik/belakang tirai. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya di bawah meja,(B) artinya di atas meja, dan (D) artinyadi dalam rumah.

10. “I put it on the table, . . . .” (line 13)What does the underlined word refer to?A. The crown.B. The house.C. The table.D. The curtain.Jawaban: ADari teks naratif tersebut diketahui bahwaRony kehilangan mahkotanya. Saat iamenuduh Teri mengambil mahkotatersebut, Kodi bertanya ”’Where did youput it?’ said Kodi to Roni.” yang artinya”’Di mana kamu menaruhnya?”. Kata ’it’dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu padamahkota (the crown) Roni. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (B) artinya rumah,(C) artinya meja, dan (D) artinya tirai.

11. From the story, we can learn that________.A. trusting each other is very importantB. the goodness is always the winnerC. a wise friend can be trustedD. we shouldn’t accuse of others

without proofJawaban: DDalam cerita tersebut Rony menuduh Terimengambil mahkotanya. Menurutnya,mahkotanya hilang setelah Teri berkunjungke rumahnya. Padahal, mahkota tersebutsebenarnya tidak hilang. Mahkota tersebutakhirnya ditemukan Kodi di balik tirai. Jadi,pesan moral yang dapat dipetik dari ceritatersebut adalah (D) yang artinya kita tidakboleh menuduh orang lain tanpa bukti.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya saling mempercayai merupakanhal yang sangat penting, (B) artinyakebaikan selalu menjadi pemenang, dan(C) artinya teman yang bijaksana dapatdipercaya.


12. From the story above we can concludethat Kodi is a ________ friend.A. wiseB. goodC. politeD. happy

Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: ADalam cerita tersebut Kodi berhasilmenengahi pertikaian antara Teri danRony dengan menemukan mahkota Roniyang hilang. Ia bertanya tempat terakhirRony meletakkan mahkota tersebut danmencari di sekitar tempat tersebut.Akhirnya ia menemukan mahkota Roni dibelakang tirai. Jadi, dapat disimpulkanbahwa Kodi merupakan teman yangbijaksana (wise). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) artinya bagus, (C) artinya sopan,dan (D) artinya senang/bahagia.


Almost every child knows the story of Alicein Wonderland. The author of this story is LewisCaroll. However, this is not the author’s realname. His real name is Charles LutwidgeDodgson. He was born in 1832 in England.

He was a bright boy and he was educatedat home. When he was twelve years old, hewent to study at a nearby school. He then wenton to study at the university. He was a verygood mathematician and became a teacherat the university.

He was six foot tall and handsome. Hesometimes stammered when he spoke and thisembarrassed him a great deal. However, thisdid not stop him from mixing around and hewas quite popular because he was a goodentertainer.

He invented the story on Alice in 1862. Hetold the story to a daughter of a friend, Alice,who begged him to write it down. He took thestory to a publisher who liked it and published itas Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland in 1865.

He died in 1898 after falling ill due topneumonia. Before he died, he published manybooks and writings, one of which was Throughthe Looking-Glass and What Alice Found There.

Source: Primary English Cloze Passages

13. What is the text about?A. The story of Alice in Wonderland.B. The characters in Alice in Wonderland.C. The biography of Lewis Caroll.D. Lewis Caroll’s literary work.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut merupakan teks recount,yaitu menceritakan riwayat hidup/biografiLewis Caroll yang merupakan penuliscerita Alice in Wonderland. Dalam tekstersebut dijelaskan kelahiran Lewis Caroll,kehidupannya, pendidikannya, hasilkaryanya, serta kematiannya.

14. Lewis Caroll died when he was ________years old.A. sixtyB. sixty-fourC. sixty-fiveD. sixty-sixJawaban: DDalam teks dijelaskan bahwa Lewis Carolllahir pada tahun 1832 dan meninggaldunia pada tahun 1898. Jadi, usia LewisCaroll saat meninggal dunia adalah 66tahun (1898 – 1832 = 66).

15. The following statements are TRUE aboutLewis Caroll, except ________.A. Alice was his daughter’s nameB. he was an author and a good entertainerC. he was smart and very good at mathD. he died because of an illnessJawaban: APernyataan tentang Lewis Caroll yangtidak sesuai dengan teks adalah (A) yangartinya Alice merupakan nama anakperempuannya. Alice merupakan namaanak perempuan temannya (kalimat: Hetold the story to a daughter of a friend,Alice, . . .). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena sesuai dengan teks. (B) sesuaidengan kalimat ”The author of this story isLewis Caroll.” dan ”. . . he was a goodentertainer.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat”He was a bright boy . . .” dan ”He wasa very good mathematician . . .”, dan(D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”He died in1898 after falling ill due to pneumonia.”.


Don’t touch the historical things here.Due to being too old, they are fragile.

16. “. . . who begged him to write it down.”(Paragraph 4)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. His book.B. The story on Alice.C. His adventure.D. His invention.Jawaban: BKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada (B) yang artinya cerita Alice. Hal itudiketahui dari objek kalimat sebelumnya”He invented the story on Alice in 1862.”.


Jawaban: CKata ’fragile’ memiliki arti mudah pecah/rusak (easily broken/damaged). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya tidak dapat dipecahkan,(B) artinya tidak dapat disentuh, dan(D) artinya diciptakan dengan mudah.


Once upon a time, there was a potter andhis wife who had one child, a little boy. As hegrew older, they were grieved to see that hewas different from all other children.

He never played with them, or laughed, orsang. He just sat alone by himself, he hardlyever spoke to his parents, and he never learnedthe nice polite manners of the other children inthe village. He sat and thought all day, and noone knew what he thought about, and hisparents were very sad.

The other women tried to comfort thepotter’s wife. They said, “Perhaps you will haveanother baby, and it will be like other children.”But she said, “I don’t want another baby. I wantthis one to be nice.” And the men of the villagetried to cheer the potter. “Queer boys oftenbecome great men,” they said. And one oldman said, “Leave the boy alone. We shall seewhether he is a wise man or a fool.”

The potter went home and told his wifewhat the men had said. The boy heard him, andit seemed to wake him up. He thought it overfor a few days. At last one morning at dawn hetook his stick in his hand and went into theforest to think there.

All day he wandered about, and at last hecame to a little clearing on the side of a hill fromwhich he could look down over the country. TheSun was setting over the distant blue hills.Everything was touched with a pink and goldenlight, and deep shadows lay on the bananagardens and forests in the distance. However,the boy saw none of these things. He wasfootsore and weary and miserable. He sat downon a fallen log, tired out with his long day.Suddenly a lion came out on to the clearing.

“What are you doing here all alone?” hesaid severely.

“I am very miserable,” said the boy, “andI have come into the forest to think, for I do notknow whether I am a wise man or a fool.”

17. Where do you possibly find the notice above?A. In a museum. B. In a park.C. At hospital. D. At school.Jawaban: ADalam peringatan tersebut terdapatkalimat ”Don’t touch the historical thingshere.” yang artinya ”Jangan menyentuhbenda-benda bersejarah di sini.”. Katakunci dalam kalimat tersebut adalah’historical things’ (benda-benda ber-sejarah). Benda-benda bersejarah dapatditemukan di museum. Jadi, peringatantersebut dapat ditemukan di museum.

18. Why are the things fragile?A. They are expensive.B. They are big.C. They are valuable.D. They are too old.Jawaban: DBenda-benda di tempat tersebut mudahpecah karena berusia sangat tua. Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat ”Due to being tooold, they are fragile.” yang artinya”Dikarenakan terlalu tua, benda-bendatersebut mudah pecah/rusak.”.

19. “. . . they are fragile.”What does the word ‘fragile’ mean?A. Unbreakable.B. Untouchable.C. Easily broken or damaged.D. Easily created.


“Is that all you think about?” said the lion.“Yes,” answered the boy, “I think about it

night and day.”“Then you are a fool,” said the lion

decidedly. “Wise men think about things thatbenefit the country.” And he walked away.

An antelope came bounding out on theclearing and stopped to stare at the boy.

“What are you doing here?” he asked.“I am very miserable,” answered the boy,

“I don’t know whether I am a wise man ora fool.”

“Do you ever eat anything?” said theantelope.

“Yes,” said the boy, “my mother cookstwice a day, and I eat.”

“Do you ever thank her?” said the antelope.“No, I have never thought of that,” answered

the boy.“Then you are a fool,” said the antelope.

“Wise men are always grateful.” And hebounded off into the forest again.

Source: November 16, 2009<http://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/

baskerville/king/king.html>

20. What was the little boy thinking of?A. Whether he was a grateful or

ungrateful son.B. Whether he was a wise or fool man.C. Whether he was useful for others.D. Whether he was smart or dull.Jawaban: BSaat seekor singa bertanya tentang apayang dilakukan anak laki-laki tersebut dihutan, anak laki-laki tersebut menjawab,”’. . . I have come into the forest to think,for I do not know whether I am a wise manor a fool.’”. Jadi, yang sedang dipikirkananak laki-laki tersebut adalah apakah iaseorang yang bijaksana atau bodoh.

21. What is the main idea of paragraph five?A. The little boy’s attitudes.B. Other people’s opinions about the little

boy.C. The little boy’s decision to wander.D. The little boy’s wanderings.Jawaban: DGagasan utama paragraf lima adalahpengembaraan anak laki-laki tersebuthingga sampai di sebuah tanah terbuka

di sisi bukit. Hal itu diketahui darikeseluruhan isi paragraf serta kalimatpertama paragraf ”All day he wanderedabout, and at last he came to a littleclearing on the side of a hill . . .”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) terdapat padaparagraf dua, (B) terdapat pada paragraftiga, dan (C) terdapat pada paragrafempat.

22. What can we learn from the story?A. A wise man is someone who is useful

for others.B. We don’t know whether someone is

wise or fool.C. A wise man is someone who is

grateful and thinks about usefulactivities for his/her country.

D. We should think about somethingdeeper and tries to solve our prob-lems.

Jawaban: CDalam cerita itu anak laki-laki tersebutbertanya pada singa dan antelope apakahdia bijaksana atau bodoh. Saat dia bertanyakepada singa, singa menjawab bahwa iamerupakan orang yang bodoh karenaorang yang bijaksana selalu memikirkansesuatu yang berguna bagi negaranya(Wise men think about things that benefitthe country.). Saat bertanya kepadaantelope, antelope menjawab bahwa orangyang bijaksana selalu mengungkapkan rasaterima kasih (Wise men are alwaysgrateful.). Jadi, pelajaran yang dapat dipetikdari cerita tersebut adalah seseorang yangbijaksana adalah seseorang yang selalumemikirkan sesuatu yang bermanfaat untuknegaranya serta menunjukkan rasa terimakasih.

23. “. . . and it will be like other children . . .”(Paragraph 3)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. Another baby.B. The little boy.C. The lion.D. The antelope.Jawaban: AKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada ’another baby’ (bayi yang lain). Hal itu


disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya ”Theysaid, ‘Perhaps you will have another baby,. . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.

24. “He was footsore and weary and miserable.”(Paragraph 5)The bold-typed word has similar meaningto ________.A. disappointed B. weakC. happy D. tiredJawaban: DKata ’weary’ dan ’tired’ memiliki arti yangsama, yaitu lelah/capek. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) artinya kecewa,(B) artinya lemah, dan (C) artinya bahagia/senang.


I want to tell you about my memorabletime in Singapore. It was one of the bestholidays I ever had.

I shall never forget the spectacularsight of the city I saw from Mount Fable thatnight. The roller-coaster ride, the stuntsperformed by the dolphins and the killerwhale at the Sea World were also exciting.I shall remember the thrill of having been onone of the longest rides in the monorail inSentosa Island for many years to come.

I also enjoyed various varieties ofseafood at the makeshift roadside stalls atthe Chinatown night market. I also enjoyedthe shopping trips. My family and friendsagreed that the souvenirs were value formoney, especially the silk scarves withpretty prints and the attractive key chains.

25. What did the writer do at the Chinatown?A. He had a roller-coaster experience.B. He had various varieties of seafood.C. He enjoyed the snails.D. He enjoyed the souvenirs.Jawaban: BYang dilakukan penulis di Chinatownadalah (B) menikmati berbagai macammakanan laut. Hal itu sesuai dengankalimat pertama paragraf tiga ”I alsoenjoyed various varieties of seafood at themakeshift roadside stalls at the Chinatownnight market.” yang artinya ”Saya juga

menikmati berbagai macam makanan lautdi warung-warung di pasar malamChinatown.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya penulis memperolehpengalaman naik roller coaster, (C) artinyapenulis menikmati keong/siput, dan(D) artinya penulis menikmati berbagaitandamata/oleh-oleh.

26. What kind of souvenir did the writer buy?A. Postcards and snails.B. Seafood and squid.C. Money and scarves.D. Silk scarves and key chains.Jawaban: DOleh-oleh yang dibeli penulis adalah syaldari sutra dan rantai/gelang kunci. Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat terakhir teks”My family and friends agreed that thesouvenirs were value for money, especiallythe silk scarves with pretty prints and theattractive key chains.” yang artinya ”Keluargadan teman-teman saya setuju bahwatandamata memiliki nilai jika dibandingkandengan uang, terutama syal sutra dengancetakan yang indah dan gantungan kunciyang menarik.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. (A) artinya kartu pos dan keong/siput,(B) artinya makanan laut dan cumi-cumi, dan(C) artinya uang dan syal.

27. “I shall never forget the spectacularsight of the city . . . .” (Paragraph 2)What does the underlined word mean?A. Nice.B. Usual.C. Amazing.D. Ordinary.

Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: CKata ’spectacular’ dan ’amazing’ memilikiarti yang sama, yaitu menakjubkan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyabagus, (B) dan (D) artinya biasa.

28. The text mainly tells us about the writer’s________.A. memorable experience in SingaporeB. activities in SingaporeC. shopping tripsD. holidays in Sentosa Island


Jawaban: ATeks tersebut merupakan teks recount,yaitu menceritakan pengalamanmengesankan penulis di Singapura. Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat pertama paragrafsatu ”I want to tell you about mymemorable time in Singapore.”. Dalamkalimat-kalimat berikutnya dijelaskanperjalanan liburan penulis di berbagaitempat di Singapura, seperti di MountFable, Sea World, Sentosa Island, danChinatown market.


Jawaban: ADari keseluruhan isi suratnya Amandamenceritakan pengalaman mengesankanyang dialami saat menonton sirkus. Dalamakhir suratnya Amanda juga menulis”I don’t think I am ever going to forget theattractions in the circus.”.

30. Who is Freda?A. Amanda’s pen pal.B. Amanda’s old friend.C. Amanda’s cousin.D. Amanda’s close friend.Jawaban: CFreda adalah saudara sepupu Amanda(Amanda’s cousin). Hal itu diketahui darikalimat awal surat ”Dear Cousin Freda,”.

31. What did the giant-sized Mickey andMinnie do on the circus ground?A. They gripped balloons.B. They shook their heads.C. They nodded at everyone.D. They sang and danced.Jawaban: CYang dilakukan boneka Mickey dan Minnieberukuran besar adalah melenggangsambil menganggukkan kepala kepadasetiap orang yang dilewatinya. Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat terakhir paragraf dua”Giant-sized Mickey and Minnie swayedabout the place nodding at everyone intheir paths.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi surat;(A) artinya mereka memegang balon erat-erat, (B) artinya mereka menggelengkankepala, dan (D) artinya mereka menyanyidan menari.


An eagle was chasing after a hare for herdinner. The poor little hare did not know what todo. So, when he came across a beetle, the onlyother animal he saw, he begged him for help.

The beetle stood between the hare and theeagle and asked for the eagle to spare thishare’s life. The eagle brushed off the beetle. Inher opinion the beetle had nothing important tosay because he was so small. Then, the eagleate the hare right in front of the beetle.

Adapted from: Challenging English Essays

Jalan Kartika number 78Bandung

Dear Cousin Freda,

How are you getting on? The week break hasarrived. It has been rainy weather here for quite sometime now. But yesterday the weather was fine. So,mother decided to bring us to a circus that was in town.It seemed the circus was from India. I must tell youwhat happened over there yesterday. I think you willenjoy reading this.

When we reached the circus grounds, we saw thatthe place was already very crowded. Children wererunning about everywhere gripping balloons and pinkfairy floss in great big clouds. Giant-sized Mickey andMinnie swayed about the place nodding at everyone intheir paths. Then, mother decided to watch the animalshow. This was in a huge enclosed tent. We bought ourtickets and quickly got to our seats. Then, the showbegan. Lions and their keepers performed first. The lionshopped on one box to another whenever the keeperclapped. After that, the trampoline jumpers came andwalked on tight ropes. Finally, it was the elephant show.

I don’t think I am ever going to forget theattractions in the circus. It was really a memorableexperience.

Yours sincerely,

Amanda

29. What does Amanda tell in her letter?A. Her experience while seeing a circus.B. The information about a circus.C. The incident in the circus.D. The animal show in the circus.


From that point on the beetle hunted outthe eagle’s nests, climbed into them andpushed her eggs out to the ground so that theywould break. The eagle went to Zeus for help.Zeus allowed the eagle to make a nest on hislap so that he could protect the eggs himself.

The wily beetle made a gross dung pellet,flew over Zeus’ head and dropped it on him.Without thinking Zeus stood up to brush thepellet off and let the nest fall to the ground,breaking all of the eggs. Since that day, theeagle does not nest during the beetle season.

Source: November 8, 2009 <http://fables.suite101.com/article.cfm/aesops_fables>

32. Who tried to help the hare?A. The beetle.B. The eagle.C. Zeus.D. The bird.Jawaban: ADalam teks diceritakan bahwa elangmengejar dan akan memangsa kelinci.Kelinci meminta bantuan kumbang dankumbang tersebut berusaha menolong(The beetle stood between the hare andthe eagle and asked for the eagle to sparethis hare’s life.).

33. What is the main idea of paragraph 4?A. An eagle that chased after a hare.B. The eagle that asked for Zeus’ help to

protect her eggs.C. The beetle’s effort to break the eagle’s

eggs from Zeus’ protection.D. The beetle’s effort to protect the hare.Jawaban: CDari kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf empatdapat disimpulkan bahwa gagasan utamaparagraf tersebut adalah (C) usaha sangkumbang untuk memecahkan telur-telurelang dari perlindungan Zeus. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) terdapat padaparagraf satu, (B) terdapat pada paragraftiga, dan (D) terdapat pada paragraf dua.

34. What can you learn from the story?A. We must not disturb others.B. We must not take revenge.C. We should help others.D. We must not insult others.

Jawaban: DDalam teks tersebut diceritakan bahwaelang menghina kumbang yang inginmenolong kelinci karena kumbang tersebutkecil. Merasa terhina, kumbang tersebutberusaha membalas dendam denganmemecahkan telur-telur sang elang (In heropinion the beetle had nothing important tosay because he was so small. Then, theeagle ate the hare right in front of thebeetle. From that point on the beetlehunted out the eagle’s nests, climbed intothem and pushed her eggs out to theground so that they would break.). Jadi,pesan yang dapat diambil dari ceritatersebut adalah kita tidak boleh menghinaorang lain, meskipun orang tersebut kecil/lemah.

35. “The wily beetle made a gross dung pellet,. . .” (Paragraph 4)The word in bold type has oppositemeaning to ________.A. smart B. stupidC. honest D. smallJawaban: BKata ’wily’ memiliki arti cerdas/cerdik. Katatersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata’stupid’ yang artinya bodoh. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyacerdas, (C) artinya jujur, dan (D) artinyakecil.


Mavis and Joe finally reached the top ofthe hill. It was part of the Nature Reserve. Bothof them were very tired after the long ascent.The two, feeling excited that they had reachedthe top, jumped with joy. They could now rest inthe cool, morning mist; perhaps, even helpthemselves to a sandwich and a cup of hotcoffee.

The forest around them was quiet – tooquiet. The waters of the reservoir below wereblue and calm. The sun was not up yet, butthere was the faint light of dawn. Joe steppedcarefully over patches of fallen leaves and twigswhich were wet and, therefore, slippery.


Suddenly, he halted. He was staring atsomething and Mavis became frightened. It waseasy to know when Mavis was scared becauseher eyes would open large and round and herjaw would drop. Her fear of their being trappedin the forest had got the better of her.

She was about to scream when Joe lookedback and smiled. His wide grin had a pleasanteffect of instantly dissolving the fear in Mavis,who moved cautiously down the path to whereJoe was. There was a group of hikers aboutthirty meters down the slope making their wayto where they were – to reach the summit too,obviously. In the faint light, Mavis spotteda cousin of hers in that group of young people.She let out a shrill “Hi!” and sat on the patch ofwet leaves and twigs, feeling relieved.

Source: Learning English Primary 6

36. The text tells us about the Mavis and Joe’sexperience when they ________.A. camped on a hillB. climbed up a mountainC. reached the top of a mountainD. reached the top of a hillJawaban: DTeks tersebut merupakan teks recount,yaitu menceritakan pengalaman Mavis danJoe saat mereka mencapai puncak bukit.Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat pertamaparagraf satu ”Mavis and Joe finallyreached the top of the hill.”. Dalam kalimat-kalimat berikutnya dijelaskan keadaan dipuncak bukit tersebut serta yang terjadi disana. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.(A) artinya berkemah di atas bukit,(B) artinya mendaki gunung, dan(C) artinya mencapai puncak gunung.

37. What was Mavis afraid of?A. Being trapped in the forest.B. Being sick after the long ascent.C. Being hungry and thirsty.D. Being killed by wild animals.Jawaban: ADalam kalimat terakhir paragraf duaterdapat kalimat ”Her fear of their beingtrapped in the forest had got the better ofher.”. Jadi, Mavis takut jika merekaterperangkap dalam hutan tersebut.

Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan teks. (B) artinya sakitsetelah pendakian yang jauh, (C) artinyalapar dan haus, dan (D) artinya dibunuhbinatang buas.

38. Which of the following statements is TRUEaccording to the text?A. Mavis and Joe did not enjoyed

sandwiches and hot tea.B. Mavis and Joe reached the peak of

the hill when the sun set.C. There was another group of hikers

who climbed up the hill.D. Patches of the leaves and twigs on

the hill are dry.Jawaban: CPernyataan yang sesuai dengan teksadalah (C) yang artinya ada kelompokpendaki yang lain yang mendaki bukittersebut. Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimatketiga paragraf tiga ”There was a group ofhikers about thirty meters down the slopemaking their way to where they were . . .”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan teks. (A) tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”. . . perhaps, even helpthemselves to a sandwich and a cup of hotcoffee.”, (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat”The sun was not up yet, but there was thefaint light of dawn.”, dan (D) tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”. . . over patches of fallenleaves and twigs which were wet . . .”.

39. “It was part of the Nature Reserve.”(Paragraph 1)The bold-typed word refers to ________.A. the top of the mountainB. the top of the hillC. the mountainD. the hillJawaban: BKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada puncak bukit (the top of the hill). Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat sebelumnya ”Mavisand Joe finally reached the top of the hill.”.

40. “. . . were very tired after the long ascent.”(Paragraph 1)What is the synonym of the word ‘ascent’?A. Climbing. B. Hiking.C. Journey. D. Trip.


Jawaban: AKata ’ascent’ artinya pendakian. Katatersebut memiliki arti yang sama dengankata ’climbing’ yang artinya jugapendakian. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) artinya gerak jalan, (C) dan(D) artinya perjalanan.


Jawaban: ASetelah menonton konser, Ariel danteman-temannya pergi ke kedai kopi(coffee shop). Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat”After seeing the concert, we went toa coffee shop.”.

43. Which of the following is NOT TRUEaccording to the text?A. The school band had a concert at night.B. The band concert is satisfying.C. Ariel does not like his school band.D. The vocalist of the band performed his

songs amazingly.Jawaban: CPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah (C) yang artinya Ariel tidakmenyukai band sekolahnya. Hal itubertentangan dengan kalimat ”We reallysatisfied with their performance.” dan ”Wedo hope that our school band will bea great band some day.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai denganteks; (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Last nightmy friends and I went to see a concert ofour school band.”, (B) sesuai dengankalimat ”We really satisfied with theirperformance.”, dan (D) sesuai dengankalimat ”The lead singer’s vocal style wasabsolutely brilliant.”.


In the early times, there was only darkness;there was no light at all. At the edge of the sea,a woman (44) ________ with her father. Onetime she went out to get some water. As she(45) ________ the snow, she saw a featherfloating toward her. She opened her mouth andthe feather floated in and she swallowed it.Actually she (46) ________ swallow the feather.From that time she was pregnant.

Adapted from: April 15, 2009 <http://www.ilhawaii.net/~stony/lore12.html>

44. A. live B. livesC. lived D. is livingJawaban: CKalimat tersebut memerlukan kata kerja.Karena adverb of time kalimat tersebutadalah in the early times, kata kerja yangpaling tepat untuk melengkapinya adalah

[email protected]

Dear Tasya,

Last night my friends and I went to see a concert of ourschool band. The band was remarkably good. We reallysatisfied with their performance. The lead singer’s vocalstyle was absolutely brilliant. We often gave someapplause for their performance.

After seeing the concert, we went to a coffee shop. Wekept talking about the band’s performance. We do hopethat our school band will be a great band some day.

What about your school band?

Cheers,Ariel

The school band concert was great

41. When was the concert of Ariel’s schoolband?A. On Sunday.B. On Monday.C. On Friday.D. On Saturday.Jawaban: DDalam e-mailnya Ariel menulis bahwa diadan teman-temannya menonton konserband sekolah tadi malam (Last night myfriends and I went to see a concert of ourschool band.). Karena e-mail tersebutditulis pada hari Minggu (on Sunday),dapat disimpulkan bahwa konser tersebutdiadakan pada hari Sabtu (on Saturday).

42. What did Ariel and his friends do afterseeing the concert?A. They went to a coffee shop.B. They went to a restaurant.C. They went to the movie.D. They went home.


dalam bentuk the simple past tense. Katakerja yang menggunakan bentuk thesimple past tense adalah lived.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) menggunakan bentuk the simplepresent tense untuk kata ganti I, you, we,they, (B) menggunakan bentuk the simplepresent tense untuk kata ganti he, she, it,dan (D) menggunakan bentuk the presentcontinuous tense.

45. A. scraps B. scrappedC. is scrapping D. was scrappingJawaban: DAda dua kejadian pada kalimat tersebut,yaitu ”She scrapped the snow.” dan ”Shesaw a feather floating toward her.” Olehkarena itu, kata yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat tersebut adalahdalam bentuk the past continuous tense.Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, yangmerupakan bentuk the past continuoustense adalah (D) was scrapping. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) mengguna-kan bentuk the simple present tense,(B) menggunakan bentuk the simple pasttense, dan (C) menggunakan bentuk thepresent continuous tense.

46. A. should B. should notC. could D. could notJawaban: BKata yang diperlukan untuk melengkapikalimat tersebut adalah modal. Di antarakeempat modal yang tersedia, modal yangpaling tepat adalah should not (tidakseharusnya). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan kontekskalimat.

For questions 47 and 48, rearrange thefollowing words into a good sentence.

47. down – grabbed – the yard – the eagle 1 2 3 4

– the chicken – swooped – in – and 5 6 7 8

The acceptable arrangement of thejumbled words above is ________.A. 4–6–1–3–2–5–8–7B. 4–6–1–8–2–5–7–3C. 4–6–7–1–3–2–5–8D. 4–6–1–7–3–2–5–8

Jawaban: BSusunan kata yang tepat adalah 4–6–1–8–2–5–7–3 ’The eagle swooped down andgrabbed the chicken in the yard yangartinya ’Elang itu menukik ke bawah danmenangkap ayam di halaman’. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidakmembentuk kalimat yang logis.

48. happened – on – when – was – the veranda1 2 3 4 5

– sitting – the accident – I 6 7 8

The acceptable arrangement of thejumbled words above is ________.A. 8–4–6–1–3–2–5–7B. 8–4–5–7–2–1–3–6C. 8–4–2–7–1–3–6–5D. 8–4–6–2–5–3–7–1Jawaban: DSusunan kata yang tepat adalah 8–4–6–2–5–3–7–1 ’I was sitting on the verandawhen the accident happened’ yang artinya’Saya sedang duduk di teras ketikakecelakaan tersebut terjadi’. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidakmembentuk kalimat yang logis.

For questions 49 and 50, rearrange thefollowing sentences into a good text.

49. 1 In his delight he lifted up his voice andbrayed, so that every one knew him.

2 And shortly afterwards a fox came upto him and said, “Ah, I knew you byyour voice.”

3 He put it on and went towards hisnative village.

4 Then, his owner came up and gavehim a sound cudgeling for the fright hehad caused.

5 An ass once found a lion’s skin whichthe hunters had left out in the sun to dry.

6 All fled at his approach, both men andanimals, and he was a proud ass thatday.

Source: November 8, 2009 <http://www.ivyjoy.com/fables/lionskin.html>

Which one is the best arrangement tomake a good text?A. 5–3–6–4–1–2 B. 5–3–2–6–4–1C. 5–3–2–4–6–1 D. 5–3–6–1–4–2


Jawaban: DSusunan kalimat yang tepat adalah(D) 5–3–6–1–4–2, yang artinya (5) Padazaman dahulu seekor keledai memperolehkulit singa yang dikeringkan dengan sinarmatahari oleh pemburu; (3) Keledaitersebut mengenakannya dan pergi kedesa asalnya; (6) Semua lari saat keledaitersebut datang, laki-laki dan binatang-binatang, dan dia menjadi keledai yangbangga/sombong pada hari itu; (1) Dalamkegembiraannya, keledai tersebutmenunjukkan suaranya dan meringkik,sehingga setiap orang mengenalinya;(4) Kemudian pemilik keledai tersebutdatang dan memberinya suara pentunganatas ketakutan yang telah disebabkan olehkeledai tersebut; (2) dan tidak lamakemudian rubah datang dan berkata,”Ah, saya mengenali kamu dari suaramu.”.

50. 1 I wanted to cheer her up.2 The florist told me that she could

arrange beautiful bouquets of flowers.3 Last week, I went to a flower shop to

buy some flowers.4 I delivered them myself along with

a get-well card.

5 Finally, I bought some nice cut flowersfor my mom who has been ill recently.

6 There were a wide variety of flowersin the flower shop.

Adapted from: January 12, 2008<http://www.dailyesl.com/>

The correct arrangement of the sentencesabove to make a good text is ________.A. 3–6–1–4–5–2B. 3–6–2–5–1–4C. 3–6–2–4–1–5D. 3–6–4–2–5–1Jawaban: BKalimat-kalimat tersebut membentuk teksrecount. Susunan kalimat yang tepatadalah (3) Minggu yang lalu saya pergi ketoko bunga untuk membeli beberapabunga; (6) Ada banyak jenis bunga di tokobunga tersebut; (2) Penjual bungamenjelaskan bahwa dia dapat menyusunrangkaian bunga yang indah; (5) Akhirnyasaya membeli beberapa potong bungauntuk ibu saya yang sakit akhir-akhir ini;(1) Saya ingin membuat dia ceria; (4) Sayamengirimkan potongan-potongan bungatersebut sendiri bersamaan dengan kartuucapan cepat sembuh.

266 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas266 Daftar Pustaka

Alexander, L.G. 2007. Developing Skills. London: Longman Group Ltd (Diterbitkan di Indonesiaoleh Penerbit Kanisius).

Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:Prentice hall, Inc.

Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Curry, D. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: Materials Branch.Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Echols, J.M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia.Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Mostyn, D. 1999. The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe. UK: Robinson Children’s Books.Padon, G. 1987. 366 and More Fairy Tales. Sussex: Ravatte Limited.Priyana, J., A.R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School

Students Grade VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.Richards, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Rodrigo, L.G. 2002. Learning English Primary 6. Singapore: Web Publications Pte Ltd.Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd.Teo, K. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages 4. Singapore: Postkid.com Pte Ltd.Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School

(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and

Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: PusatPerbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

Documents

Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2